Vous êtes sur la page 1sur 386

Digitized by

in

tine

Internet Arcliive

2007

witli

funding from

IVIicrosoft

Corporation

littp://www.arcliive.org/details/differentialcalcOOpliiluoft

d^j^^

ft:

^9

WORKS OF

H. B. PHILLIPS, PH.D.
PUBLISHED BY
Inc.

JOHN WILEY & SONS,


Differential Equations.

Second
5

Eklition, Rewritten.

vi+116 pages.
$1.50 net.
Analytic Geometry.
vii

by 7M.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

+ 197

pages.

by 7M-

Illustrated.

Cloth,

$1 75 net.
Differential Calculus.

162 pages. $1.60 net.

by

lyi.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

Integral Calculus

V 194 pages. Y $1.75 ne f.


Differential

by 7H-

Illustrated.

Cloth,

and Integral Calculus.


$2.50 net.

In one volume.

,)

J-^i^ ,oA^ ^^j^ cyK

>'?

k)

IFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

BY

H. B. PHILLIPS, Ph.D.
Associate Professor of Mathematics in the Massachusetts
Institute of Technology

NEW YORK JOHN WILEY & SONS,


London:

Inc.

CHAPMAN & HALL,

Lixitbd

Copyright, 1916^

BY

H. B. PHILLIPS

79996^

Stanbope ipress

H.

GILSON COMPANY
BOSTON,
U.S.A.

PREFACE
In
)lan
ral
f

this text

on

differential calculus I

have continued the

adopted for

my

Analytic Geometry, wherein a few cen-

methods are expounded and appUed to a large variety examples to the end that the student may learn principles nd gain power. In this way the differential calculus makes
nly a brief text suitable for a term's work and leaves for the

ntegral calculus,

which in

many

respects

is

far

more impor-

ant, a greater proportion of time

than

is

ordinarily devoted

it.

As material for review and to provide problems for which nswers are not given, a supplementary list, containing about
alf

as

many

exercises as occur in the text,

is

placed at the

nd
I

of the book.

wish to acknowledge

my indebtedness

to Professor H.

W.

'yler

and Professor E. B. Wilson for advice and criticism nd to Dr. Joseph Lipka for valuable assistance in preparing tie manuscript and revising the proof.

H. B. PHILLIPS.
Boston, Mass., August, 1916.

CONTENTS
^APTEB
I.

Introduction

Pages 1- 9
10- 18

II.

Derivative and Differential


Differentiation of Algebraic Functions

III.

19- 31

IV.
V.

Rates

32-38
39- 48
'

Maxima and Minima


Differentiation of Transcendental Functions.

VI.
VII.
/'III.

49- 62 63- 84

Geometrical Applications
Velocity and Acceleration in a Curved Path
.

85- 93 94-100
101-112
113-139

IX. Rolle's

Theorem and Indeterminate Forms

X. Series and Approximations


XI. Partl\l Differentiation

Supplementary Exercises

140-153

Answers
Index

154-160
161-162

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
CHAPTER
I

INTRODUCTION
1.

Definition of Function.

quantity y is called

function of a quantity x
of X.

if values of y are determined by values

Thus, U y = 1 x^, y determines a value of y.


function of
its

is

a function of x; for a value of


is

x^

Similarly, the area of a circle

radius; for, the radius being given, the area is

determined.
It
is

not necessary that only one value of the function


Several values

correspond to a value of the variable.


determined.

may be

Thus,

if

x and y

satisfy the equation

x^

x.

2xy-\-y^

x,

then y

is

a function of

To

each value of x correspond two

values of y found by solving the equation for y. quantity u is called a function of several variables

if

is

determined when values are assigned

to those variables.

Thus,

if

x-

y^,

then

2 is
y,

values being given to x and


Similarly, the

a value of

a function of x and y; for, 2 is determined.

volume of a cone is a function of its altitude and radius of base; for the radms and altitude being assigned, the volume is determined. 2. Kinds of Functions. An expression containing variables is called an explicit function of those variables.

Thus

Vx +

is

an

explicit function of

x and

y.

Similarly, if

y y
is

= Vx-^

1,

an

explicit function of x.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.

I.

quantity

quantity determined by an equation not solved for that is called an implicit function. Thus, if
x^

2 xy
x.

-\-

y^

X,
is

\y is

an implicit function of

Also x

an implicit function

of y.

Explicit

and

implicit

do not denote properties of the funcexpressed.

tion but of the

way

it is

An

implicit function

is

rendered explicit by solving.


tion
is

For example, the above equaX

equivalent to

y
in

Vx,

which y appears as an

explicit function of x.

A rational function is one representable by an algebraic expression containing no fractional powers of variable quantities.

For example,

xV5 +
x'^

3 -\-2x

is

a rational function of

x.

An

irrational function is

one represented by an algebraic

expression which cannot be reduced to rational form.

Thus

x and y. A function is called algebraic if it can be represented by an algebraic expression or is the solution of an algebraic equation. All the functions previously mentioned are algebraic. Functions that are not algebraic are called transcendental. For example, sin x and log x are transcendental functions of x. 3. Independent and Dependent Variables. In most problems there occur a number of variable quantities connected by equations. Arbitrary values can be assigned to
y
is

VX +

an

irrational function of

some of these quantities and the others are then determined. Those taking arbitrary values are called independent variables;

those

determined are called

dependent

variables.

Which

variables are taken as independent

and which as de-

pendent is usually a matter of convenience. The number of independent variables is, however, determined by the equations.

Chap.

I.

INTRODUCTION
in plotting the

For example,

curve

y
values are assigned to x

3^

+ X,
of y are calculated.

and values

The

x and the dependent variable y. We might assign values to y and calculate values of x but that would be much more difficult. 4. Notation. A particular function of x is often represented by the notation / (x) which should be read, function For example, of X, or / of X, not / times x.
independent variable
is

fix)

V^TT
-\.

means that/

(ar)

is

a symbol for Vx^

i.

Similarly,

y=f(x)
means that y
function of
x.
is

some

definite (though perhaps

unknown) same

If it is necessarj' to

consider several functions in the

discussion, they are distinguished

by

subscripts or accents or
f-z

by the use of different letters. Thus, /i (x), /" (x) g (x) (read /-one of x, /-two of x, /-prime
,

(x), /' (x),

of x, /-second

of X, g of x) represent (presumably) different functions of x.

commas between

Functions of several variables are expressed by WTiting the variables. For example,

v=f{r,h)
expresses that
t;

is

a function of
V

and h and

f{a,

6, c)

expresses that y

is

a function of

a, 6, c

The /

in the

symbol
if

of a function should be considered as

representing an operation to be performed on the variable or


variables.

Thus,

f(x)

= V^^~+l,

f represents the operation of squaring the variable, adding 1, and extracting the square root of the result. If x is replaced

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
is

Chap.

I.

by any other quantity, the same operation on that quantity. For example,
/
(2)

to be performed

= V22+

= Vs.
\/i/2

f{y+l) = V(y +1)2+1 =


Similarly,
if

+ 2y + 2.

then
If

/ / /
f (2,

{x, y)

(1, 2)

(x, y, 0)

then

-3,

1)

= = = =

x^

a:2

+ xy - y\ + 1 2 - 22 = -1. + + ^^ 22 + (-3)2 + 1 = 14.


12
.

i/2

EXERCISES
3 3 3
,

Given x + y = a express y as an explicit function of x. Given logio (x) = sin y, express x as an explicit function of Also express y as an explicit function of x. 3. If / (x) = x2 - 3 X + 2, show that / (1) = / (2) = 0. 4. If F (x) = x* + 2 x2 + 3, show that F (-a) = F (a).
1.

2.

y.

5.

li

F
<!>

(x)
(x)

x+ -,

find
1,

{x

1).

Also find

(x)

1.

6.
7.

If

= Vx2 -

find

<>

(2 X).

Also find 2

</.

(x).

If^W=2T^3,find^(^).
If /i (x) If

Also find

^.
[/i (y)].

8.
9.

=
?/)

2%

/2 (X)

xS find

/i !/2 (y)].
(2, 1)

Also find /^
2)

(x,

- -,
=
x^

show that/

= 2/ (1,

1.

10.
11.

Given /

(x,

y)

+ xy,

find / (y, x).

On how many

circular cylinder
12.

independent variables docs the volume of a right depend?


x, y, z satisfy

Three numbers

two equations
22

X2

+
\-

?/2

5,

-\rz

==1.

How many

of these

numbers can be taken as independent variables?

6. Limit. If in any process a variable quantity approaches a constant one in such a way that the difference of

the two becomes and remains as small as you please, the constant
is

said to be the limit of the variable.


is

The

use of limits

well illustrated

by the incommensurable

Chap.

I.

INTRODUCTION
and the determination of the area
of

5
a

cases of geometry
circle or
6.

the volume of a cone or sphere.

Limit of a Function.

As

a variable approaches a

limit a function of that variable

may approach a limit.


2.

Thus,

as X approaches

1, a:^

approacnes

We

shall express that

a variable x approaches a limit a by

the notation

a.

The symbol = thus means "approaches

as a limit."
is

Let / {x) approach the limit A as x approaches a; this expressed by lim/(x) = A,

which should be read, " the limit is A." Example 1. Find the value of
lim

of

(x),

as x approaches

a,

sHi)+ - approaches 1 + t

As X approaches
or 2,

1,

the quantity x

Hence

1s(^+i) =
Ex.
2.

2.

Find the value of


lim
;e=0

sin 6
1

+ COS d

As

approaches zero, the function given approaches

Hence

hm
7.

,.

sin d :r cos 9=0 1

0.

Properties of Limits.
is

In finding the limits of funcof certain simple properties that

tions frequent use

made

follow almost immediately

from the

definition.

6
1.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
The
limit of the

Chap.

I.

sum

of a finite

number

of functions is

equal to the

sum

of their limits.

Suppose, for example, X, Y, Z are three functions approaching the limits A, B, C respectively. Then X-\-Y-{-Z
is

approaching

-{-

lim
2.

(X

+ F + Z)

B C. Consequently, = ^ + 5 + C = lim Z + lim 7 + lim Z.


-\-

The

limit of the 'product of

finite

number

of functions

is equal to the product of their limits.


If,

for example,

X, Y, Z approach A, B, C

respectively,

then

XYZ

approaches
lim

ABC,

that
lim

is,

XYZ = ABC =

X lim Y lim Z.
is not zero, the limit of the

3.

// the limit of the denominator

ratio of two functions is equal to the ratio of their limits.

Let X,
zero.

approach the limits A,

B
is,

and suppose

is

not

X Then
y

approaches
,.

A
^ A
,

that

X
is

limX

^''^Y=B=V;^'
If

is

zero

and

not zero,

A
t, will ts

be

infinite.

Then

X A =7 cannot approach

^ ^sa

limit; for,

however large
will

X ^

may

become, the difference of t^ and infinity


8.

not become small.

The Form

^.

When

is

replaced by a particular
r-

value, a function

sometimes takes the form

Although

this

symbol does not represent a definite value, the function may have a definite limit. This is usually made evident by writing the function in a different form.

Example

1.

Find the value of


lim
,.

x'-l
r

Chap.

I.

INTRODUCTION
is

When X

replaced

by

1,

the function takes the form

1-10*
Since, however,

1-1

a^-1
the function approaches
1

^^=^ +
,

1'

+1
a:

or 2.
2.

Therefore

Hm^ ^ = 1
1=5=1

3:21

Ex.

2.

Find the value of


,.

lim
x=0

(VTTx X

1) -

When

the given function becomes

1-1 ^0
o"

Multiplying numerator and denominator by

Vl
1

-f

a:

+
*

1,

Vl + xX

^ ~

X X

(Vl+x +

1)

Vl+x + 1
^.

As X approaches

0,

the last expression approaches

Hence

9.

Infinitesimal,
is

-r-

variable

approaching zero as a
If

limit

called
/3

an

infiriiiesimal.

Let a and

be two infinitesimals.

limis finite

the
/3.

and not same order.


If

zero,
If

a and

/3

are said to be infinitesimals of


zero,

the limit

is

is

of higher order
/3

than

the ratio - approaches infinity,

is

of higher order

than

a.

Roughly speaking, the higher the

order, the smaller

the infinitesimal.

8
For example,

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
let

Chap.

I.

x approach
X/>2
/y^

zero.
/y^

The

quantities

Ck^ n

are infinitesimals arranged in ascending order.

Thus

x* is of

higher order than

x^; for

lim x=0X^
Similarly, a^
is

x^

lim x^
1=0

=
a^,

0.

of lower order than

since

X*

approaches infinity when x approaches zero.

As X approaches x

cos x

and cot x are

infinitesimals of the

same

order; for

cos a; 7 Iim .,cota;


,.

= lim sm x = i-fl^
,.
.

1,

which

is finite

and not

zero.

EXERCISES
Find the values of the following
limits:

...
1.

x=Q
_
,.

hm a;*- ^ X 5
2
a;

+3
cosd
cos 2 9

...
4.

Iim

Vl -

- Vl +
z

x'

x=o
6.

X*

sin 9 4-

6=2
3.

, sin 2
x^

edzoi&n9

hm ^-^
,.

,.

hm
xAi

- 3x + r-! X 1

6.

lim 9=0 sin

sin

29
!

7.

By

the use of a table of natural sines find the value of


,.

lim

sin
a;

x=o
8.
9.

Define as a limit the area within a closed curve. Define as a limit the volume within a closed surface.

10.
11.

On

Define V2. the segment

angles reaching from

PQ (Fig. 9a) construct a series of equilateral triP to Q. As the number of triangles is increased,

Chap.

I.

INTRODUCTION
approaching zero, the polygonal line its length approach that of PQl

their bases

PABC,

etc.,

approaches

PQ.

Does

Fig. 9a.
12.

Inscribe a series of cylinders in a cone


in Fig. 9b.

as

shown

As the number

of cyl-

inders increases indefinitely, their altitudes

approaching zero, does the sum of the volumes of the cylinders approach that of the cone? Does the sum of the lateral areas of
the cylinders approach the lateral area of the cone?
13.
limit.

Fig. 9b.
1

Show

that

when x approaches
1,

zero,

tan - does not approach a

14.
is

As X approaches

which of the infinitesimals


V

a;

and

Vl

of higher order?

16. As the radius of a sphere approaches zero, show that its volume an infinitesimal of higher order than the area of its surface and of the same order as the volume of the circumscribing cylinder.
is

CHAPTER

II

DERIVATIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL


10.

Increment.
is

When

a variable changes value, the

algebraic increase (new value

crement and

represented

minus old) is called its inby the symbol A written before


4, its

the variable.

Thus,

if

X changes from 2 to

increment
2.

is

Ax =
If

X changes from 2 to 1,

Ax =

-1-2=

-3.
is

When
value,

the increment

is

positive there

an increase

in

when negative a
2/

decrease.
x.

Let

be a function of

When

x receives an increment

Ax, an increment A?/ will be determined. The increments


of

X and y thus correspond.


illustrate this graphically

To
let

X and y be the rectangular coordinates of a point P. An

equation

y=f{x)
represents a curve.

When x

changes, the point

P changes
of

to some other position

Q on

the curve.

The increments

X and y are

Ax = PR,
11.

Ay = RQ.

(10)

Continuous Function. A function is called con^ if the increment of the function approaches zero as the increment of the variable approaches zero.
tinuous
10

Chap.

II.

DERIVATIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL


is

11

In Fig. 10, y approaches zero,

a continuous function of x; for, as Ax approaches P and so Ay approaches zero.

In Figs. 11a and lib are shown two ways that a function can be discontinuous. In Fig. 11a the curve has a break at

/
Fig. 11a.

I
if

Fig. lib.

P.

As Q approaches
does not.

P',

Ax = PR approaches
in

zero,

but
a
is

Ay = RQ
infinite.
a:

In Fig. lib the ordinate at x


is

The increment Ay occurring

the change from

a to any neighboring value

12.

Slope of a Curve.

As Q moves

infinite.

along a continuous

curve toward P, the line PQ turns about P and usually

approaches a limiting position PT. This line PT is


the tangent to the curve at P.
called

The

slope of

PQ
Ay
Ax'

is

RQ PR

As Q approaches P, Ax approaches zero and the slope


of

Fig. 12a.

PQ

approaches that of PT.


Slope of the tangent

Therefore

tan

lim -r^

(12)

12

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
slope of the tangent at

Chap.

II.

The
at P.

is

called the slope of the curve

Exam-pie. Find the slope of the parabola


y

x'^

aX the point

(1, 1).

Let the coordinates of

P
Q

\yQ

X,

y.
-\-

Those
y

of

are x

Aa:,

+ Ly,

Since P and Q are both on the curve,

= 'r2 y =x'^
and
?/

a^2

+ Ay = + Aa;)2 = + 2 Ax + (Ax)2.
(a;
a;

Subtracting these equations,

we

get
(Ax)2.

^y = 2x^x-\Dividing by Ax,
A?/

Ax
As Ax approaches

2X

+ Ax.
2
X.

zero, this

approaches

Slope at

P=

This

is

the slope at the point with abscissa

x.

The
x.

slope at

(1, 1) is

then

2-1 =

2.
2/

13.

Derivative.

Let

be a function of

If

^y Ax

approaches a limit as

Ax approaches
to x.

zero, that limit is called

the derivative of y with respect notation D^y, that is,

It is represented

by the
(13a)

A-.

D^y
If

lim -^
Ax=0

Ax

a function
is

is

represented

by /(x),

its

derivative with

respect to x

often represented by/'


/' (x)

(x).

Thus
(13b)

A/(x)
lim
Az=0

Ax

= D^(x).

Chap.

II.

DERIVATIVE AXD DIFFERENTIAL

13

In Art. 12 we found that this Umit represents the slope of


the curve y = Six). The derivative of X whose value is the slope of
is,

in fact, a

function

the curve at the point with abscissa X.

The derivative, being the limit

Aw
of

^,

is

approximately equal

to a small change in y divided

by the

corresponding small

change in x. It is then large or small according as the small increment of y is large or small in comparison with that of x. If small increments of x and y have the same sign -r^ and
its limit
is

Aw Ax

Fig. 13.

Dxy are

positive.

If
is

they have opposite signs D^y


positive

when x and y increase and decrease together and negative when one increases as the
negative.

Therefore D^y

other decreases.

Example.

3?

Zx-\-2.

Let X receive an increment Ax, The new value of x is x Ax. The new value of j/ is y -f Ay. Since these satisfy the equation,

2/

Ay =

(x

+ Ax)3 - 3 (x + Ax) + 2.
= x3-3x-t-2,
(Ax)^
-J-

Subtracting the equation


y

we get

Ay =

3 x2

Ax + 3 X

(Ax)'

- 3 Ax.

Dividing by Ax,

Aw

^=3x2 + 3xAx4- (Ax)2 - 3.


zero this approaches the limit

As Ax approaches

D^y

3 x2

3.

II.

14

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
is

Chap.

The graph and DxV = 3


a;-axis

shown

in Fig. 13.
0.
is

At The curve

A
is

(where x = \) y = thus tangent to the

at A.

The

slope

also zero at

(where x

1).

This

is

the highest point on the arc

AC.

On

the right of

and on the left of B, the slope DxV is positive and x and y increase and decrease together. Between A and B the slope is negative and y decreases as x increases.

EXERCISES
1.

Given y = Vx, find the increment of y when x changes from 2 to X = 1.9. Show that the increments approximately satisfy

the equation

Ay ^ Ax 2

Vx

2. Given y = logio x, find the increments of y when x changes from 50 to 51 and from 100 to 101. Show that the second increment is approximately half the first. Find its slope by 3. The equation of a certain line is y = 2 x Z.

Au
calculating the limit of
4.

.-

slope at
(4, 8).

Construct the parabola y


is

x^

x.

Show
its

that

its

the point with abscissa x

2 (x

1).

Find

slope at

At
2
x*.

what point
6.

is

the slope equal to 2?


x*

Show
is

that

Construct the curve represented by the equation y = its slope at the point with abscissa x is 4 x (x" 1).

At what

points are the tangents parallel to the x-axis?


positive

Indicate where the slope

and where

negative.

value given.
7.

In each of the following exercises show that the derivative has the Also find the slope of the corresponding curve at x = 1. 3. 6. y = (x Dx2/ = 2 X 2), 1) (x

y
2/

8.

= =

X*,

Dzy

x2,

Dj^y

= =

4x'.

3x^

-2 x.

9.

t/

-.

^'y=-^^-

10.
11.

X is an acute angle, is Dx cos x positive or negative? For what angles is Dx sin x positive and for what angles negative?
If

Approximate Value of the Increment of a Function. Let y be a function of x and represent by e a quantity such
14.

that

^y

Chap.

II.

DERIVATIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL


zero, -r^

15
ap-

As Ax approaches
proaches zero.

approaches D^y and so

The increment
The
is

of

is

Ay = Bxy Ax
part

-f cAx.

D,y Ax
called the -principal part of Ay.
It differs

(14)

from Ay by an
zero,

amount
so

As Ax approaches zero, e approaches eAx becomes an indefinitely small fraction of Ax.


cAx.
is

It

is

and an

than Ax. If then the principal used as an approximation for Ay, the error will be only a small fraction of Ax when Ax is sufficiently small.
infinitesimal of higher order

part

Example.

When x

changes from 2 to 2.1 find an approxi-

mate value

for the change in y

X X

In exercise

9,

page

14,

the derivative of

- was found to

be

1.

Hence the

principal part of

Ay

is

-Aax=
-J.2

-j(.l) 4

-0.0250.

The exact increment

is

^^ =
The

(21)5

- ^^ =

-0-232.
error less than

principal part represents


is

Ay with an

002

which
15.

2%

of Ax.

and

Let x be the independent variable y be a function of x. The principal part of Ay is called the differential of y and is denoted by dy; that is,
Differentials.
let

dy

= D^y = =
1,

Ax.

(15a)

This equation defines the differential of any ftmction y of x. In particular,


if

x,

Dzy
dx

and so
(15b)
is

Ax,

that

is,

the differential of the

independent variable

equal to

16
its

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.

II.

the product of its derivative variable.

increment and the differential of any function y is equal to and the increment of the independent

Combining 15a and 15b, we get


dy dy dx
the quotient

= Dxy dx,

(15c)

whence
that
to X.
is,

D^y,

(15d)

dy
is equnl to the derivative of

y with respect

Since D^y is the slope of the curve y =f(x), equations 15b and 15c express that dy and dx are the sides of the right tri-

angle

PRT
the

(Fig.

15) with

hypotenuse
along

PT

extending

tangent at P.

X
^/[H -Ax--->
P^^ dx

On this diagram, Ax and Ay


are the increments

J
P
is

y
Ay

Ax = PR,
occurring
in

Ay = RQ,
the

change
differen-

R
x!

from
dx

P to

Q.

The
dy

tials are

= PR,
point
is

= RT.
the

Fig. 15.

A
curve

describing

passes through
differential

Ax if the direction of motion did not change. In general the direction of motion does change and so the
actual increase Ay = RQ is different from dy. If the increments are small the change in direction will be small and so Ay and dy will be approximately equal. Equation 15c was obtained under the assumption that x

dy changes to x +

moving when it in the direction of the tangent PT. The then the amount y would increase when x

was the independent


dx

variable.

It is still valid

if

continuous functions of an independent variable

t.

x and y are For then

DtX

At,

dy

Dty At.

Chap.

II.

DERIVATIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL

17

The

identity

Ay _ Ay At Ax
gives in the limit

Ax
'

At

Dty

= D^y

DtX.
At,

Hence
Dty At
that
is,

= =

D^y Dtx

dy

D^y
I
,

dx.

Example

1.

Given y

4=X

find dy.

In this case

^
Consequently,

,,

+ Ax+l x + Ax
Ay Ax

x+1
X

Ax
X
(x

+ Ax)

(x

+ Ax)

As Ax approaches

zero, this

approaches

^= dx
Therefore
,

-i.
3?'

dx

Ex.

2.

Given x

f*,

<3,

find

^
=

The

differentials of

x and y are found to be


2tdl,

dx =
Division then gives,

dy

'^f^dt.

dx~r"
An error of 1% is made in measuring the side of a Find approximately the error in the calculated area. Let X be the correct measure of the side and x + Ax the value found by measurement. Then dx = Ax = 0.01 x.
Ex.
3.

square.

18

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
error in the area
is

Chap.

II,

The

approximately

which

=d is 2% of
dA

(a;2)

=2xdx=

0.02

x^

= 0.02 A,

the area.

EXERCISES
1.

Let n be a positive integer and y

x".

Expand

Ay =

{x

+
=

Ax)"

x"

by

using the binomial theorem.

Show

that

-^ ax

nx"-.

the principal part of Ay? Using the results of Ex. 1, find an approximate value for the increment of x when x changes from 1.1 to 1.2. Express the error as a percentage of Ax.
is

What
2.

3.

If

is

the area of a circle of radius

r,

show that

dA -yar

is

equal to the

circumference.
4. If the radius of a circle is measured and its area calculated by using the result, show that an error of 1% in the measurement of the radius will lead to an error of about 2% in the area.
5.

If V is

the volume of a sphere with radius

r,

show that

-p

is

ar

equal

to the area of its surface. 6. Let V be the volume of a cylinder with radius r and altitude

h.

Show
and
if

that

if

r is constant -rr is equal to the area of the


-j- is

base of cylinder

A
li

is

constant

equal to the lateral area.

7.

(x)

and

for all variations in x,

dx

Ax, dy

Ay,

show

that the graph of y = / (x) is a straight line. 8. If y is the independent variable and x

= f (y), make

a diagram

showing dx,
9.

dy, Ax,

and Ay.
is vertical,

If

the y-axis

the x-axis horizontal, a body thrown horift.

zontally from the origin with a velocity of 50

per second will in


'

seconds reach the point

X Find the slope of


its

50t,

= -16

fi.

path at that point. 10. A line turning about a fixed point P intersects the x-axis at A and the y-axis at B. If Ki and K2 are the areas of the triangles OPA (and

OPB, show

that

dKi^PA^ dK, P&'

CHAPTER

III

DIFFERENTIATION OF ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS


16.
is

The

process of finding derivatives

and
is

differentials

called

differentiation.

Instead

of

applying the direct


usually per-

method

of the last chapter, differentiation

formed by means of certain formulas derived by that method. In this work we use the letter d for the operation of taking the
differential

and the symbol

-r- for

the operation of taking

the derivative with respect to

x.

Thus

d {u
-j-{u

-\- v)

= =

differential of {u-\-v),

-j-

v)

derivative of (m

+ v) with respect to x.
we proceed
as in
is

To

obtain the derivative with respect to x

finding the differential except that d

everywhere replaced

^^dx'

^^ 17.
I.

Formulas.

Let
and
c,

u, v,

be continuous functions of a

single variable x,

n constants.*

dc

0.

n.
in.
IV.

{u

+ v) = du + dv.
{cu)

d d

(vv)

= c du. = udv -\du

V du.

u dv

VI.
* It
exist

(m")

nw'*-^ du.
v,

is assumed that the functions w, continuous functions,

have derivatives.

There

"

= / (x),
19

20
18.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.

III.

When

Proof of I. The differential of a constant is zero. a variable x takes an increment Ax, a constant does
Consequently, Ac

not vary.
dc
~r- == 0.

0,

Ac = ^

0,

and

in the limit

Clearing of fractions,
dc

dx

'

0.

19.

Proof

of-

n.

The
y

differential of the

sum

of a finite

number
Let

of functions is equal to the

sum
V.

of their differentials.

u-\-

When
to y

X takes an increment Ax, u will change to m Ay, and yioy -]- Ay. Consequently
y

Aw,

+ Ay = u-i- Au-i-v + Av.


Ay = Au

Subtraction of the two equations gives

+ Av,
Av

whence

Ay _ Au Ax ~ Ax
As A^ approaches
respectively.
zero,

Ax

^. ^,
_du
dx
dy

^^ approach
dv

|, |,

Therefore

dy dx

dx'
du-\- dv.

and so

By
I

the same method

we can prove
'

d(wyiy

= du^dv zLdw
Au Ax

audi that
I

does not approach a limit as Ax approaches zero.

Such a function has

no derivative DxU and

therefore

no

differential

du

Dzudx.

Chap.
20.

III.

ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

21

Proof of in.
is

The
y

differential of

a constant times a

function
function.

equal to the constant times the differential of the

Let

Then
and so

= cu. y + Ay = c (m + Ay = c Am, Ay Am Ai = 'Aizero,


-r-^

Am)

m +z\ij ^^x Ax) ^'j^ fC^^^^)-fC^l


--

H*J^^

^'^

(.

AV^^

/Yil^i^M^

^^

As Ax approaches
Therefore

and

c -r-

approach 3^ and
ofif.
/.W,

c -t-

f^jc+Ax)-

^^c dx dx*
whence
dy
tiated

^^

A^^c'

^^

c du.

Fractions with a constant denominator should be differen-

by

this formula.

Thus

^(c)=^(^)=^'^^21.

Proof of IV.

The
first

differential of the product of

two

functions is equal to the

times the differential of the second


first.

plus the second times the differential of the

Let

Then

y = Ay = =

uv.

(m

+ Am)
-{-

(y

uv

Am
(m

+ Aw) + (m + Am) Ap.

Subtraction ^ves

Ay =
whence

Am + Am
,

+ Am) Ar,
,

Ay
Since m

Ap

is a continuous function, Am approaches zero as approaches zero. Therefore, in the limit,

Ax

dy dx

du,

dv

dx

dx'

22
and so

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.

III.

dy
In the same

V du-\-

dv.

way we can show that d (uvw) = uv dw -\- uw dv

+ vw du.
a fraction
is

22.

Proof of V. The

differential of

equal to

the denominator times the differential of ike numerator

minus

the numerator times the differential of the denominator ^ all

divided hy the square of the denominator.

Let

u
Then

and

u Ly =
V

+ Am + Ay
.

u
V

Am m Ay
V {v
-\-

Ay)

Dividing by Ax,
-r^

Am = Ax

Am
y-T
-,
1

Ax Ax Av)
V {v
-\-

M-r-

Ay

7-T"*

Since y is a continuous function of approaches zero. Therefore

x,

Av approaches zero as
dv

Ax

du
dy dx

_
V

dx
v^

dx

whence
,

dy
23.

du udv "
i

Proof of VI.

The
less,

differential of

a variable raised

to

constant power is equal to the product of the exponent, the variable


raised to a power one

and

the differential of the variable.

We consider three cases depending on whether the exponent


is

number. page 6J

a positive whole number, a positive fraction, or a negative For the case of irrational exponent, see Ex. 25,

Chap.
(1)

III.

AL^tEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

2^
w".

Let n be a positive, integer and y

Then

nin 1)

and

Ay =

nw"-

Am + ^

^^,

^^

W-^

(Am)^

Dividing by Au,

Aw
-r^

= nu"-^ H n
,
,

^
(n

1)

M"-2 (Am)

/*

+
,

As

Am

approaches zero, this approaches

dy

du
Consequently,

nM"~^

dy
(2)

nti"~^ du,

V ~

Let n be a positive fraction


y

TO

and y

u''= u^.

Then

M".

Since p and g are both positive integers, we can differentiate both sides of this equation by the formula just proved^

Therefore
gy~^ dy

pw^"* du.
p
y,

Solving for dy and substituting m' for

we

get

dy

^-

P-i

du

f"^
-

du

nM"~^ du.

qu
(3)

Let n be a negative number


y ^

m.
M"

Then

M"

M""*

Since

7?i

is

positive,

we can
by V,

find

d (u") by the formulas proved

above.

Therefore,
'

dy

= M"'d(l)

1 d(M'") = .,

mu'"-^du
^

=v-fnM~"*~^aM

_, = nu'^^ du^
,

24

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
n
d
is

Chap.

III.

Therefore, whether
negative,

an integer or

fraction, positive or

(w")

nw"~^ du.
is

numerator of a fraction used instead of V. Thus


If the

constant, this formula can be

d{~\=
Example
1.

{cu~^)

cu~^ du.

Aa^.

Using formulas III and VI,

dy

Ad{x?)

a;2

dx

12

a:2

dx.

Ex.2, y

= Vx-\--^+3.

Vx
y

This can be written

x^

-}-

x~^

+ 3.
d
^

Consequently, by II and VI,

dy dx

^d (x^)
dx
1

d (x'h
^

(3)

dx
1

dx

-idx
dx
1

-sdx

2
1

dx^

2V^
Ex.
3.

2V^
h^,

y=(x + a)
=

(x^-b^).

Using IV, with u

+ a, v = x^

= =
Ex.^.y =

(x

3 x2

+ a) (2x-0) + (x2-62) + 2 ax 62.

(1+0)

^-^'

'

Chap.

III.

ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

25

Using V, with w

+ 1, y = x- 1, (x - 1) d (x2 + 1) - (x* 4- 1) d (x* dy = (X^ _ 1)2 (x^- l)2xdx- (x' + l)2xcte


=
a^
(x2

1)

1)2

4xdx
Ex.
5.
t/

Using VI, with w

= Vx2- 1. = x^

1,

= i(x-l)-i(2x) =
Ex.

Vx2-1

We
tion.

6. x^ xy y^ = 1. can consider y a function of x determined by the equa-

+
d

Then
(x2)

+ d (xy) - d (y') = d (1) = 0,


-^

that

is,

2 X dx Consequently,

-\- X dy {2x-\-y)dx

y dx

2 y dy

= 0,
0.

ix-2y)dy =
2y X

dy dx
Ex.7.
x

^ 2x + y

t-{-j,

= t--. =

In this case

dx
Consequently,

= dt-rp,

dy

dt-{--^*

dy dx

^ ^ f-hl 1
t^

Ex.

8.

Find an approximate value of y

=
(

when

26

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
0,

Cbap.

III.

When X =

y
,

1.

Also

dy

= 3
{I

2dx

- x)i

(1

+ x)^

When
If

this

becomes
dy

= I

dx.

in y

we assume that dy is approximately equal to Ay, the change when x changes from to 0.2 is approximately
dy

= -f
then
y

(0.2)

= =

-0.13.

The

required value

is

l-

0.13

.87.

EXERCISES
In the following exercises show that the differentials and derivatives

have the values given:

l/t^y = 3x*

4x^

6x^

+ 5,

di

12

{x^

+ x^ - x) dx.

^
4.
5.
?/

~ =
=

x3

x2

1
'

5
(x

+
(2
1

2 a) (x

a)2,

dy dx dy
^^
,

3 x^

2X
a) dx.

Z (x^

1/

1) (3

+ 2),

18 x^

2X

2.

-2xdx
rf

2X

+3
2x
(X

-22 (to

V^ITi-g
g'
'

^'

d dx

(X

- 2x _ - 1)2 -

d
1)'*

s''

^^'

ds

^'

= v^rrr^i-

ax \x
14 ^ '

x^

Va^

x*

dxVx^+1

d't^ =
i^

+ l)Vx*-l
,

^^^7=-

16.

dx

= 2xi/^ ^xY ^ + 2x-^j/^. " "dx


.

16.

C2+3x)S = - :^ (2+3x<')Sdx. d^^^^

20

17.

d Vx^

r/^

xdxi-'ydu

W^FP^'

Chap.

III.

ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

27

18.

= (i+l)(2-3i)(2x-3)',
= (24 + 13x -36i) (2- 3z) (2x ^ ax
3).

19-

_ y(a

a:*

_ ^dy
(a
'

mcuf^~^
n.

+ fti")"
+ VTT70'^^
(x

+ 6x)+*

^^


(x

3z*

^+1
a*,

x4 Vx* + + vrr^)"-'

dx

-^r^n

+
ax

'

dj/

=2(i

v^l

+xO"(ic-

22.

X*

y*

24.

2x2-3xy +
y

4t/

3x,

dy dx

_ 4x - 3y ~ 3x -8y
0.

25.

+X =
?^

1,
'

ydx-xdy =
dx

"

26.
27.

1 y=-,

+
,

do
,

i/="

+ x*"*/" =
t

x**",

mydx =

nx dy.

28. 29.

x=^^, y=-^^^^ =
x=<-Vi2-l,
y = <+V<2-l,

2t

dy

0.

3a<

Z''

^
/

^ ~
X
^

3a<^
1 4- i''

dy dx

xdy + ydx=0. ^ 2t -t* ~ 1 - 2t^'

31.

Given y

find

an approximate value for y when

X =

4.2.

32.

Find an approximate value of


x^ \/l

when X =
33.
d(/

x + +x+

.3.

Given y

a^,

find

dy and

At/

when x changes from

3 to 3.1.

Is

a satisfactory approximation for Ay?

Express the difference as a

percentage of Ay. 34. Find the slope of the curve


at the point

J/

(x

31)^

1.

35.

inclined at

Find the points on the parabola y^ an angle of 45 to the x-axis.

4 ax where the tangent

is

28
.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.

III.

36.

as X increases
37.

Given y = (a + a?) Va x, for what values of x does y increase and for what values does y decrease as x increases? Find the points P (x, y) on the curve

,1
where the tangent is perpendicular to the 38. Find the angle at which the circle
x2
line joining

to the origin.

2/2

= 2x-32/
z-a^
at
(x, 0)

intersects the x-axis at the origin.


39.
2,-axis

A line through
at
If
(0, y).
x'*

the point (1,2) cuts the

and the

Find

g0,

"^
why
is

--

^^

( X

-^O

40.

+2=
^

the equation

not satisfied?
41.

The distances x, x' nected bv the equation

of a point

and

its

image from a lens are con-

x^x'

/'

/ being constant. If L is the length of a small object extending along the axis perpendicular to the lens and L' is the length of its image, show
that

L
from the
lens.

\x]
its

approximately, x and x' being the distances of the object and

image

24.

Higher Derivatives.
x.

The

first

derivative

-i^ is

function of
is
is,

Its derivative with respect to x,

wntten
x.

-r-^

called the second derivative of

y with respect to

That

dx^
Similarly,

dx \dx)

ty = ('^\
d3?

dx

W/

Chap.

III.

ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS

29

The
/' (x),

derivatives of / (x) with respect to x are often written


(x),

/"

(x), etc.

Thus,

if

= / (x).

|=n.,g=r(x).
Example
1.

g=r'(x).etc.

x^.

Differentiation with respect to

x gives

S = #(6) =
All higher derivatives are zero.

0.

Ex.

2.

x2

+ xy + y^

1.

Differentiating with respect to x,

whence
dy
rfx

2x
X

+y +2y

The second

derivative

is

^J ^
dx^

_
its

+ y \ ^^Tx' ^y dx\x + 2y) (x + 2 y)^


(

2x

dy Replacing -^ by
cPy

value in terms of x and y and reducing,


(x2

dx2

(x

+ xy + y2) + 2y)3
i

(x

6 2y)'

The

last expression is x^

obtained by using the equation of the

curve

+ xy + y2
we

gy

differentiating

this

second

derivative

could find the third derivative, etc.

30
25.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Change
of

Chap. IH.

Variable.

We

have represented the

second derivative by
tient obtained

This can be regarded as the quodifferential

by dividing a second
d^y

= d
is

(dy)

by

(dxy.

The value

of d^y will

however depend on the


differentiated.

vari-

able with respect to which y

Thus, suppose y
d'y
If,

x"^,

t^.

Then -j^= ^ and


dx^

so

2 (dxY

2 (3

f2

dty

18

f^

{dt)\
t,

however, we differentiate with respect to

since y

i^,

g=30f^and
d'y

30

t^

(dty,

which
For

is

not equal to the value obtained when we differen-

tiated y with respect to x.


this reason

we

shall

not use differentials of the second

or higher orders except in the numerators of derivatives.

Two
cases.
If

derivatives like

--t^

and

must

not be combined like


in the

fractions because cPy does not

have the same value


t

two

we have

derivatives with respect to

derivatives with respect to x, they can be found


identical relation

and wish to find by using the

du
d dx

_ du
dt

dt_

dt

,nK\

dx

dx
dt

For example,
<Py
d_ /dy\

d_

/dy\ di^^de_^
dx^

dx\dtj

dt\dt) dx

dt

Chap. IV.

ALGEBRAIC FUNCTIONS
e.

31

approxima
velocity a
,
. ,

Given x

_.

^1 t

y ^

1 . c , dry t-\--:, find t dx^'


,

case
/

This

would A^ a rule
>.
.

dy dx
,,

^
,,
,

t^

t^-l
f
-\-l

dt

+ j.
dt

dt

^ luently,

dl'y

_ d (t^-\\
dx
\t^

At
(f

At
{p

1 1)'
.
,

4<
1

dx2

1/

1)2

dx

{^

+ If

EXERCISES
Find
1.

^
=

and

-r4,

in each of the followong exercises:

y
J/

6.

x^

+ y^ =
=
2
2/!

a^

2. 3.

y
j/!

4.
9.

= V^"ir^. = {x - ly (x = 4 X.

6.

x2

2)*.

7.

xy
x'

8.

= 1. +y. y' = a'.


2

If

a and 6 are constant and y


dx*

ax''

bx,

show that

ax

10.

If a, b, c,

d are constant and y


d*y dx^

ax^

-\-

bx^

+ ex + d, show that

11.

Show Show

that
d^ I

.d^

di\dt
12.

_ \_ ^l~

fPx
dfl'

that

dxVdx^
13.
14.

'^'^

dx^^^^'dx
?/

^y)
dx'

''dx*

Given

t^

t',

= f

<',

find

^ and ^
dj^

By

differentiating the equation

dx
with respect to

^
dy

x, find

j^

in terms of derivatives of

x with respect to

y.

Chap.
Vited

III.

the

CHAPTi^R IV

the quo-

RATES
26.

Rate

of

Change.
If

Az

If

the change in a qua'/


it

proportional to the time in which

occurs, z

is sai*-' /the

variin-

at a constant rate.

is

the change occurri


is

9/

terval of time A^, the rate of change of z

If

the rate of change of z


if

is

not constant,

it will

be nearly

constant

the interval At

is

very short.

Then -^

Az
is

ap-

proximately the rate of change, the approximation becoming greater as the increments become less. The exact rate of

change at the time

is

consequently defined as

At=o

= limff At |, at
is its derivative

(26)

that

is,

the rate of

change of any quantity


is

with

respect to the time.


If
if

the quantity

increasing, its rate of change


is

is

positive;

decreasing, the rate


27.

negative.

Velocity Along a Straight Line.

Let a particle
Let
s

move

along a straight line (Fig. 27).


8
,^

^^
As

= OP

be con-

p
Fig. 27.

sidered positive

on one side of 0, negative on the other. If the particle moves with constant velocity the distance As in
the time At,
its

velocity

is

As
At'
If
is

^
it will

the velocity

is

not constant,

be nearly so when At

very short.

Therefore

As
-rr is

approximately the velocity, the

32

Chap. IV.

RATES
less.

33
The

approximation becoming greater as A< becomes velocity at the time t is therefore defined as

This equation shows that ds

is

the distance the particle

would move

in

a time

dt

if

the velocity remained constant.

As a
time

rule the velocity will not

different
dt.

from the distance the


s is increasing,

be constant and so ds particle does move


is

will

be

in the

When

the velocity
is

positive;

when

s is

decreasing, the velocity

negative.

Example.

body

starting

from

rest falls

approximately
of 10 seconds.

s=mf
feet in

Find its velocity at the end any time t is The velocity at


t

seconds.

=
y

= 32 ^ dt
it is

ft./sec.*

At the end
28.

of 10 seconds

320

ft./sec.

Acceleration Along a Straight Line.

The accelerais

tion of a particle

moving along a
its velocity.

straight line

defined as

the rate of change of

That

is

in the

This equation shows that dv is the amount v would increase time dt if the acceleration remained constant.

The

acceleration

is

positive v/hen the velocity

is

increasing,

negative

when it is decreasing. Example. At the end of t seconds the vertical height ball thrown upward with a velocity of 100 ft./sec. is
/i

of

100

<

16 ^.

Find
rising,
*

its

velocity

when

falling,

and acceleration. Also find when it is and when it reaches the highest point.
means
feet per second.

The notation

ft./sec.

Similarly, ft./sec.*,

used for acceleration, means feet per second per second.

34
The
velocity

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
and acceleration are
v

Chap. IV.

= =

j^

(100

32

t)

ft./sec,

^= -32ft./sec.2. at
is

The

ball will

be rising while v be
<

positive, that
^

is,

until

-^ =
29.

3i.

It will

falling after

3^.

It will

be at the

highest point

when

3|.

Angular Velocity and Acceleration. Consider a body rotating about a fixed axis. Let 6 be the angle turned through at time t. The angular veloc-p ity is defined as the rate of change of
6,

that

is,

angular velocity
Fig. 29.

=w=
is

-r-

at

The angular
,

acceleration

the rate

of

change of angular velocity, that


angular acceleration
Exam-pie
1.

is,

IX-

- = cPd -. = = do}
at
dt^

wheel is turning 100 revolutions per minute about its axis. Find its angular velocity. The angle turned through in one minute will be
CO

100

TT

200 IT radians/min.

Ex.

2.

v^^heel,

starting
(or

constant

moment

from rest under the action of a tv/ist) about its axis, will turn in t
e

seconds through an angle

kt^,

h being constant. at time t.

Find

its

angular velocity and acceleration

By

definition

w = 37 = 2
dt

/e/

rad./sec,

a =

-TT

= 2k rad./sec.'.
'

ai

Chap. IV.
30.

RATES

35

Related Rates.
This

In many cases the rates of change


is

of certain variables are

be calculated.

known and the rates of others are to done by expressing the quantities
in

whose

rates are

wanted

terms of those whose rates are


ft,

known and taking the derivatives with respect to t. Example 1. The radius of a cylinder is increasing 2
and
its

/sec.

altitude decreasing 3 ft./sec.

Find the rate of change

of its volume.

Let

be the radius and h the altitude.


V

Then

irr^h.
t

The

derivative with respect to

is

dv

_ d^

u^'"'

By

hypothesis

dr

'^~^'

dh

_ dt~

'^'

Hence

=4 $ at
This
h.
is

Trr/i

7rr2.

the rate of increase

when the
ft.,

radius

is

and altitude

If r

10

ft.

and
at

/i

-77=

60 T cu.

ft./sec.

Ex. 2. A ship B sailing south at 16 miles per hour is northwest of a ship A sailing east at 10 miles per hour. At what rate are the ships approaching? Let X and y be the distances of the ships A and B from the point where their paths cross. The distance between the
ships
is

then
s

= Vx2 +
dx

y\

This distance

is

changing at the rate

dy

ds
dt

J^di'^^'dU Vx2 + w2

36

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
hypothesis,

Chap. IV.

By

*= 1=10 at at
Therefore

-16,

^= ^^ + +
=
Vx^
?/2

cos45

Vx^

2/2

^. v2

ds
dt

10

16

V2

-3V2 mi./hr.
s is decreasing,

The

negative sign shows that

that

is,

the

ships are approaching.

EXERCISES
1.

From

the roof of a house 50


of 100
ft.

ft.

above the

street a ball is

upward with a speed


t

per second.

Its height

thrown above the ground

seconds later will be


h

= 50+

loot

U
=

fi.

Find
2.

its

velocity

and acceleration when


is

2.

How

long df^3s

it

con-

tinue to rise?

What

the highest point reached?

A
its

body moves

in

a straight
s

line according to the

law

/<

^3

16

^2.

Find

During what interval is the velocity moving backward? 3. If V is the velocity and a the acceleration of a particle moving along the a:-axis, show that
velocity
acceleration.

and

decreasing?

When

is it

adx =
4. If

V dv.

a particle moves along a


v^

line

with the velocity

gs,

where g
5.

is

constant and
is

the distance from a fixed point in the

line,

show
with

that the acceleration

constant.

When a

particle

center at the origin,

its

moves with constant speed around a shadow on the a;-axi3 moves with
1,2

circle

velocity v

satisfying the equation


4- n^x^

= nVS
shadow
is

n and

being constant.
its

Show

that the acceleration of the

proportional to

distance from the origin.

What is its 6. A wheel is turning 500 revolutions per minute. angular velocity? If the wheel is 4 ft. in diameter, with what speed does
it

drive a belt?

Chap. IV.
7.

RATES

37

friction

rotating wheel is brought to rest by a brake. Assuming the between brake and wheel to be constant, the angle turned through in a time t will be

=
a, b, c

+ bt cP, +

Find the angular velocity and acceleration. wheel come to rest? 8. A wheel revolves according to the law w = 30 / ^, where b the speed in radians per minute and t the time since the wheel startedA second wheel turns according to the law 6 = iC*, where / is the time in seconds and the angle in degrees through which it has turned. Which wheel is turning faster at the end of one minute and how much? If r is the velocity and a 9. A wheel of radius r rolls along a line. the acceleration ot its center, a> the angular velocity and a the angular acceleration about its axis, show that
being constants.

When

will the

roj,

Ta.
is

10.

The depth
1

of water in a cylindrical tank, 6 feet in diameter,

increasing

foot per minute.

Find the rate at which the water

is

flow-

ing

in.

ripples.

pond sends out a series of concentric the radius of the outer ripple increases steadily at the rate of 6 ft. /sec., how rapidly is the area of disturbed water increasing at
11.

stone dropped into a


If

the end of 2 seconds?


12.

At a

certain instant the altitude of a cone


ft.

is

ft.

of its base 3
its

If

the altitude
1 ft. /sec.,

is

increasing 2
fast is the

ft. /sec.

and the radiiis and the radius of

base decreasing

how

volume increasing or de-

creasing?
13. The top of a ladder 20 feet long sUdes down a vertical wall. Find the ratio of the speeds of the top and bottom when the ladder makes an angle of 30 degrees with the ground.

The cross section of a trough 10 ft. long is an equilateral triangle. water flows in at the rate of 10 cu. ft. /sec., find the rate at which the depth is increasing when the water is 18 inches deep.
14.
If

15.

A man 6 feet tall walks at the rate of 5 feet per second away from
feet

a lamp 10

find the rate at

from the groimd. When he is 20 feet from the lamp post, which the end of his shadow is moving and the rate at

which
16.

shadow is growing. boat moving 8 miles per hour is laying a cable. Assumin g that the water is 1000 ft. deep, the cable is attached to the bottom and stretches in a straight line to the stem of the boat, at what rate is the
his

when 2000 ft. have been paid out? Sand when poured from a height on a level siurface forms a cone with constant angle /3 at the vertex, depending on the material. If the
cable leaving the boat
17.

38
sand
18.
is

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
poured at the rate of
c cu. ft. /sec, at

Chap. [V.
is

what

rate

the radius in-

creasing

/On oneTwo
/

when

it

equals a?

straight railway tracks intersect at an angle of 60 degrees. a train is 8 miles from the junction and moving toward it at the rate of 40 miles per hour. On the other a train is 12 miles from the junction and moving from it at the rate of 10 miles per hour. Find the rate at which the trains are approaching or separating. 'K-C/t^tA-^ 19. An elevated car nmning at a constant elevation of 50 ft. above the street passes over a surface car, the tracks crossing at right angles. If the speed of the elevated car is 16 miles per hour and that of the sur-

face car 8 miles, at what rate are the cars separating 10 seconds after they meet? ^7 f ? ; i_^ 20. The rays of the sun make an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal. A ball drops from a height of 64 feet. How fast is its shadow moving just before the ball hits the ground?
'

CHAPTER V

MAXIMA AND MINIMA


if

have a maximum at x = a, any other value in the immediate neighborhood of a. It has a minimum if when X = a the function is less than for any other value of x
31.

function of

a;

is

said to
is

when x = a the function

greater than for

sufficiently
If

near

a.

by y and plot the curve y = / (^)> ^ maximum occurs at the top, a minimum at the bottom of a wave.
represent the function
If
is

we

the derivative
zero.

is

continuous, as in Fig. 31a, the tangent

horizontal at the highest


is

and lowest points

the slope

Hence

in determining

of a wave and maxima and minima

of a function

(x)

we

first

look for values of x such that

d /(x)=/'(x)=0. dx
If

is

a root of

this equation,

(a)

may

be a maximum, a

minimum,

or neither.

Fig. 31a.

If the slope is positive

on the

right, as at
is

on the left of the point and negative A, the curve falls on both sides and the

ordinate

a maximum.

That
39

is,

/ (x) has a maximum

value

40
atx
live

DIFFERENTIAL CALCTijUS

Chap. V.

a,

iff

(x) is positive for values >f


little

xa little less and nego/-

for values a

greater than a.
left

and positive on the right, and the ordinate is a as at B, the curve rises minimum at x = a, if f (x) is minimum. That is, / (x) has a positive negative for values of x a little less and for values a little
If

the slope

is

negative on the

on both

sides

greater than a.
If

the slope has the same sign on both sides, as at C, the


rises

curve

on one

side

and

falls

on the other and the ordinate

is neither a maximum neither a maximum nor

nor a minimum.

That

is,

(re)

has

a minimum at x same sign on both sides of a. Example 1. The sum of two numbers is
value of their product.
x.
is

=
5.

if

(x)

has the

Find the maxiis

mum

Let one of the numbers be

The other

then 5

x.

The value
product

of x

to be found such that the

y
is

(5

x)

5 X

x^
is

maximum.

The

derivative

= 5-20:. ^ ax
This
,

is

zero

when x =

|.

If

is less

than

If x is greater f the derivative is positive. than f the derivative is negative. Near

X
re

= =

^ the graph then has the shape f the function has


its

shown

in Fig. 31b.

At

greatest value

f (5

f)

= \^
of tin.
h.

Ex.
its

2.

Find the shape of the pint cup which requires for

construction the least

amount

Let the radius of base be r and the depth tin used is A=rr^ 2 rrh.

The

area of

Let

be the number of cubic inches in a pint.


V

Then

= n^h.

Chap.

MAXIMA AND MINIMA


h
A

41

Consequently,

=
irr
2
.

and
Since

2f
r

r and

v are constants,

dA
dr

= =

27rr

-7^=K^>
there
is

This
it

is

zero

if irr^

v.

If

maximum

or

minimum

must then occur when


r

v/-;

for, if r

has any other value, -j-

dA

will

have the same sign on

both sides of that value and A will be neither a maximum nor a minimum. Since the amount of tin used cannot be zero there must be a least amount. This must then be the value
of

A when
=
h.

irr^.

Also

rr^h.

We

therefore conclude

that r

The cup
its

requiring the

least tin

thus has a depth equal to


base.

the radius of

The strength of a rectangular beam is proportional to the product of its width by the
Ex.
3.

square

of

its

depth.

Find the
in
Fig. 31c.

strongest

beam

that can be cut

from a circular log 24 inches


diameter.

In Fig. 31c
of of

shown a section the log and beam. Let x be the breadth and y the depth the beam. Then
is

X2

J/2

(24)2.

The

strength of the

beam
kxy^

is

S=

kx

(242

3.2)^

42

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
The dS
dx
derivative of
*S is

Chap. V.

k being constant.

k (242

x2).

If this is zero,

= 8 V3.
a:

Since x

is

the breadth of the

beam,

it

cannot be negative.

Hence
8 a/3

is

the only solution.

Since the log cannot be infinitely strong,

there

must be a strongest beam.

Since no other value can

give either a

maximum

or a

the width of the strongest


is

minimum, a; = 8 Vs must be beam. The corresponding depth

y = 8 Vq. Ex. 4. Find the dimensions of the largest right circular cylinder inscribed in a given right circular cone.

Let

be the radius and h the altitude of the cone. Let X be the radius and y the altitude of an inscribed cylinder (Fig. 31d). From
the similar triangles

DEC and ABC,


EC
y
'

DE^AB
EC
that
is.

y
r

^h^
X
r

(r

x).

The volume
Fig. 31d.

of the cylinder
irx^y

is

(rx^

X?).

Equating

its

derivative to zero,

we
a;2

get
0.

2 rx

Hence x =
not give the

or x

The value x =
Since there
I
r. is

obviously does
its
is

maximum,
?/

a largest cylinder,
its

radius must then be x

By

substitution

altitude

then found to be
32.

= \h.
Finding

Method

of

Maxima and Minima.

The

method used
steps:

in solving these

problems involves the following

Chap. V.
(1)
it

MAXIMA AND MINIMA


is

43
Let

Decide what
y.

to be

a maximum or minimum.

be
(2)

Express y in terms of a single variable. Let it be x. be convenient to express y temporarily in terms of If the problem can be solved by several variable quantities.
It

may

our present methods, there will be relations enough to eliminate all but one of these.
(3)

Calculate -^ and find for what values of x

dv

it is

zero.

(4) It is usually easy to decide from the problem itself whether the corresponding values of y are maxima or minima. du If not, determine the signs of -j^ when x is a little less and

ax

little

greater than the values in question

and apply the

criteria given in Art.

3L
EXERCISES

Find the maximum and minimum values


1.

of the following functions:

2 x
6

5X

+ 7.

3.

X*

-2x^
X*

6.

\/2.

12i -i.

A.

=='
V a*
maxima
or minima:

Show
6.
\/

that the following functions have no


7.

x.

6x5

15 X*

10x3.

6.
9.

x'

4 X. that x A

8.

X Va

+ x*.
that the

Show

has a

maximum and a minimum and


and the
reciprocal of

maximum
10.

is less

than the minimum.

The sum

of the square

a number

is

a miniis

mum.
11.

Find the number.

Show

that the largest rectangle with a given perimeter

square.
?/
12.

Show that

circle is
,

13.

the largest rectangle that can be inscribed in a given a square. Find the altitude of the largest cylinder that can be inscribed in
of radius a.

a sphere
,

^
"

14.

rectangular box with square base and open at the top


of a given

made out

amount

of material.

thickness of material or waste in


of the largest

is to be no allowance is made for construction, what are the dimensions

If

box that can/be made?

44
;

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. V.

both ends is to have a given that the amount of tin used will be a minimum when the height equals the diameter.
,16.

cylindrical tin can closed at

capacity.

Show

16.

What are the most economical proportions for an open


if

cylindrical

water tank
of the
17.

the cost of the sides per square foot

is

two-thirds the cost

bottom per square foot? The top, bottom, and lateral surface of a closed tin can are to be cut from rectangles of tin, the scraps being a total loss. Find the most economical proportions for a can of given capacity. 18. Find the volume of the largest right cone that can be generated by revolving a right triangle of hypotenuse 2 ft. about one of its sides. 19. Four successive measurements of a distance gave Ci, 02, as, cu as results. By the theory of least squares the most probable value of the distance is that which makes the sum of the squares of the four errors a minimum. What is that value? 20. If the sum of the length and girth of a parcel post package must
not exceed 72 inches, find the dimensions of the largest cylindrical jug that can be sent by parcel post.
21.

circular filter paper of radius 6 inches

is

to be folded into a
filter if it

conical

filter.

Find the radius of the base of the


intensity of light
is

has the

maximum
22.

capacity.
inversely proportional to

Assuming that the

the square of the distance from the source, find the point on the line

two sources, one of wliich is twice as intense as the other, at which the illumination is a minimum. 23. The sides of a trough of triangular section are planks 12 inches wide. Find the width at the top if the trough has the maximum
joining

capacity.
24.

A fence

6 feet high runs parallel to

and 5

feet

from a

wall.

Find

the shortest ladder that will reach from the ground over the fence to

the wall.

A log has the form of a frustum of a cone 29 ft. long, the diameters ends being 2 ft. and 1 ft. \ beam of square section is to be cut from the log. Find its length if the volume of the beam is a maximum. 26. A window has the form of a rectangle surmounted by a semicircle. If the perimeter is 30 ft;, find the dimensions so that the greatest amount of fight may be admitted. 27. A piece of wire 6 ft. long is to be cut into 6 pieces, two of one length and four of another. The two former are bent into circles which are held in parallel planes and fastened together by the four remaining pieces. The whole forms e, model of a right cylinder. Calculate the lengths into which the wire must be divided to produce the cylinder of
26.
of its

greatest volutue.

Chap. V.

MAXIMA AND MINIMA

45

28. Among all circular sectors with a given perimeter, find the one which has the greatest area. IS B sails west at 12 29. A ship B is 75 miles due east of a ship A. miles per hour and A south at 9 miles, find when the ships will be closest

together.
30. A man on one side of a river J mile wide wishes to reach a point on the opposite side 5 miles further along the bank. If he can walk 4 miles an hour and swim 2 miles an hour, find the route he should take

to

make
81.

the trip in the least time.


line

Find the length of the shortest

which

will divide

an equitri-

lateral triangle into parts of equal area.


32.

A
is

triangle is inscribed in

an oval curve.

If

the area of the

angle
33.

maximum, show

graphically that the tangents at the vertices

of the triangle are parallel to the opposite sides.

light passes

and C are points on the same side of a plane mirror. A ray of from A to C by way of a point B on the mirror. Show that the length of the path ABC will be a minimum when the lines AB;

CB make
34.

equal angles with the perpendicular to the mirror.

The path of t'l and in water ij. Ught from a point A in the air to a point C below the surface of the water is bent at B where it enters the water. If di and fit are the angles made by AB and BC with the perpendicular to the surface, show that the time required for light to pass from A to C \st11 be least if is so
Let the velocity of Ught in air be
a
raj' of

placed that
singi
sin di
35.

Vi

Vi

hour of propelling a steamer is proportional to the cube of her speed through the water. Find the speed at which a boat should be run against a current of 5 miles per hour in order to make a
cost per

The

given trip at least cost.


36.
If

the cost per hour for fuel required to run a steamer

is

propor-

tional to the cube of her speed

and
ical

if

and is S20 per hour for a speed of 10. knots, the other expenses amount to $ ICO per hour, find the most econonastill

speed in

water.

33.

other Types
is

of

Maxima and Minima.


determine

The method
and continu-

given in Art. 31
if

sufficient to
its

maxima and minima

the function and

derivative are one-valued

ous.

In Figs. 33a and 33b are shown some tj'pes of


conditions.
is

maxima

and minima that do not satisfy these ^At B and C, Fig. 33a, the tangent

vertical

and the de-

46

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
The
derivative
is

Chap. V.

that on the right.

discontinuous.

At

and

This happens in problems where values beyond a certain range are impossible. According to
the curve ends.

Fig. 33a.

our definition, y has

maxima &t A, B, D and minima at C and E. If more than one value of the function corresponds to a
single value of the variable, points like

A and
occur.

B, Fig. 33b,
of y coincide.

may

At such points two values

These figures show


that in determining max-

ima and minima special attention must be given


to places where the deFiG. 33b.

rivative

is

discontinuous,

the function ceases to exist, or two values of the function


coincide.

Example 1. Find the maximum and minimum ordinates on the curve y* = a^.
In this case, y

x^ and

dx

3^

No

finite

value of x makes' the derivative zero, but x

Chap. V.

MAXIMA AND MINIMA


is

47
is

makes it infinite. Since y mipitrmm (Fig. 33c).

never negative, the value

Ex.

2.

A man on
make

qne side of a river ^ mile wide wishes to

reach a point on the opposite side 2 miles down the river. If he can row 6 miles an hour and walk 4, find the route he

should take to

the trip in the least time.

Fig. 33d.

Let
tion.

(Fig. 33d) be the starting point and B the destinaSuppose he rows to C, x miles down the river. The

time of rowing will be ^ VxM-~l and the time of walking i (2 x). The total time is then
t

V^Ti + i (2 - x).
zero,

Equating the derivative to


6\/z*

we
4

get

+i
=
0.

which reduces to 5

x*

This has no real solution.

48

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
trouble
is

Chap. V.

The
if

that J (2

x) is the time of walking only


is

above B. If C is below B, the time The complete value for t is then


is

\{x

2).

the sign being

if

<

2 and

if

>

2.

The graph

of

the equation connecting x and

is

shown

in Fig. 33e.

At

X = 2 the derivative is discontinuous. Since he rows faster than he walks, the minimum obviously occurs when he rows all the way, that is, x = 2.

EXERCISES
Find the
1.-

maximum and minimum

values of y on the following curves:


3.

x' 4- y'

=
(a;

o'.

\J

y*

a:*

1.

2.
6.

^ =

x*

1).

Find the rectangle of least Find the point on the parabola j/^ = 4x nearest the point (-1,0). 7. A wire of length I is cut into two pieces, one of which is bent to form a circle, the other a square. Find the lengths of the pieces when the sum of the areas of the square and circle is greatest. 8. Find a point P on the line segment AB such that PA^ + PB^ is
6.

X = l^ + i\ y = (^ - i*. area having a given perimeter.


4.

a maximum. 9. If the work per hour of moving a car along a horizontal track is proportional to the square of the velocity, what is the least work required to move the car one mile? 10. If 120 cells of electromotive force E volts and internal resistance 2 ohms are arranged in parallel rows with x cells in series in each row, the current which the resulting battery will send through an external
resistance of \

ohm

is

^
^

60xE
x*

+ 20*
maximum

How many
current?

cells

should be placed in each row to give the

CHAPTER

VI

DIFFERENTIATION OF TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS


34.
tions.

Let u be the circular measure of an angle.


w <2 cos u d tan u d cot M d sec u d CSC M
d
sin
.

Formulas

for Differentiating Trigonometric

Func-

Vn.
Vin.
IX.

X.
XI.

Xn.

= cos ti du. 4^1]d^ = cosv CK^ = smwdu. dci^ -^r*^-/ = sec"* u du. j +<u>'^ d^c '^ = CSC** It rfu. <*^= sec u tan u di/! ^4^^ ^^^ >= ^" ^ = CSC u cot M da. cU^l^^ - -cos^Ci'^^
,

"^

The negative
functions.
35.

sign occurs in the differentials of

all

co-

The Sine

of

a Small Angle.

Inspection of a table

of natural sines will

show that
is

the sine of a small angle ure of the angle.


sin
l**

very

nearly equal to the circular meas-

Thus
0.017452,

=
=

r
180

0.017453.

We

should then expect that


sin -= hm
,.

1.

(35)

Fig. 35.

To show
is

this graphically, let 9

= AOP

(Fig. 35).

Draw

PM p)erpendicular to OA.
defined

The
arc
rad.

circular

measure

of the angle

by the equation
6

arc

AP

OP

49

c
60
Also sin 6
,,
.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
^

Chap. VI.

MP
jyp
.

Hence

sing^
d

MP
arc

chord
arc

AP

QP QP

As

6 approaches zero, the ratio of the arc to the chord ap*


1 (Art. 53).

proaches
36.

Therefore the limit of

is 1.

Proof of VII, the Differential of the Sine.


J/

Let
fcj--5n3^
'

sin w. sin (w

Then
and so

J/

+ Ay =
sin (w

+ Aw)

sin w.

3(^^ 3

Ay =
It
is

Aw)

shown

in trigonometry that

sin
If then

A w

sin

5 =

2 cos (^

+ ^) sin ^ {A -

B),

A =

+ Aw, B = u,
Ay = 2 cos (w + Aw) sin \ Aw, ^ ^**'^ -^^1^^%^^)^^ ii^^j^
4-

^
whence ^''" ^

^=

2 cos

^ +4 Aw)

j"2u

=1^0^ tw

+% Aw) ^^1^
*^(

As Aw approaches zero
sin I Aw _ ~^5Au~~

sing
B

approaches
fore

and cos (w

+ i Aw)
aw
dy 3^

approaches cos w.

There-

cos w.

Ck)nsequently,

*^L
dy

cos

" ^^ w dw.
-^

37.

Proof of

Vm,

the Differential of the Cosine.

By
,

trigonometry
cos

w = sinf^

wj-

Chap. VI.
22.

TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS

53

Find the points on the curve y = x + sin 2 x where the tangent S. the line y = 2 x If 23. A weight supported by a spring hangs at rest at the origin. the weight is lifted a distance A and let fall, its height at any subsequent time ( will be y = A cos (2 mt),
is parallerfto

n being
origin.

constant.

Find

its

velocity

and acceleration as

it

passes the

WTiere

is

the velocity greatest?

Where

is

the acceleration

greatest?
24.

revolving light 5 miles from a straight shore makes one

com-

Find the velocity along the shore of the beam of light when it makes an angle of 60 degrees with the shore line._ 3/ 26. In Ex. 24 with what velocity would the light be rotating if the spot of light is moving along the shore 15 miles per hour when the beam makes with the shore line an angle of 60 degrees? 26. Given that two sides and the included angle of a triangle have at a certain instant the values 6 ft., 10 ft., and 30 degrees resf)ectiv6ly, and Gcoa
plete revolution per minute.

that these quantities are changing at the rates of-S

ft.,

degrees per second,


27.

how

fasf is the area of the/triangle

2 it., and 10 ch^ging?

OA

is

a crank and
line

moving along a
which the
28.
line

AB a connecting nxi attached to a piston B with angular through 0. If OA re*x>l\W about


is

velocity w, prove that thp velocity of fi

wOC/where C

is

the point in

BA

cuts/he

line

through

perpendicular to OB.
ft. wide, mitved horixontally along the

An
is

alley 8 ft

rims

dicubir to a street 27

/What
29.

the longest ^eam that

street into the alley?

A needle rest^'ith one end

needle will sink to a p>osition in


If

hich tpe center

the length of them^edle eq


30.

a smAOth hemispherical bowl. The is as low as possible. meter of the bowl, what will be

the position of equmbrium?

A rope with a ring at o


and held taut

horizontal line

is looped over two pegs in the same weight fastened to the free end. If

the rope slips freely, tUe wei the angle formed at th^ bott*

descend as far as
of the loop.

f>ossible.

Find

31. Find the angle at the bottom of the loop in Ex. 30 if the rope is looped over a circular pulley instead of the two pegs. 32. A gutter is to b^ made by bending into shape a strip of copper so that the cross section sl^all be an arc of a circle. If the width of the strip
is a,

find the radius of the cross section

when

the carrying capacity

is

maximum.
33.

A spoke

pendicular to one in the rear wheel.


an

what

is at a certain instant perthe bicycle rolls straight ahead, position will the outer ends of the two ^x)kes be closest together?

in the front

wheel of a bicycle
If

64
39.
sin~*

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Inverse
is

Chap. VI.

Trigonometric

Functions.

The
is x.

symbol

used to represent the angle whose sine

Thus

y
tan~^ x, cot~*

sin~^ X,

sin

are equivalent equations.


x, sec~^ x,

Similar definitions apply to cos~^ x


csc~^ x.

and

by mulan indefinite number of angles are represented by the same symbol sin~^ x. The algebraic sign of the derivative depends on the angle differentiated. In the formulas given below it is assumed that sin-i u and csc~^ u are angles in the first or fourth quadrant, cos~^ u and sec"^ u angles in the first or second quadrant.
tiples of

Since supplementary angles and those differing

7r

have the same

sine,

If angles in other

sign

must be
all

used.

quadrants are differentiated, the opposite The formulas for tan~^ u and cot~^ u

are valid in

quadrants.
for Differentiating Inverse Trigonometric

40.

Formulas

Functions.

Xm.
XIV.

dsin-^u =

d cos-^u = d tan-* u =
d
cot-*

XV.
XVI.
XVII.
XVIII.
41.

u = -

dsec-^u =
dcsc-'u =
fl'

d[a>^^^.-_l-^

Proof of the Formulas.


y

Let
=
= =
sin~* u.
u.

Then
sin y

Differentiation gives

cos y dy

du,


Chap. VI.

TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS
'

55

whence

dy

du cosy
y

But
cosy
If
2/

=fc

Vl -

sin*

zfc

Vl -

u.

is

an angle

in the first or fourth quadrant, cos

is

positive.

Hence
cos y

= Vl
=
du
,

u*

and so
,

dy

The other formulas are proved

in

a similar way.

EXERCISES
\J

L
2.

= Bin-'(3x-l),

dy

Zdx

v6x =
rfx

9i

y=coe-(l-?).

dy

V2ax-x*
_ -2
x

dy

dx
5.

+ l'
1

8ec-
1

V4 1 +
3

1,

(4
ft

1)
1

Vi

-.

dy
<^

V2 + 2x-4x
3?

7.

y
X

=
= = = = = =

tan-i'

+a
^

dx~
d9

+a*'
^

8.

csc~i (sec 6),

s/.9.

y y
y y y

rsec"

^^
<**

Vtf -x
1

(o

- x)
1

^
Va

- 2 1*

10.

Vl -I*
4

dy dx

Vl -z
Va-x.
4
5

11.
<

V^^^ + ^'Bin--, ^ =
I i -I tan-i r- 3 5 cosx
sin

12.

dx

+ 3cosx
2

13.

S<

2x-l'

^=

56
\/l4. y "
16.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap.VL

- a8in-5+ V^rr^,
o

'

- V^^. ^ ^ a dx X
-{

2 (3 X

1)*

+ 4 cot-i ^^^-^,

16.

17.

1ft

rfy^ i dx (3x + l)* + 4(3x4-l)** dy 1 -x" 1 3x _, I/-gtan 2 dx 4x* + 17x2+4' + 2x' 2x X + 1 _,x + 1 2 dy = _, s =L' = cos :^co8 ^5 j^ dx 2 V3 (3_a;)V3-2x-x
'

3-x

"
19
I.

^~
y

_ ^x' 2a^x
,

g*

_jX 1_ 2a^'' o'


^ 2
x^,
1

dy dx
^Z <te

-^a

v^TTT^j*

tan-i

,x

+ Vi2 + 4x-4

'^I/. -

xVx2+4x-4
^
,

20.

y
y

= X sin-i x + Vl =
x2 sec-i
8

^ = Vl -x'
dx2

21.

I Z

2 Vx^^Tl^

= 2xsec-i|^ uX
i2

22.
x2

Let

he the arc from the x-axis to the point

(x, y)

on the

circle

+ y2 =

a*.

Show

that

*
V
23.

= -?,

|.|,

*. = ^.

+ .^.
+ y" =
o*,

Let

and the

vertical line

be the area bounded by the circle x* through (x, y). Show that

the y-axis

A =
24.

xy

+ a^ tan~* -

dA = 2ydx.
il

a string wound on a pulley moves with velocity v Find the angular velocity with which the pulley turns. 25. A tablet 8 ft. high is placed on a wall with its base 20 ft. above the level of an observer's eye. How far from the wall should the observer stand that the angle of vision subtended by the tablet be a maximum?
of

The end

along a line perpendicular to the axis of the pulley.

Exponential and Logarithmic Functions. If a is a positive constant and u a variable, a" is called an exponential
42.

function.

If

is

a fraction,

it is

understood that o"

is

the

positive root.
If

a",

then

u
y

is

called the logarithm of


a", r

i/

to base

a.

That

is,

?'

'

logaV

"

*.

.^^^SCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS
equations

57

are

by

definition equivalent

Elimination of u

gives the important identity


aio.v

= y.

(42b)

This expresses symbolically that the logarithm is the power to which the base must be raised to equal the number. Let a be greater than 1. 43. The Curves y = a".

The graph

of

a'
If

has the general appearance of Fig. 43. increment h, the increment in y


is

X receives a small

At/

0*+*

a' =

a'

(a''

1).

This increases as x increases. If then X increases by successive amounts h, the increments in y

form steps

of increasing height.

The curve

is

thus concave
lies

upward

and the arc


ing

below its chord. The slope of the chord AP join-

(0, 1)

and
a'

P (x, y) \

is

As Pi moves toward A the slope As P2 moves toward of APx increases.


decreases.

Fig. 43.

the slope of

Furthermore the slopes of AP2 and

APj APi approach

equality; for

and a~* approaches

when k approaches

zero.

Now

if

two

numbers, one always increasing, the other always decreasing, approach equality, they approach a common limit. Call
this limit

m.

Then

lim^^ = m.

(43)

bb
This
44.
is

DIFFERENTUL CALCUI.Ao jpp.


the slope of the curve
2/

m^^^^Wii^-^where
is
it

a* at the point

crosses the ^/-axis.

Definition of
e such that

e.

We
lim

shall

now show
-

that there

number

^-^
(44)

In

fact, let

where

m
e*

is

the slope found in Art. 43.

Then

,.

hm
x=o

a:

,.

o*"

lim
1^0

1 a*" = hm
,.

x_

1 =

x^o

= m m

1.

m
The curves y = a' all pass through the point A (0, 1). Equation (44) expresses that when a = e the slope of the curve at A is 1. If a > e the slope is greater than 1. If a < e, the slope is less than 1

a>e,

/
^/a<e

i
I

:::SS5^
We
shall find later that e

A I/-'-'
X-

Fia. 44.

2.7183
e

approximately.
logarithms.

Logarithms to base

are called natural


log-

In this book we arithms by the abbreviation In. logarithm of u.

shall represent natural

Thus

In

u means the natural

Chap. VI.
45.
tions.

TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS

59

Differentials of Exponential

and Logarithmic Func-*--L

XIX.

XX.

= da" =
de~

c- dw.

e=

4 -L-(L?

a" In

a du.

U.

XXL

d\nu = ^-^}i^'Jk

cJe^.e""

46.

Proof of XIX, the Differential of e".

Let

Then
whence

^
Ay =
e+^

e" (e^"

di<2^ ^
1)

yy^^

land

ZHT

Au
As Au approaches
zero,

Au
by
(44),

C
1

e^"

Au
approaches
1.

Consequently, 3^

e",

dy

e" dw.

47.

Proof of XX, the Differential of a".


a

The identity

e'"

gives

a"

=
=

e"*"".

Consequently,
da"
48.

e"

"

d (w In

a)

e"

"

In

a dw

a" Ina du.

arithm.

Proof of Let

XXI and XXII,


y

the Differential of a Log-

Then
Differentiating,

e"

= =

Inw.
u.

^ dy =

du.

60
Therefore

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
du du

Chap. VI.

The

derivative of loga
1.

is

found in a similar way.

Example
d
^
Ex.
2.

Iri

(sec^ x).

sec^

sec^

X X

2 sec x (sec x tan x dx) sec^ X

2 tan X dx.

2*^'^"'^

2tan-iiin2da;

dy

2^"""' In

2d

(tan-^ x)

T+l^
X*

EXERCISES
I.
2/

=
=

ea;,

dx

\/

2.

a*^'^^*^

=
dx

a**'' ^

"^

In

sec*

a;.

z-l
3.
2/

e=^+S

dy dx
dx

2
(x

1)2

dy_(
Ve*

^
\j

5.

1/

=
=

x"

+ n*,

+ e-^/ = wx*~^ + dx
dy dx

Y
In n.

n''

e.

a'sf,

= a='x-Mo + ^ dx

a;lno).

7.

y
2/

=
=

In (3 x2

+ 5X +

6x4-5
3x2

1),

+ 5x + l
X.

8.

In sec* x,

= 2 tan ^ dx
Va;2

9.

y y

=
= = =

In (x

a?),

dy dx
-^ dx

Vx*

L_ o*

^10.

In (sec

ax

+ tan ax),

ax a sec ax.

II. y
',

In (o*

+ &*),
X

_aMno+_b^4n6

^dy dx
dx

a
cos'
sin
1

+ 6*

12.

In sin
1

5 cos* x,

_ ~

x X

dy_

IS.

2/

= 9l^*'2~2wH^' 2

sin*

Chap. VI.
,.
14.

TRANSCENDENTAL FUNCTIONS
1_
a:-4'
,

61

y
1/

X' _1, - ^in^, _^

dy dx
:7-

^ =

x(i,

4)>*

16.

16.
17.

y y

< X V o - X* + Va -I* = iB ( VI+3 + vT+2) + V(x + 3) (I + 2), ^ = = In (VT+^ + V^, ^ = 2 Vx + ax


ii^

- In o

>

y |^

18.

y
y y

= = =

X tan-i --% In (x+a), a Z


ef" (sin

= tan"' ^ ax a
-^ ax

V
\l

19.

ax

cos ax),

ae" sin

ax.

20.

i tan*

5 tan*

In cos x,

-p

tan' x.

22.

e*

+ e-',

e<

- e"',

= - ^

23.

y=llnx,
y

g=^(21nx-3).

24.
26.

x^,

g=(x + n)e'.
=
x" and

taking logarithms of both sides of the equation y differentiating, show that the formula

By

--x" dx
is

nx"-*

true even
26.

when n

is

irrational.

Find the slope of the catenary


y

= |Ve^+e'-)

at X =
27.

0.

Find the points on the curve y


to the i-axis.
If

e** sin

x where the tangent

18 parallel

28.

Ae"*

+ Be""*,
where

where

and

B axe constant,

show that

29.

If

2e"'*,

z is

Miy function
*

of x,

show that

di*^*'<ix^^^
SO.

dx

For what values y

of

x does

5 hi (x

2)

+ 3hi (x + 2) + 4

Bcrease as x increases?

62
31.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
From
equation (44) show that
e

Chap. VI.

lim

(1

+ x)

32.

If

acceleration
33.

the space described by a point is s = ae' is equal to the space passed over.
resistance encountered
it

&e""',

show that the

Assuming the

by a body sinking

to be proportional to the velocity, the distance

in water descends in a time t is

and k being constants.

Show
a

that the velocity v


g
t

and

acceleration a

satisfy the equation

kv.
is

Also show that for large values of


stant.
34.

the velocity

approximately conof the

velocity,

Assuming the resistance of air proportional to the square a body starting from rest will fall a distance

s=^ln /e +
in a time tion
t.

e-*^'^

Show

that the velocity and acceleration satisfy the equa-

k^i^

Also show that the velocity approaches a constant value.

CHAPTER

VII

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
49.

Tangent Line and Normal.


(xi, yi).

Let
is

of a given curve at Pi

It

mi be the slope shown in analytic

geometry that a
through
nil
is
(xi, yi)

line

with slope

represented

by the
xi).

equation

yi

= miix the

This equation
resents
(,^1,

then reptangent
at

yi)

where the slope of


is

the curve

mi.

The
its

line

PiN

perpenFig. 49.
is

dicular to the tangent at

point of contact

called the

normal to the curve at Pi.

Since the slope of the


is

tangent

is

mi, the slope of a perpendicular line

and so
TWl

y-yi= - (^-xi)
7/1

is

the equation of the normal at

(xi, yi).

Example

1.

Find the equations of the tangent and normal

to the eUipse x^

+ 2 ^^ =
any point

The

slope at

9 at the point (1,2). of the curve is

At

(1, 2)

the slope

is

dy dx then

2y

mi
,The equation of the tangent

= I.
is

2/-2 = -i(x-l).
63

64

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
of the

Chap. VII.

and the equation

normal

is

y-2 =
Ex.
2.

A(x-l).
x^

Find the equation of the tangent to


(xi, y\). (xi, yi) is

y^

a?

at the point

The
is

slope at

Xi

'

The equation
Xi

of the tangent

yi

then

y-yi = -(.^2/1

^i)

which reduces to
XiX

yiy

^ =

xi^

-r.Z

yi'

Since

{xi, yi) is

on the curve,

Xi^

y-^

a^.

The equation

of the tangent can therefore be reduced to the form

XiX
50.

yiy

a\

Angle between

Two

Curves.

By

the angle be-

tween two curves at a


point of intersection

we

mean
point.

the angle between

their tangents at that

Let mi and
slopes of

nii

be the

two curves at
in analytic

a point of intersection.
It is

shown

Fig. 50a.

geometry that the angle /3 from a line with slope mi to one with slope

m2

satisfies

the equation
taujS

= m2 mi 1 +mim2

(50)

This equation thus gives the angle /3 from a curve with slope mi to one with slope nh, the angle being considered positive^

when measured

in the counter-clockwise direction.

Chap. VII.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
Find the angles determined by the
line

65
y

Example.

=x

and the parabola y


and
(1,-

x^.

Solving the equations simultaneously,

we
r

find that the line

parabola
1)

intersect

at
i

and

(0, 0).
is 1.

of the line

The slope The slope at

any point

of the parabola is

ax

At

(1,

1)

the slope of the


is

parabola parabola

then 2 and the


Fig. oOb.

angle from the line to the


is

then given by

tan

/3i

= 2-1

1+2

3'

whence
/3i

= tan-4 =
is

18 26'.
is

At

(0, 0)

the slope of the parabola

and so the angle

from the

line to

the parabola

given by the equation

tan Pi

^ = 1+0 = 1.
ft

'

whence

-45.
is

The negative

sign signifies that the angle

measured

in

the

clockwise direction from the line to the parabola.

EXERCISES
Find the tangent and normal to each of the following curves at the
point indicated:
1.

2.

3. 4.
6.

The circle 3^ + f = 5 at (-1, 2). The hj-perbola xt/ = 4 at (1, 4). The parabola y* = ax at i = a. The exponential curve y = oif at x

0.

The The

sine curve
X*

i/

3 sin x at x

6.

eUipse -j

+ IT ^

1,

at

(x,, y,).

66

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
7.

Chap. VIL

8. 9.

The hyperbola x^ -\- xy The semicubical parabola


X

y^ y^

= =

x,

at
(

(2, 0).

x^,

at

8, 4).
cos
<^)

Find the equation of the normal to the cycloid

=
4>\.

{4>

sin

<^),

(1

at the point

^ =

Show

that

it

passes through the point where the

rolling circle touches the x-axis.

Find the angles at which the following pairs


10.
2/2

of curves intersect
sin x,
logio x,

4
?/2 2/2

x,

x^

= =

2/.

13.

y/ 11.
12.

x^

9, x^

+
y'^

6x

=
4

9.

14. 15.

x2 -+

2 X

7,

2/2

X.

y y y

= = = =

\ (e^

cos x. = In x. = e"^),
y
2/

e*.

1^

16.

Show

that for

all

values of the constants a and h the curves

x^

y^

a*,

xy

l^

intersect at right angles.


17.

Show

that the curves

6'",

e"^ sin (&x

+ c)
=
a? in-

^
^

are tangent at each point of intersection.


18.

Show

that the part of the tangent to the hyperbola xy


is

tercepted between the coordinate axes

bisected at the point of tan-

gency.

Let the normal to the parabola y^ = ax at P cut the x-axis at A'^. PN on the x-axis has a constant length. Show 20. The focus F of the parabola y^ = ax is the point (l a,0). that the tangent at any point P of the parabola makes equal angles
19.

Show

that the projection of

with
/' 21.

FP

and the
foci of

line

through

parallel to the axis.

The

the ellipse

^ + P=1'
are the points F'
(

>^
.

tangent at any point F'P.


22.

- Va^ - b^, P of the

O)

ellipse

Show that the^ and F (Va* - 6^^ q) makes equal angles with FP and

Let

be any point on the catenary y

^\f'

+e

the

projection of
at P.
23.

P on

the x-axis, and

A'^

the projection of

M on the tangent
-,

Show that MA'' is constant in length, Show that the portion of the tangent to
a.
/a

the tractrix
,--

y/a^

- xA

intercepted between the


iength.

2/-axis

and the point

of

tangency

is

constant in

Chap. VII.
24.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
that the angle between the tangent at
origin
hi
is

67
P
and the

Show

any point

line joining

P to the

the same at

all

points of the curve

Vx-

y2 ^

k tan-i - X

26. A point at a constant distance along the normal from a given curve generates a curve which is called parallel to the first. Find the parametric equations of the parallel curve generated by the point at distance h along the normal drawn inside of the ellipse

a cos

4>,

b sin

<t>.

ft

61.

Direction of Curvature.

A curve

is

said to be con-

cave

upward at a point

if

the part of the curve near


lies

above the tangent at P. It is concave downward at Q if the part near Q lies below
the tangent at Q.
A

At 'points where
itive,

dhj

-p^ is pos-

Fig. 51.

the curve is concave

upward; where

d^n
-7-^ is

negative, the

curve is concave downward.

For
d^y dx^
If

d (dy\ dx \dx/

then

(Py
-T-| is

positive,

by

dv
Art. 13,
-r

the slope, increases as x

increases
rises

and decreases as x decreases. The curve therefore above the tangent on both sides of the point. If,
is

however, -j^
dx^

negative, the slope decreases as x increases


decreases,

and increases as x
tangent.
52.

and so the curve falls below the


(Fig. 52a),

Point of Inflection.

A point like A

on

one side of which the curve is concave upward, on the other concave downward, is called a point of inflection. It is

assumed that there


flection.

is

point like

B is not

a definite tangent at the point of incalled a point of inflection.

68
The second

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. VII.

inflection

derivative is positive on one side of a point of and negative on the other. Ordinary functions change sign only by passing through zero or infinity. Hence

to find points of inflection

we

find

where r^

is

zero or infinite.

-t

Fig. 52a.

If the second derivative

changes sign at such a point,


the second derivative has the

it is

point of inflection.
sign

If

a same

on both

sides, it is

not a point of inflection.

Fig. 52b.

Fig. 52c.

Example
tion of

Examine the curve 3y = x* curvature and points of inflection.


1.

Qx^ for direc-

The second

derivative
(Py

is

(x2

1).

da^

Chap. Vn.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS

69

This

is

zero at x

1.

It

is

positive

cave upward on the

left of

= 1

and the curve conand on the right of

X = -\-l. It is negative and the curve concave downward between x = 1 and x =-\- I. The second derivative changes sign at A (1, f) and B (+1, ), which are
therefore points of inflection (Fig. o2b),

Ex. 2. Ejcamine the curve y = In this case the second derivative

x* for points of inflection.


is

This
of X.
is

is

zero when x is zero but is positive for all other values The second derivative does not change sign and there

consequently no point of inflection (Fig. o2c).

Ex.

3.

If

>

0,

show that

sin

>x

5-:

o!

Let

= sm X -

+ ^j

^3

We

are to

show that y

>
,

0.
a^2

Differentiation gives

-y-

dy dx

cos X

+ 2!
,

cPy
'

?ri

dx2

T^ = sm x + x.
is

When X

is

positive, sin

is less

than x and so -7^


Since -^
is

positive.

Therefore -^ increases with x.

ax

ax

zero

when x

is

du
zero, j^ is
X.

then positive

when x

> 0, and so y increases with


is

Since y

>

0,

= when x = 0, y which was to be proved.


is
!

therefore positive

when

* If

frwn

to n.

any p>ositive integer n represents the product Thus


3!

<rf

the integers

= l-2-3 =

6.

70

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
EXERCISES

Chap. VII.

Examine the
of inflection:
1.
2/
2/

following curves for direction of curvature

and points

2.

3. 4.

y
2/3

= = = =

a;3

3z

+ 3.
a;2

6.

?/

2 x3
x^

6X

- 4 x + - 1.
-

6 x2

+ 1. + 12 X.

6. 7.

= = =

xe*.

e"^.

x^y

4x
<,

+3y =
2/

0.
t.

8.

sin

^ sin 3

Prove the following inequalities:


9.

X In X
(x
6==

^'

+I >

0,

if

<
X

X
0.

< L <

10.
11.

<

1) e^
1

+ 1 > 0, + + ^ e,
X

if

> <

if

a.

12.
13.

hisecx>|,

if

_|<a;<|.

According to Van der Waal's equation, the pressure p and volume y of a gas at constant temperature T are connected by the equation

RT
^
a, b,

a
v^'

m{v -h)
If

is taken as ordinate and v as abequation has a point of inflection. The value of T for which the tangent at the point of inflection is hori' zontal is called the critical temperature. Show that the critical temperature is

m, and

12

being constants.

scissa,

the curve represented

by

this

_ ~
63.

8 am 27 lib'

PQ of a a hmit) approached by the length of a broken line with vertices on PQ as the number of its sides increases indefinitelj^ their lengths approaching zero.
Length
of a Curve.

The length of an arc


(if

curve

is

defined as the hmit

there

is

We

shall

now show

that

if

the slope of a curve


it

ous the ratio of a chord to the arc the chord approaches zero.
In the arc

is continusubtends approaches 1 as

PQ

(Fig. 53) inscribe

a broken line

PABQ.

Projecting on PQ,

we

get

PQ =

proj.

PA

-f proj.

AB -{ proj.

BQ.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
The
projection of a chord, such as
its

71

AB,

is

equal to the prod-

uct of

length

by the cosine of the angle


to

On the arc AB is a tangent RS parallel


argest angle that

any tangent on the arc

makes with PQ. Let a be the PQ makes with the


it

AB.

Fig. 53.

chord PQ.

The

angle between

RS and PQ

is

not greater

than a.

Consequently, the angle between


Therefore
proj.

AB and PQ is not

greater than a.

AB = AB cos a.
PA = PA cos a, BQ = BQ cos a.

Similarly,
proj.
proj.

Adding these equations, we get

PQ = (PA
ine with

+AB + BQ) cos a.


can be extended to a broken

It is evident that this result

any number

of sides.

As the number

of sides in-

sreases indefinitely, the expression in parenthesis


ihe

approaches

length of the arc PQ.

Therefore
arc

PQ =
;liat is,

PQ

cos a,

chord
arc
If

PQ ^pc- = PQ
is

cos a.

the slope of the curve

continuous, the angle a ap-

proaches zero as
L

approaches P.
,.

Hence cos a approaches


,

and
lim

chord
arc

Q-P

PQ 5;^ = ^ 1. PQ

72
Since the chord

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
is

Chap. VII.

always

less

than the

arc, the limit

cannot

be greater than

1.

Therefore, finally,
,.

chord

lim

Q^P arc

PQ ^^7^ = PQ

1.

(53)

Let s be the distance measured 54. Differential of Arc. along a curve from a fixed point A to a variable point P. Then s is a function of the coordinates of P. Let be the angle from the positive direction of the x-axis to the tangent
</>

PT drawn
r

in the direction of increasing

s.

/ /^^ w^
1 S

.^^^''

A
Fig. 54a.
Fig. 54b.

~o

If
X, y,

P moves to
and
s are

a neighboring position Q, the increments in

Ax = PR,
From
the figure
it is

Ay = RQ,
seen that

As

arc

PQ.

cos
.

(RPQ)
/r.T>/^N

Ax

PQ
Ay

^ PQ'
Ay As
and

Ax As

As Q approaches P,

RPQ
As

approaches

_ PQ ~
approaches
1.

PQ chord PQ
arc

The above equations then


cos<^

give in the limit


(54a)

= dx ^.

8m</,

dy

Chap. VII.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS

73
sides of

These equations express that dx and dy are the


(Fig. 54b).

right triangle with hj-potenuse ds extending along the tangent


All the equations connecting dx, dy, ds,

and

<f>

can

be read

off this triangle.

One

of particular importance is

ds^

dx^-\-

dy\

(54b)

55.
its
/3

Curvature.

If

an arc
its

chord, the

amount

it is

is everywhere concave toward bent can be measured by the angle

between the tangent-s at


/3

ends.
<{>'

The

ratio

arc
is

PP'

_ A<l> As ~ As
<t>

the average bending per unit length along PP'.

The

limit as P' approaches P,


,.

A<f>

d<t>

A^o

As

ds
It is greater
it is

is called the curvature at P.

where the curve


straight.

bends more sharph%

less

where

more nearly

Fig. 55a.

Fig. 55b.

In case of a circle (Fig. 55b)


<i>

d-\-

aB.

Consequently,
d<t>

dB

ds

add

a*

74
that
is,

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
the curvature of
its

Chap. VII.

circle is constant

and equal

to the

reciprocal of

radius.

66.

Radius of Curvature.
is

We have
is

ust seen that the

radius of a circle
curvature, that

the reciprocal of

its

curvature.

The

radius of curvature of any curve


its
is,

defined as the reciprocal of

radius of curvature
It
is

= jr

ds

'

(56a)

the radius of the circle which has the same curvature as


express p in terms of x and y

the given curve at the given point.

To

we note

that

* = tan-.|.
Consequently,
1
,

/dy\

^dx dx^

Also

ds

= Vdx^ + dyK
d4>,

Substituting these values for ds and

we

get

(56b)
dPy

dx"
If the radical in

the numerator
,

is

taken positive, p

will

have

the same
the curve
is

d^v sign as -r^ that

is,

the radius will be positive

when

is concave upward. If merely the numerical value wanted, the sign can be omitted. By a similar proof we could show that

h(l)T
dy'

(56c)

Chap. VII.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS

75

y2

Example 1. Find the radius of curvature of the parabola = 4 x at the point (4, 4). At the point (4, 4) the derivatives have the values

dy^2^1
dx
Therefore

^^_4
dx^
y^

2'

1^

IQ

^
dx"
is

_j_
16

- -

10

V5.

The

negative sign shows that the curve


of the radius

is

concave downward.

The length
Ex.
2.

10

Vo.

sented by the polar equation r

Find the radius of curvature oi the curve repre= a cos 6. The expressions for x and y in terms of 6 are

X
y
Consequently,

= =

r cos 5 r sin ^

a cos 6 cos 6 a cos dsmd.

a cos^

^,

dy Tdx

a (cos* B

^ 2a
dx
[1

sin* 6)

a cos 6

= -cot ^-^ 2 d, a = asm smd 2d


.

a cos 2

^=
dx*

m
V^^/

= _2

CSC* 2

Odd

asm2d dd
=
a

a
a
2

+ cot* 20]^
2

(csc*2 0)i

esc'

,^,
2

2 esc' 2

is thus constant. The curve is in fact a circle. Center and Circle of Curvature. At each point of a curve is a circle on the concave side tangent at the point with radius equal to the radius of curvature. This circle is

The

radius

67.

called the circle of curvature.

Its center is called the center

of curvature.

Since the circle

and curve are tangent at P, they have the

76
same
dv

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
slope -^ at P.

Chap. VII.

Since they have the same radius of

curvature, the second derivatives will also be equal at P.

Fig. 57.

The

circle of

curvature

is

thus the

circle

through

P such that
the curve

dv d/^v and 74 have the same values for the dx dx^

circle as for

at P.

EXERCISES
of arc measured from a fixed point on a certain curve Find the slope of the curve at x = 2. 2. Can X = cos s,y = sin s, represent a curve on which s is the length of arc measured from a fixed point ? Can x = sec s, y = tan s, represent such a curve? Find the radius of curvature on each of the following curves at the
1. is s

The length
x^

+ X.

point indicated:
3.

4.

+ p=l. x^ + xy + y^
^2

at (0,6).

5.
(1, 1).

= =

e^,

at

^
at

3,

at

6.

(1

+ cos 0),
any point

0.

Find an expression for the radius of curvature at


the following curves:
7.

of each of

y X

=l\^ + e
=
In sec y.

).

9.

X
r

=
=

iy*

ihxy.

8.

10.

a sec*

f 9.
is

11.

Show

that the radius of curvature at a point of inflection

infinite.

Chap. VII.
12.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS

77

point on the circumference of a circle rolling along the x-axis

generates the cycloid

(ip

sm<f>),

J/

= o
<f>

(1

COS

4>)t

a being the radius of the roUing circle and the angle through which it has turned. Show that the radius of the circle of curvature is bisected by the point where the rolling circle touches the x-axis. The end of 13. A string held taut is unwound from a fixed circle. the string generates a curve with parametric equations X

a cos

+ ad sin

9,

= asind

aO cos

9,

a being the radius of the circle and 9 the angle subtended at the center by the arc unwound. Show that the center of curvatiu"e corresponding to any point of this path is the point where the string is tangent to the
circle.

14.

Show that

the radius of curvature at any point

(x,

y) of the

hypo-

cycloid X*

2/'

a' is three times the perpendicular

from the origin

to the tangent at

(x, y).
1

cos x
It
is

58.

Limit of

shown

in

trigonometry

that
1

cos X

sin' r

Consequently,

1 1

cos X

2sin2|

=
X

X
.

2.x =
2

/. x\ sin-

sin -

X
\

2 /

X
X 2
X

As X approaches

zero,

approaches

1.

Therefore

iimi^:i^^ = 0.1 =
1=0
69.

0.

angle

Derivatives of Arc in Polar Coordinates. The from the outward drawn radius to. the tangent drawn
direction of Increasing s
is

Fthe

usually represented

by the

tter ^.

78
Let
let
r,

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
6

Chap. VIL
r

be the polar coordinates of P, and


(Fig. 59a).

+ Ar, d +
PR

those of

Draw QR
sin

perpendicular to

and

As

arc

PQ.

Then
(y+Ar)
(r

RQ _ sin (/2PQ) = PQ PR _ cos (RPQ) =

A9

_^

>,

sin

PQ

^^ ^^ As Ad 'As'PQ'

+ Ar) cos A0 - r
PQ
Af

PQ~
p^
Ar As

=
=

cos {^9)
cos {^^)

r (1

As

cos A9) PQ r (1 cos A0) A0


Ad

As

PQ

As

PQ

Fig. 59a.

Fig. 59b.

As Ad approaches
\im (RPQ)
1-

zero,
,
,.

/no^x

=rl/,

sinA0 lim-^^=l, hm
1-

1-cosA^

= 0,

lim

As

PQ

1.

The above equations then


sin
}p

give in the limit,


cos\f/

rdd

dr
ds

(59a)
sides of a
^.

ds

right triangle with hypotenuse ds

These equations show that dr and rdd are the and base angle

From
and
\p

this triangle all the equations connecting dr, dd, ds,

can be obtained.
.

The most important


,

of these are

rdB tan^ =
dr

ds^

dr^

r2

dd\

(59]j)

Chap. VII.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
The logarithmic
spiral r

79

Example.

as^.

In this case, dr

ae^ dd

and so

The angle ^ is The equation

therefore constant

and equal
1

to 45 degrees.

dr = ^^ = di ^
,

shows that -r
tionally.

dr

is

also constant

and so

and

s increase

propor-

EXERCISES
Find the angle ^ at the point indicated on each of the following curves:
1.

The The The

spiral r

= =

ad, a.t 6

^ o

2.

circle r

and

at 6

=-
4
6,

3.

straight line r

a sec

at 9

^ o

4.
6.

The

eUipse r (2

cos d)

k,

at

= ^
at each

6.

= f x. The lemniscate r* 2 a* cos 2 0, at Show that the curves r = ae^, r = ae~^ are perpendicular
Find the angles at which the curves Find the points on the cardioid r
is

of their points of intersection.


7.

a cos

0,

a sin 2

fl

intersect.
8.

(1

cos 9) where the tan-

gent

parallel to the initial line.

9. Let P (r, 9) be a point on the hyperbola r^ sin 2 S = c. Show that the triangle formed by the radius OP, the tangent at P, and the

X-axis
10.

is

isosceles.

Find the slope of the curve r

e** at

the point where 9

=%
4

60.

directed line

Angle between Two Directed Lines in Space. is one along which a positive direction
This direction
is

is

assigned.

usually indicated

by an arrow.

80

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
angle between two directed lines
is

Chap. VII.

one along the sides There are vertex. two such angles less than 360 degrees, their sum being 360 degrees (Fig. 60). They have the same cosine. If the lines do not intersect, the angle between them is defined as that between intersecting lines respectively parallel
of which the arrows point

An

away from the

to the given lines.

Fig. 60.

Fig. 61.

61.

Direction Cosines.

try* that the angles a,


the line
COS a

is shown in analytic geomebetween the coordinate axes and /3, 7 satisfy the equations from to P2) (directed P1P2 Pi

It

= p p rir2

cos

/3

^p p^
-Lii^i

cos

Zi = zi -5-Bi^U2

'

(61a)

These cosines are called the

direction cosines of the line.

They

satisfy the identity


cos^

+ cos^ +
/3

cos^

1.

(61b)
j8i,

If the direction cosines of

two

lines are cos ai, cos

cos 71

and cos 0:2, /32, by the equation


cos cos 6

cos 72, the angle 6 between the lines

is

given

cos ai cos az
if

+ cos ^2 cos ^2 + cos 71 cos 72. + cos


cos 02

(61c)
is

In particular,
degrees and

the lines are perpendicular, the angle d

90

cos ai cos a2
H. B.

jSi

+ cos 71 cos 72.

(6 Id)

* Cf.

Phillips, Analytic Geometry, Art. 64, et seq.

Chap. VII.
62.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS

81

The Direction of the Tangent Line to a Curve. defined limiting curve is as the P of a tangent line at a point
approached by the secant PQ as Q approaches P along the curve. Let s be the arc of the curve measured from some fixed point and cos a, cos /3, cos 7 the direction cosines of the tangent
position

PT

drawn
If

in the direction of increasing


y,

s.

X,

z are the coordinates of

P,

^^"

^^^'

Ax, y

+ At/, z + Az, those of


Arc

Q, the direction cosines of

PQare
PQ'
Ay PQ'
Az

PQ'
direction cosines of

As Q approaches P, these approach the the tangent at P. Hence


cos

lim

Ax
757: PQ

,.

lim -r

Ax As
As
s.

Q=P

757.

PQ
Hence

On

the curve,
,.

x, y, z

are functions of
,.

Ax dx ^^^A^=d^'
Therefore

As

,.

arc

^^^PQ

^^^c-hord

^-

cos
Similarly,

3as

(62a)

cos^

= ^,

cosT

= |.

(62a)

These equations show that if a distance ds is measured along the tangent, dx, dy, dz are its projections on the coordinate axes (Fig. 62b). Since the square on the diagonal of a
*

The

proof that the limit of arc/chord

is

waa given

in Art. 53

for the case of plane curves with continuous slope.

A
is

similar proof

can be given for any curve, plane or space, that


direction.

continuous in

82

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
is

Chap. VII.

rectangular parallelopiped
of its three edges,
c?.s2

equal to the

sum of

the squares
(62b)

dx^

+ di/ + dz\

Fig. 62b.

Example.
parabola

Find the direction cosines of the tangent to the


X

at,

y
2.

bt,

\ cP

at the point where

At

2 the differentials are

dx
ds

=
zt

dt,

dy

dt,

dz

\ctdt
-{-

c dt,

Vdx^

+ dy^ + dz^

Va^ + b^

c^ dt.

There are two algebraic signs depending on the direction s is measured along the curve. If we take the positive sign, the
direction cosines are

dx
ds

a _ ~ Va^ 62 _j_ c2 +
c

dy
'

ds

b _ ~ Va^ + fe^-fc^'

dz
ds
63.

~ Va2 62 c2 + +

Equations of the Tangent Line.

It

is

shown

in

analytic geometry that the equations of a straight line

_
Chap. VII.

GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS
(xi, yi, Zi)

83

through a point Pi
tional to A, B,

with direction cosines propor-

are

x-xi _ y -yi _ z-zi


The

,^v

direction cosines of the tangent line are proportional


If

to dx, dy, dz.

then

we

replace A, B,

C hy numbers

pro-

portional to the values of dx, dy, dz at Pi, (63) will represent

the tangent line at Pi. Example 1. Find the equations of the tangent to the curve

x
at the point where

=
t

t,

y
I.

f,

i^

The point of tangency is t 1, Xi = At this point the differentials are dx dy dz = dt :2tdt iSe dt =
: :

1,

yi

=
:

1,

Zi

1.

3.

The equations

of the tangent line are then

_y
2

21

~~3
Sx
-\-

Ex.

2.

Find the angle between the curve

2y

2 z
to

3,

x^

+ y^ =

2^

and the

line

joining the origin

(1, 2, 2).

The curve and

line intersect at (1, 2, 2).


x.

Along the curve

y and z can be considered functions of satisfj^ the equations

The

differentials

Zdx

+ 2dy -2dz = 0,

Sxdx-\-2y dy =
0,

4:zdz.

At the point

of intersection these equations

become

3dx-\-2dy-2dz =
dx
Consequently,
ds

Solving for dx and dy in terms of

Sdx -{- ^dy = Sdz. dz, we get

2dz,

dy
dy^

= 2 dz.

= Vdx^
cos
a
/3

-\-

+ dz^ = ddz
-2 = -53
,

and
cos

dx
-5-

ds

2
;r,

dy
ds

V-

COS 7
'

dz
-r

ds

5.

84

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
(1, 2, 2)
2

Chap. VII.

The line joining the origin and


equal to

has direction cosines

12
3
3>

3'

The

angle 6 between the line and curve satisfies the equation


cos e

2-4 +2 ^^^^ =

0.

The

line

and curve

intersect at right angles.

EXERCISES
Find the equations of the tangent
points indicated:
1.
a;

lines to the following curves at the

=
= =

sec
e*,

t,

tan
z
e*

t,

z
fi,

at,

at

-:

2. 3.

X
X

y
sin

=
/,

e~*,

at
t,

<

1.

e^

cos

kt,

at

<

5*

4.

On

the circle
6,

X = a cos

a cos (0

0^),

a cos

+5

""
J

show that ds
5.

is

proportional to dd.
helix

Find the angle at which the


X

a cos

6,

a sin

6,

z
a^

kd
it lies.

cuts the generators of the cylinder x^


6.

+ y^ =
t

on which

Find the angle at which the conical


X

helix
t,

cos

t,

sin

cuts the generators of the cone x^


7.
x'^

y^

z^

on which

it lies.

Find the angle between the two y^ + z^ = 14 by the planes x y +

circles'

cut from the sphere

and x

+yz =

2.

CHAPTER Vin
VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION IN A CURVED

PATH
64.

Speed
its

of a Particle.
is

When a particle moves along

a curve,
path.

speed

the rate of change of distance along the

Let a particle P move along the cm^e AB, Fig. 64. Let s be the arc from a fixed point A to P. The speed of the particle is

then

Fig. 64.

Fig. 65a.

66.

Velocity of a Particle.

The

velocity of a particle

at the point

P in its path is defined as the vector* PT tangent


drawn
in the direction of

to the path at P,

motion with length

equal to the speed at P.


*
is

To

specify the velocity

we must

then give the speed and direction of motion.

A vector is

usually indicated

a quantity having length and direction. The direction by an arrow. Two vectors are called equal when

" they extend


i

along the same line or along parallel lines


direction.

and have the

same length and

85

86

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
particle can

Chap. VIII.

The

be considered as moving instantaneously

in the direction of the tangent.

The
if

velocity indicates in
it

magnitude and direction the distance


unit of time

would move

in

the speed and direc-

tion of motion did not change.

A wheel 4 ft. in diExample. ameter rotates at the rate of 500 Find the revolutions per minute. speed and velocity of a point on its
Let
center of the wheel

OA be a fixed line through the

and

the distance along the wheel from

OA

to a moving point P.
s

Then

= 2dh.

The speed

of

P is
TT

= 2^=2 (500) 2 ^ at at
Its velocity
at
is

20007r ft./mm.

2000

tt

ft./min. in the direction of the tangent

P.
66.

The speeds
Components
its

of all points

on the rim are the same.

Their velocities

differ in direction.

of Velocity in a Plane.
it is

To specify a

velocity in a plane

that
If

is,

PT is

customary to give its components, on the coordinate axes. the velocity at P (Fig. 66), the x-component is
projections
,

ds ^ = Prcos<^=^cos0 ^ = PQ

ds dx

^^ = ^,
ds dy

dx

and the ^/-component

is

^^

^,r,

ds

dy

The components are thus


Since

the rates of change of the coordinates.

PT^ = PQ2

+ QT\

Chap. VIII.

VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION


'S

87

the speed

expressed in terms of the components

by the

equation

(dsV
\dt)

(dxV
\dtl
"^

(dyV
\dtj

Fig. 66.

Fig. 67.

67. Components in Space. If a particle is moving along a space curve, the projections of its velocity on the

three coordinate axes are called components.

Thus,

if

PT

(Fig. 67) represents the velocity of

point, its

components are

PQ = PT cos a

ds dx
dt ds

dx
*

dt

dt ds

dt

RT = PT cosy = ^^^ = ^dt ds dt


Smce PT^ = PQ^
lents are connected

+ QR^ -\- RT^, the speed and compoby the equation

(f=(tr+(fj+(fj

88
68.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Notation.

Chap. VIII.

In this book we shall indicate a vector

with given components by placing the components in brackThus to indicate that a velocity has an a;-component ets. equal to 3 and a ^/-component equal to 2, we shall simply say that the velocity is [3, 2]. Similarly, a vector in space with x-component a, ^/-component h, and 2-component c will be represented by the symbol [a, h, c]. Example 1. Neglecting the resistance of the air a bullet fired with a velocity of 1000 ft. per second at an angle of 30 degrees with the horizontal plane will move a horizontal
distance

500t

Vd

and a

vertical distance

y
in
t

= 500tvelocity

16.1

1^

seconds.

Find

its

and speed at the end

of 10

seconds.

The components

of velocity are

^ = 500 V3,
at

= 500 - 32.2 t
at
is

At

the end of 10 seconds the velocity

then

V=
and the speed
j^
is

[500 V3, 178]

= V(500V3)' + (178)2 =

884

ft./sec."

Ex.

2.

A
X

point on the thread of a screw which

is

turned

into a fixed nut describes a helix with equations

r cos 6,

rsind,

kd,

S being the angle through which the screw has turned, r the
radius, and k the pitch of the screw. speed of the point.

Find the velocity and

Chap. VIII.

VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION


of velocity are

89

The components
dx
.

^dd

dy

dd

dz

dd

Since

-77

is

the angular velocity

with which the screw


px)int is
d,

is

rotating, the velocity of the

moving
6,

V=
and
its

[ rw

sin

rw cos

ha]

speed

is

ds
dt

=
is

VrV gjn2 e^r^f^ cos" d + kW = Vr^ +


constant.

k^,

which

/:5i

Fig. 69a.

Fig. 69b.

the sum of two meant the velocity Vi + V2 whose components are obtained by adding corresponding components of Vi and Fo. Similarly, the difference V2 Vi is the velocity whose components are obtained by subtracting the components of Vi from the corresponding ones of V2.
69.

Composition of Velocities.

By

velocities Vi

and V2

is

Thus,
Fi

if

Vi

[ai, bi],

Vi

[aa, 62],

+ +

F2=

[01

+ 02,61 +

62],

Vz-Vt=

[02-01,62-6,].

Fi and F2 extend from the same point (Fig. 69a), F2 is one diagonal of the parallelogram with Fi and Fi F2 as adjacent sides and F2 Fi is the other. In this case F2 Fi extends from the end of Fi to the end of Fj.
If

90

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
the product

Chap. VIII.

By
tion
It
is

vector
if

wF of a vector by a number is meant a m times as long as V and extending in the same direcm is positive but the opposite direction m is negative. evident from Fig. 69b that the components of mF are
if

m times those of F. F 1 The quotient can be considered as a product F. m m


components are obtained by dividing those of
70.

Its

Acceleration.

The
is

F by m.
movits

acceleration of a particle

ing along a curved path

the rate of change of

velocity
'

A = Hm AF i^t
.

dV
dt

At=0

In this equation

AF is a vector

and -TT At
ing

is

obtained by divid-

the

components of

AF

byA^
Let the particle
the point
is

move from

P where the velocity

F to an adjacent point P' where the velocity is F + A F. dx The components of velocity will change from |t
Fig. 70a.

dt

dx

.dx
di

dy. .dy
dt'^
dt

dt^
Consequently,
^

_ ~

Vdx
Idt
'

dy]

Tt\

dx dx F + AF =['dt'^^dt dy,Kdy' dt dt'^


^^
f.

Subtraction and division by At give

dx
.

dy
dt

,,

dx

dyl

AF

dt

At

At

As At approaches

zero, the last equation

approaches

._dV_VdH d^l

Chap. VIII.

VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION

91

In the same
space
is

way

the acceleration of a particle moving in

found to be
(70b)

acceleration of a

Equations 70a and 70b express that the components of the moving particle are the second derivatives of
respect to

Us coordinates with
the time.

Example.
moves

particle

with a constant speed V around a circle of radius r. Find its velocity and acceleration at each
point of the path.

Let

= AOP.

The

co-

ordinates of

are

x== r cos

Qy

The

velocity of

P is

-[- r sm
.

-t:

r cos Q

dt

Smce

^ ds r^, y:

dd
r
-fi

The

velocity can therefore be

dt

dt

written

V=[vsmd,
Since v
is
.

wcos^].
is

constant, the acceleration

dV

Vd

^s

,,1

= |_-.cos0^. -.sm^^J.
Replacing
;77

by

this reduces to
v^
~\

[t'r

COS0,

sua
r
is

= -[ COS0, sin^l.
r

v^

Now

[ COS0,

sin0]

a vector of unit length directed

92
along

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. VIIL

PO

toward the center.

directed toward the center of the circle

Hence the acceleration of P is and has a magnitude

equal to

EXERCISES

1.

A point P moves with constant speed v along the straight line y=a.

Find the speed with which the line joining P to the origin rotates. 2. A rod of length a sUdes with its ends in the x- and y-axes. If the end in the x-axis moves with constant speed v, find the velocity and speed of the middle point of the rod. 3. A wheel of radius a rotates about its center with angular speed while the center moves along the x-axis with velocity v. Find the velocity and speed of a point on the perimeter of the wheel. 4. Two particles Pi (xi, yi) and Pt (xz, 2/2) move in such a way that
xi

X2

= =
(

+2 +2

<,

r/i

<2,

y^=

-3 - 4 i.

<2,

Find the two


5.

velocities

Two particles
Xi

Pi

and show that they are always parallel. xi, yi, Zi) and P2 (x2, 2/2, Z2) move in such a way

that
Xi

= o cos 6, = a sin d,

yi

yz

=a =a

cos

(6

sin {9

+i +i

ir), Zi
ir)
,

Zi

=a =a

cos (^

jt),
it)
.

ain {9 -{ i

and show that they are always at right angles. He wishes to cross 6. A man can row 3 miles per hour and walk 4. a river and arrive at a point 6 miles further up the river. If the river is If miles wide and the current flows 2 miles per hour, find the course he
Find the two
velocities

shall take to reach his destination in the least time.


7.

Neglecting the resistance of the air a projectile fired with velocity

[a, b, c]

moves

in

seconds to a position

at,

bt,

ct

gfi.

Find
8.

its

speed, velocity,
particle

and acceleration. moves along the parabola

3?
is

ay in such a

way

that

dt

J-

is

constant.

Show
wheel

that

its

acceleration

constant.
its

9.

When a

ference describes

rolls along a straight line, a point on a cycloid with parametric equations

circum-

o (^

sin 0),

y
</>

(I

cos

<t>),

a being the
rotated.

radius of the wheel and


velocity,

the angle through which


of the

it

hab

Find the speed,

and acceleration

moving point.

Chap. Vni.

VELOCITY AND ACCELERATION

93

10. Find the acceleration of a particle moving with constant speed v along the cardioid r = a {1 cob 6). 11. If a string is held taut while it is unwoxind from a fixed circle, its

end describes the curve


X

a cos d

+ a d an 0, y = a tan d a 9 coe d,
Show
about

e being the angle

subtended at the center by the arc unwound.

that the end moves at each instant with the


if

same velocity

it

would have
dd
-t-

the straight part of the string rotated with angular velocity


it

the point where


12.

meets the fixed

circle.

mechanism consists of a rod rotating in a plane with constant angular velocity w about one end and a ring sUding along the
piece of

rod with constant speed


time.
(2)

v.

(1)

If

when

the ring

is

at the center
of the

of rotation, find its position, velocity,

and acceleration as functions

Find the velocity and acceleration immediately after t = ti, if at that instant the rod ceases to rotate but the ring continues sliding with unchanged speed along the rod. (3) Find the velocity and acceleration immediately after / = /i if at that instant the ring ceases sliding but the rod continues rotating. (4) How are the three velocities related?
13.
fixed,

How are the three accelerations related? Two rods AB, BC are hinged at B and

lie

in a plane.

is

AB

rotates with angular speed

angular speed 2

u about B.
and

(1)

If

about A, and BC rotates with when t = 0, C lies on AB produced,


(2)

find the path, velocity,

acceleration of C.
<

Find the

velocities

and

accelerations immediately after


(3)

/i

if

at that instant one of the

rotations ceases.

How

are the actual velocity

and

acceleration

related to these partial velocities


14.

and

accelerations?

hoop

of radius a rolls with angular velocity on along

a horizonIf

tal line, while


t

an

insect crawls along the rim with speed

cuat.

the insect

is

at the bottom of the hoop, find its path, velocity,

when and

The motion of the insect results from three simultaneous advance of the center of the hoop with speed cu^, the rotation of the hoop about its center with angular speed a>i, and the crawl of the insect advancing its radius with angular speed wi. Find the three velocities and accelerations which result if at the time t = ti two of these actions cease, the third continuing unchanged. How are the actual velocity and acceleration related to these partial velocities and acceleraacceleration.
actions, the

tions?

CHAPTER IX
ROLLE'S
Rolle's

THEOREM AND INDETERMINATE FORMS


Theorem.

71.
least

//
=

/' (x) is continuous, there is at

one real root of

(x)

between each pair of real roots

off{x) =0.

To show this consider


the curve

y=fix)Let / (x) be zero at X = a and x = b. Between a and b there must be one or more
^^^- ^^^-

points

at

maximum
is

distance from the x-axis.


horizontal

\t such a point the tangent

and so

| = /'(x)
is

0.

That this theorem may not hold if /' (x) shown in Figs. 71b and 71c. In both

is

discontinuous

cases the curve

Fig. 71b.

Fig. 71c.

crosses the x-axis at a

and

b but there

is

no intermediate

point where the slope

is

zero.

Chap. IX.

ROLLE'S

THEOREM
=

95

Example.

Show that the equation


a:'

+ 3x -

cannot have more than one real root. Let

Then
/' (x)

a;2

+3=
any

(x^

1).

Since /' (x) does not vanish for

real value of x,
;

(x)

=0

cannot have more than one real root for if there were two between them. there would be a root of /' (x) = The expressions 72. Indeterminate Forms.

^,

-, 0.x,

X -

00,

1-,

0^

00

are called indeterminate forms.

No

definite values

can be

assigned to them.
If

when X

form, there

may however

a a function / (x) assumes an indeterminate be a definite limit


lim/(x).
x=a

In such cases this limit


function at x

is

usually taken as the value of the

a.

For example, when x

the function

2x _0 X "0*
It is e\'ident,

however, that
Urn x=0

= X
aa

lim (2)

2.

This example shows that an indeterminate form can often be made definite b}' an algebraic change of form.
73.

The Forms

-r

and

00

We shall now show that,


'

if

for a particular value of the variable

a fraction \

f (x)
\

F(x)

assumes

the form - or

numerator and denominator can be replaced

96
by

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. IX.

their derivatives without changing the value of the limit approached by the fraction as x approaches a. 1. Let /' {x) and F' (x) be continuous between a and 6 Iff () = 0, F (a) = 0, and F (6) is not zero, there is a number Xi between a and b such that

fib)_f(x^)
Fib)
F'(xi)

(73a)

To show

this let

Fib)

^^ = R.
fib)

Then

-RFib)=0,
ix)

Consider the function

/
This
function

- RF

ix).

(a)

there

when x = b. Since / (a) = 0, = 0, it also vanishes when x = a. By RoUe's Theorem is then a value Xi between a and b such that
vanishes
/' ixO

RF' ixO =

0.

Consequently,

Fib)
which was to be proved.
2.

""

F'ix^)'

Let/'

ix)

and F'

ix)

be continuous near

a.

///

(a)

and

(a)

0, then

f(x)

,.

fix)
becomes

:,= i^ (a:)

x= F' ix)

(73b)

For,

if

we

replace b

by

x, (73a)

fix)

^fix,)
F'ix,y
Since Xi approaches a as x ap-

Fix)
Xi

being between a and


a,

x.

proaches

iS F
3.

(x)

i;E F' ixO

F'

(x)

In the neighborhood of x

a, let /' ix)

and F'

ix)

be

Chap. IX.

ROLLE'S
all

THEOREM
=
a.

97
If f (x) and

continuous at

points except x
a,

(x)

approach infinity as x approaches

" F
To show
Since f (x)
this let c

(X)

"2

F'

(I)

f (c)
1,

and F

be near a and on the same side as {x) F (c) are zero when x =

x.
c,

by Theorem

f{xr)^ f{x)-f(c) ^ /(x)'


F'(xi)

(x)

F(c)

F(x)

fix) F(c)

'

where

Xi is

between x and

c.

F F

(x)

increase indefinitely.

(c)/F (x) approach zero.

As x approaches a, / (x) and The quantities / (c)/f (x) and The right side of this equation

therefore approaches

Since Xi

is

between

and

a,

a the

left side of

the equation can be

by taking c sufficiently near to made to approach


F' (x)

.2
Since the

two

sides are

always equal, we therefore conclude

that

"2 F
Example
1.

(x)

'iS

'

(x)

Find the value approached by

sin

as

approaches zero. Since the numerator and denominator are zero when x we can apply Theorem 2 and so get
,.

0,

sin

lim x=0

,.

lim 1=0

cosx =
-

1.

Ex.

2.

Find the value of lim -.


x=,
(tt

r^ x)*

'

98

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
X

Chap. IX.

When
zero.

= T
,.

the numerator and denominator are both

Hence
l cosx ( sinx) = hm -^^. hm +^= x) -2 x=^ xf x=T
,.

-,

Tj-

(tt

{tt

Since this

is indeterminate time and so obtain

we apply

the method a second

,.

sin
[tt

X
X)

y
x=ic

cosx
^

x=x ^

The

value required
3.

is

therefore

\.
+ Q fl

Ex.

Find the value approached by

O*

tan X

as x ap-

proaches x
id

When

X approaches - the numerator and denominator of


oo.

TT

this fraction approach

Therefore,

by Theorem
,.

3,

lim tan 3
a;=2
.

a:

T -7

tanx

=
TT

,.

lim

sec^ 3
^

a;

lim

3 cos^ x

sec^x

cos^Sx
0-

^-^r-

When

is

replaced

by ^ the

last expression takes the

form

j:

Therefore
,.

hm

3 cos^
cos^ 3

aj a;

TTir-

= hm =
lim

,.

6 cos x sin x

6 cos 3 x sin 3 x
cos^

3 (cos2 3 X

sin^ X - sin2 3 x)
oo.

74.

The Forms

oo

and

oo

By

transforming
r:

the t^ a fraction e expression to

it will

take the form

or

For example,
a;

In

a;

Chap. DC.

ROLLE'S
form

THEOREM
0.

99
can, however, be

has

the

oo

when x =

It

written
I

xmx =
,

In a;

-r

which has the form

00
00

The

expression
sec

tan x
^It can, however,

has the form


written
sec X

oo

when x =

be

tan x

=
a:

sin

a;

sin

x
,

cos X

cos x

cos X

which becomes ^ when


75.

=
,

The Forms

0**,

1*

oo.

The logarithm of the given


From
the limit of the log1

function has the form

x.

arithm the limit of the function can be determined.

Example.
zero.

Find the limit of

(1

+ x)'
1

as x approaches

Let

i/

(l+x)'.

Then
/I \ny =-ln(l
1 1

+ x)
I

=^+
In (1
1

x)

'-

TNTien

is

zero this last expression becomes ^

Therefore

^^!n(l+) _
x-0
a:

,.

+X
y

The Umit

of In y being 1, the limit of

is e.]

100

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
EXERCISES

Chap. IX.

1.

Show by RoUe's Theorem


X*

that the equation


1

4x

cannot have more than two real roots.

Determme the
2.

values of the following limits:


17.

3.

4.

Lim
x=o x=0

3^-1 Lira 'ITxio - l' x" - 1 Lim 'ir X 1 a;=l 1 cos X


sin

Lim
If

sec S

sec X

X X

18.

Liml^^.
x=^|sec(x

X
19.

^j

Lim

a;

cot x.

6.

Lim Lim
1=0

X
a;

a
:

20.

Lim

tan x cos 3 x.

sm

a;

_
7.

Lim

x^ cos

x=0 cos X

X -.
1

21. 22.

Lim
X = CI0

(x

+ a)lnfl+-V X/
\

Lim
a;=3

(x

3) cot (ttx).

8.

Lim^5j^. X 3
x=3

23.

rt

9.

T Lim

In cos

a;

Limn ffx + ^)~f(x)' n/ n=oo L V _


f

x=0
10.

X
24.

Lim
x=0

x^e**.

Lim
=^2 (x

2)2

11.

Lim

+ cos X
^ X

26.
sin
a;

Lim
a:=0 \a;

^
:

).

1/

cos X (2 sin x
^"gio (s^"

1)

26.

Lim (cotx
x=0

Inx).

12.

13.

~ sin a) tan a) Li^6sinx-6x + x3^


Lim
x=a
logio (tan

27.

Lim tanx
^~9

.tL

smx

r-r

sm*a;J

28.

Lira X*.

a;=0

a;2

x=0
<^

14.

Lim
^

^^^^
1

<A

+
.r

2 tan cos 4
</>

29.

Lim(sinx)***.
-=^1
1

16.

Limi^.
xdro cot

30.

Lim
x=0

(1

+ ax)*.
1

16.

Lim^.

81.

T<im (x"* Zao

a*") in .

CHAPTER X
SERIES
76.

AND APPROXIMATIONS

Mean

tinuousfram x
such thai

Value Theorem. // / (x) and /' (x) are can= a to x = b, there is a value X\ between a and b

fib)-f(a)
b

=
=

/' (xi).

(76T

To show
and /
(6)

this consider the curve

are the ordinates at x

y = f(x). a and x = b,

Since

f (a)

f(b)-f(a) ^
b

^j ^^^^^

^^
distance from

On

the arc

AB

let

Pi be a point at

maximum

Fig. 76.

the chord.

The tangent
(xi) will

and so its slope/'

at Pi will be parallel to the chord equal that of the chord. Therefore

which was to be proved. Replacing 6 by x and solving for/ (x), equation (76) becomes
Six) =/(a)4-(x-a)/'(xi).
101

102
Xi

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
x.

Chap. X.

being between a and


77.

This
shall

is

a special case of a more


prove.

general theorem which

we

Taylor's Theorem.

If f

now
is

(x)

used are continuous from a to x, there


such that

and all its derivatives a value Xi between a and x

(x)

=f{a)

{x- a)r

(a)

+ ^^^
To prove
<i>{x)

/'"

+^^^r ()+ +^^^


(a)

/" (^>).

this let

=f{x)-f{a)-{x-a)f'{a)

_
It
<t>

{x

- aY
2! ^

{x

^""^

- ay-' (n- 1)!

^"^*

is

easily seen that

(a)

0,

<l>'

(a)

0,

<t>"
. .

(a)
.

0,

r-'

(a)

0,

0"

(x)

/ (x).

When x =

a the function
<l>(x)

{x

a)*

therefore assumes the form ^.

By

Art. 73 there

is

then

value

2i

between a and x such that


<f>

(x)

<t>'

(zi)

(x

aY

{zi

a)"'^
z,

This new expression becomes ^ when


sequently a value
Zi

a.

There

is

con-

between

Zi

and a (and so between x and a)


<i>" (z,)

such that
<f>'(zi)

{zi

^
n
(n

a)"-i

1) (22

a)"""

continuation of this argument gives finally


<i>{x)

0"

(Zn)

(x

/" (Zn)

a)"

n!

n!

'

Chap. X.
2 being

SERIES

AND APPROXIMATIONS
a.

103

between x and

If Xi

we then have

Equating this to the original value of

<t>

(x)

and solving

for

(x),

we

get

f{x)=f{a)

+ (x-a)r(ay

+ (^V'(a)+...+^V"(xO.
which was to be proved. Example. Prove

hix=(x-l)
where
Xi is

2~ + ~~3
1

4^7"*

between
1

and

x.
its

When X =

the values of In x and

derivatives are

/(x)=bi(x).
/' (X)

/(1)=0.

=
l^

r (1) =

1,

r(x) = -i,
r'(x) = |.

r(i) = -1,
r'(i) =
2,

r"(x) = -^,
Taking a hix

r"(xo =
gives

-(!),

1,

Taylor's

Theorem

=
is

+ l(x-l)-i(x-l)2 + ?(x-l)3-^^^^\
the result required.

which
78.

Approximate Values of Functions. in Taylor's formula


(x

The

last

term

a)"

104
is

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
If this is small,

Chap. X.

called the remainder.


is

an approximate

value of the function

S(x)=fia)

ix-a)ria)

+ -^j
To compute/
of/
/(^) /'
(^)>

(x

- ay
/

(a)

(x

- g)"-^

-(^j-JTiyr

/"

()'

the error in the approximation being equal to the remainder.


(x)

by this formula, we must know the values

(a), /' (a), etc.


^^c.,

We must then assign a value to a such


are known.

that

Furthermore, a should be as
at

close as possible to the value

which f

(x) is
a)^,

wanted.
(x

For,
etc.,

aY, need be computed to give a required approximation. Example 1. Find tan 46 to four decimals.
a,

the smaller x

the fewer terms (x

The value
are

closest to 46 for

which tan x and

its

derivatives

known
/(a;)

is 45".

Therefore

we

let

t'

tana;,

"^W^^'
^'(S)^^'
x,

f (x)=secx,
f"
(x)

= =

2 sec2 X tan 2 sec* X


-\- A.

f" (|) =
x tan^ x.

4,

f"

(x)

sec^

Using these values in Taylor's formula, we get

tan. =

+ 2(.-|) + i(x-.)%/^(.-|;
=
l

and
tan46
approximately.

+ 2(j|5) + 2(j|5)'=
is

1.0355

Since Xi

between 45 and 46, /'"

(xi)

does not

differ

much from

f"

(45)

+8

16.

Chap. X.

SERIES

AND APPROXIMATIONS
is

105

The

error in the

above approximation

thus very nearly

6"

0-0^25. (l^) < 3750? ^ 40:000 =


the value of
of x for
e to

It is

therefore correct to 4 decimals.


2.

Ex.

Fmd

four decimals.
e*

The only value known is a; = 0.


fix) /(O)

which

and

its

derivatives are

We
= =
1,

therefore let a be zero.

= =

e-,

(x)

e*,

r{x)=^,
/"
(0)

1,

/' (0)

1,

f- (x) / (xx)

= =

e*,

e^.

By

Taylor's Theorem,

^=
Letting x
6

+ x + 2i + 3i+
1,

(;rriy!

+ ^+ n!
1-

this

becomes

1+1+^ + 3! 57+
2!
if

+ 7(n

TV-i

1)!

In particular,

2,

e*'.

Since Xi
^
e,

is between and 1. e is then between 2| and 2 + and therefore between 2^ and 4. To get a better approximation let n = 9. Then

+ l + ^ + Jr+--- +3^2-7183
^ ^

approximately, the error being

9!

9]

9]

.00002.

The value

2.7183

is

therefore correct to four decimals.

EXERCISES
Determine the values
decimals:
1.

of

the following functions correct to four

sin 5".

5.

sec (10).
hi
(t?5).

2. 3. 4. 9.

cos 32.
cot 43.

6.

7.
8.

VI.
tan"! i^).

tan 58.

Given

In 3

1.0986, hi 5

1.6094, find hi 17.

106
79.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Taylor's and Maclaurin's Series.

Chap. X.

As

w increases

indefinitely, the

remainder in Taylor's formula

Rn =
often approaches zero.

^^^/" (Xx)
n

In that case

S{x)=\\m\f{a)
This
Six)
is

+ {x-a)r{a)+
~ a)r

+ ^T'^lXj'"' ()|
()

usually written
(X
(a)

=/ (a) +

+^^^V"
3!

the dots at the end signifying the limit of the

sum

as the
infinite

number

of

terms

is

indefinitely increased.

Such an
is

sum

is

called

an

infinite series.

This one

called Taylor's

Series.

In particular,

if

0,

Taylor's Series becomes

/(a;)=/(0)+a;f(0)+|r(0)+|^r'(0)+ ....
This is called Maclaurin's Series. Example. Show that cos x is represented by the
series

cosx=l-2| + 4j-^+
, ,

x^

X*

x*

The
a

series given contains

powers of

x.

This happens when

0,

that

is,

when
(x)

Taylor's Series reduces to Maclaurin's.


cos X,

/
/'

(x)= -sinx, r(x) = -cosx,


/'" (x)

f"

(x)

= =

sin X,

cos X,

/ (0) = 1, /(0)=0, /"(0)=-l, f" (0) = 0, J"" (0) = 1.

These values give


cos X

- 2j + 41 -

-, /"

(a;i).

n
Chap. X.

SERIES

AND APPROXIMATIONS

107

The nth derivative of cos x is cos x or isin x, depending on whether n is even or odd. Since sin x and cos x are never greater than !,/ (xi) is not greater than 1. Furthermore X _X X X
l'2'3* can be made as small as you please by taking n sufl&ciently Hence the remainder approaches zero and so large.
n!
'

^~
,

'

'

cosx

= l-2!

X2

+ 4!~6!"^

X*

x^

'

'

'

which was to be proved.

EXERCISES
1.

smx = x-3J + ^-yj +

^
a

2x

4x

4x6
^^

,8x^,
"""^

6.

(a

+ x)" =

+ no-x + " %7

if

|xl*<

|o|.

8.

lnx =
ln(x

ln3+^-^^^' + ^^^

.iflx-3I<l.
,if|x-l|<l.

9.

+ 5)-ln6+^^-^|^'+^|^'
the

80.

Convergence and Divergence of Series.

An

in-

finite series is said to converge if

sum

of the first

n terms

approaches a Umit as n increases indefinitely. If this does not approach a limit, the series is said to diverge.

sum

The series for sin x and The geometrical series


a
*
-\-

cos x converge for all values of x.

ar

-{-

ar^

-\-

ar^

-\-

ar*

-\-

The symbol
its

|x| is

out

algebraic sign.

used to represent the numerical value of x withThus, 3 = 3 = 3.


| 1 |
|

108
converges
the
first

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
when r is numerically n terms is
a
-]r

Chap.

less

than

1.

For the sum of

Sn

ar

-\-

ar^

...-{1, r"

ar""-^

a \
1

^"

If r is numerically approaches

less

than

approaches zero and Sn

as

n increases The series

indefinitely.

1-1 + 1-1 + 1-1+..


is

divergent, for the

not approach a

limit.
1

sum oscillates between and The geometrical series

and does

+ 2 + 4 + 8+16+

diverges because the sum increases indefinitely and so does not approach a limit. 81. Tests for Convergence. The convergence of a series can often be determined from the problem in which it

^^

occurs.

Thus the

series
1

^ 4- ^ _ 2!"^
4!

_j_
'

*
'

6"!"^

converges because the


increases indefinitely.

sum

of

n terms approaches cos


of a series
(if

aj

as

The terms near the beginning


finite)

they are

all

have no influence on the convergence or divergence of the series. This is determined by terms indefinitely far out
in the series.

82.

General Test.
Wl

Fcrr the series

W2

W3

Wn

and sufficient that the sum of terms beyond Un approach zero as n increases indefinitely. For, if the series converges, the sum of n terms must approach a limit and so the sum of terms beyond the nth must approach zero.
to converge it is necessary

Chap. X.
83.

SERIES

AND APPROXIMATIONS

109
beyond

Comparison Test.

series is convergent if

certain point its terms are in numerical value respectively less

than those of a convergent series whose terms are all positive. For, if a series converges, the sum of terms beyond the nth
will

approach zero as n increases indefinitely.


has lesser corresponding terms, their
series will converge.

If

then another

series

smn

will

approach

zero

and the

84.

Ratio Test.

If
^

the ratio

-^
Un

of consecutive terms
^

approaches a limit r as
^1

increases indefinitely, the series


1^2

+ ^3+
.

+W +

Un+l

IS convergent if r is

numerically less than 1 and divergent if r is

numerically greater than 1


Since the limit
is r,

by taking n

sufficiently large the ratio

of consecutive terms can be


If r

<

1, let ri

be a fixed

made as nearly r as we please. number between r and 1. We can


is less

take n so large that the ratio of consecutive terms


ri.

than

Then
Wn+l

<

riMn, Mn+2

<

^Mn+i

<

r^U,,, etC,

Beyond w the terms


Un

of the given series are therefore less than

those of the geometrical progression

+ riUn + rihin +
rx
is

which converges since


If,

numerically less than

1.

Con-

sequently the given series converges.

however,

r is greater

ultimately increase.

than 1, the terms of the series must The terms do not then approach zero
limit.

and

their

sum cannot approach a


X

Example.

Find for what values of x the

series
. .

+ 2 x2 ^ 3 3^ ^ 4
terms
1) x"+i
is

3^ _^

converges.

The

ratio of consecutive

Wn+i

(n

Un

nx"

-(}-

110

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
limit of this ratio
r
is

Chap. X.

The

lim [I
n=oo \
if

-] + n/

X.

The

series will

converge
Series.

85.

Power
oo

is

numerically

series of

less than powers of {x

1.

a)

of

the form

P (x) =

+ ai

(x

a)

+ 02 (x a)2 + a3 (x a)' +

where a, ao, ai, a^, etc., are constants, is called a power series. If a power series converges when x = b, it will converge for all values of x nearer to a than b is, that is, such that
\x

a\

<

\b

a\.
b,

In

fact,

if

the series converges

when x =

each term of
-I

Oo
will

+ ai (6
less

a)

02 (6

o)2

+ as (6
M,

a)3
is,

be

than a

maximum
|a {b

value
o)"|

that

< M.

Consequently,

The terms
oo

of the series

oi (x

o)

02

(a;

0)2

-{-

as (x

a)^

are then respectively less than those of the geometrical series

in

which the ratio

is

\x

a\

\b-a\
If

then

|x

o|<|6

a|,

the progression and consequently

the given series will converge.


// o power series diverges when x
valus of X further

b, it will
is,

diverge for all

from a than
jr

is,

that

such that

o|

>

|b

to|,

Chap. X.

SERIES

AND APPROXIMATIONS

111

given

is

could not converge beyond b, since by the proof just would then converge at b. This theorem shows in certain cases why a Taylor's Series not convergent. Take, for example, the series

For

it

it

ln(l

a;)

=^-2!~^3]~4]'*"

X^

3^

X^

'

'

As X approaches
a convergent
diverge

1,

series

In (1 x) approaches infinity. Since cannot have an infinite value, we should

expect the series to diverge when x

= 1.

It
1

must then

from a = 0. The series in fact converges between x = 1 and x = 1 and diverges for values of x numerically greater than 1.

when x

is

at a distance greater than

86.

Operations with Power Series.


multiplied

It

is

shown

in

more advanced
subtracted,

treatises that convergent series

can be added,
In

and divided

like

polynomials.

case of division, however, the resulting series will not usually

converge beyond a point where the denominator

is

zero.

Example.

We
easier,

Express tan x as a series in powers of x. could use Maclaurin's series with / (x) = tan x.

It is

however, to expand sin x and cos x and divide the one by the other to get tan x. Thus
x^

smx = ^~6"'~120~'** ,x3,2x, tanx= z -T =^+-5-+^rT-+


cos X

i_^_i_^_

315

EXERCISES
1.

Show

that

l(l-^) = l^(l+^)-l^(l-^)=2(x+| + | + y+
and
2.

that the series converges

By expanding
.

cos 2 x,

when \x\ show that


.

<

1.

cos 2 X sin3^=^
,

- X* _, ar = 22;-23^

+
,

-. !

2gj

Prove that the

series converges for all values of x.

112
3.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Show
that

Chap. X.

and that the series converges for all values 4. Given / (x) = sm"i x, show that

of x.

Expand

this

differentiating the result.


,

by the binomial theorem and determine /" Hence show that


1
1

(z), etc.,

by

1 x 5a;7 3a:5 8m-x=x + -^ + -.--^+^.^.gy+...

and that the series converges when |x| < L 6. By a method similar to that used in Ex.
tan-i x

4,

show that

= x--5-+g
when
|x|

y+-'

and that the 6. Prove

series converges

<L
24

sec X

=
cos X

= l+-^+-^x*+-.
2

For what values of x do you think the series converges?

CHAPTER XI
PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
87.

Functions of

Two

or

More

Variables.

A quantity
y,

is

called

a function of two independent variables x and

u =fix,y),
if

is

determined when arbitrarj^ values (or values arbitrary


y.

within certain limits) are assigned to x and

For example,

U =
is

VI

X2

y2

If w is to be real, x and y must be so not greater than 1. Within that limit, however, x and y can be chosen independently and a value of u will then be determined.

a function of x and y^ chosen that x^

y.

is

In a similar way we define a function of three or more independent variables. An illustration of a function of variables that are not independent is furnished by the area of a triangle. It is a function of the sides a, b, c and angles A B, C of the triangle, but is not a function of these six quantities considered as independent variables; for, if values not belonging to the same triangle are given to them, no triangle and consequently no area will be determined. The increment of a function of several variables is its increase when all the variables change. Thus, if
,

u=f{x,
u
and so

y),
-\-

+ Au = f{x
Aw = / (x

Ax,y
Ax, y
if its

-h

Ay)

+ Ay) - / (x, y).


increment approaches

A
zero

function

is

called continuous

when

all

the increments of the variables approach zero.


113

114
88.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Partial Derivatives.

Chap. XI.

Let
y)

u =f(x,

be a function of two independent variables x and y. If we keep y constant, w is a function of x. The derivative of this function with respect to x is called the 'partial derivative of u with respect to x and is denoted by

fx
Similarly,
stant,
if

'

^'^^^y^'

we

differentiate with respect to y with x con-

we

get the partial derivative with respect to y denoted

by

For example,
then
if

or

fy{x,y).

u = du
Likewise, ^
.

x^

-\-

xy

y"^,

a^=2x +
is

du
y,

Yy^^-^ythem

if

a function of any number of independent

variables, the partial derivative with respect to one of


is

obtained by differentiating with the others constant.


89.

Higher Derivatives.

The

first

partial derivatives

are functions of the


functions partially,

variables.

By

differentiating

these

we

get higher partial derivatives.

For example, the derivatives of


are

with respect to x and y


dydx

dx \dx/
Similarly,

dx^'

dy \dx)
d /du\

d /du\

dx \dy)
It

_ ~

d^u

dxdy'

dy \dy)

_ ~

d^u dy^

can be shown that


dhi

dhi

dxdy

dydx*

Chap. XI.
if

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
is,

115

both derivatives are continuous, that

partial derivatives

are independent of the order in which the differentiations are

'performed*

Example,

xhf

+ xy^.

^''^

dxdy
90.

A
dx

(x2
'

=2x + 2y, + 2xy) "' ""


'

^ = ^(x2 + 2a^)=2x.
dy^

dy

Dependent Variables.

It often happens that some


For example,
let

of the variables are functions of others.

w =
and

x^

?/'

+ z*

When y is constant, z will let 2 be a function of x and y. be a function of x and the partial derivative of u with respect to X will be

--=2x4-2 z dx
dx
Similarly, the pari;ial derivative with respect to y with

x con-

stant

is

= 2y + 2z dy dy
'^

If,

however,

we

consider z constant, the partial derivatives

are

du

= ^ 2 dx

du
X.
'

= ^ 2 ^ dy

V.

The value of a partial

derivative thus

depends on what quantities

are kept constant during the differentiation.

The

quantities kept constant are sometimes indicated

by

subscripts.

Thus, in

the above example

dxly,^
*

'

\dx/y

dx

V^x/a

dx

For a proof see Wilson, Advanced Calculus,^ 50.

116
It will usually

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. XI.

be clear from the context what independent


of.

variables

is

considered a function
all

Then

will repre-

sent the derivative with

those variables except x constant.

Example.

If

is

a side and

the opposite angle of a right


c,

triangle with hypotenuse

find

(]
\dcjA

From
c
Fig. 90.

the triangle

it is

seen that

c sin

^.

Differentiating with

constant,

we

get

dc

= sm A,
da
.

which
91.

is

the value required.

Geometrical Representation. Let z = f (x, y) be the equation of a surface. The points with constant ycoordinate form the curve AB (Fig. 91a) in which the plane y = constant intersects the surface. In this plane z is the vertical and x the horizontal coordinate. Consequently,
dz

dx
is

the slope of the curve

AB at P.
x
is

Similarly, the locus of points with given

the curve

CD

and
dy
is

the slope of this curve at P.

Example.

Find the lowest point on the paraboloid


2

x2

At the lowest point, have horizontal tangents.

4y + 6. the curves AB and CD


i/2

2a:

(Fig. 91b) will

Hence
0,

|^=2x-2 dx

1 = 2.-4 =

0.

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

117

Consequently, x = I, y = 2. These values substituted in the equation of the surface give z = I. The point required
is

then

(1, 2, 1).

That

this

is

really the lowest point is

shown

by the graph.

Fig. 91a.

Fig. 91b.

EXERCISES
In each of the following exercises show that the partial derivatives satisfy the equation given:
1.

u
e

2.

+ y^ + y' = (x + a)(, + 6).


=
x'

du dx

du dy
z.

'

g|=
dz

3.

= =

(x'

dz

j/)",

^^~ dx

dy

4.

In (x H-

xy

?/),

x--dx

= + yay
.

2.

du
z
6.

du

du

y'

u = tan"'
u

(^)'
1

dx

^ dy^
.

7.

=
Vx*

S^u

cShx

dhi.

+ y^ + 2*'

<^*

^y*

^2*

In each of the following exercises verify that dx dy dy dx

118
8.
9.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
u = M =
-.
In (x^
i;

Chap.

XL

10.

u ^
^ _

sin (x

+ y).

2/2)^

11,

^yg^

12.

Given

= V^~+^i'+^,
9^

verify that

dh)

dx dy dz

dz dy dx
2 is

Prove the following relations assuming that


15.

a function of x and y:

. =

..

U.u

+ .).^, | + |.(l+. + ,)(l+| + |)e^. /aw aw\ / dz dz\ = u\x~-y-y xyz, z^x--y-)
(.

^
.16.
17.

'

dxdy
:

\dxdy^ dx

dyj

U a^z = Z d^w Z U 3z\ dx\ dx dxj dx^ dx^


a
/

dtt

If

r cos 8,

r sin

d,

show that
[dxjy

fdx^

jo
18.

Let a and b be the sides of a right triangle with hypotenuse e and opposite angles A and B, Let p be the perpendicular from the vertex of the right angle to the hypotenuse. Show that

[dajb
19.
If

c^'

[daj ijA

')

-C

K
c,

is

which are

the area of a triangle, a side and two adjacent angles of A, B, show that

ldK\
20.
If

^h2

ldK\

^a^
a, b, c,

is

the area of a triangle with sides

show that

A. -loot If) \dajb,c 2


21.

Find the lOwest point on the surface


z

= =

2x^

y'^

Sx

-2y + 9.
2 y^

22.

Find the highest point on the surface


z

2 y

x^

2 xy

1.

92. Increment. Let u = f (x, y) be a function of two independent variables x and y. When x changes to a; Aa; and y to y -\- Ay, the increment of u is

^u=f{x +

^x,y

Ay)

- f (x,

y).

(92a)

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

119

By
/
(x

the

mean

value theorem, Art. 76,

Xi lying between x

+ Ay) + Az/, (xi, y + Ay), + Ax. Similarly / (x, y + Ay) = / (x, y) + lyfy (x, yi), being between y and y + Ay. Using these values in (92a), yi + Ax, y + ^y)
=fix,y
and x

we

get

Aw = Ax/x (xi, y As Ax and Ay approach


proaches
y.

+ Ay) +
zero, Xi
(x, y)

Ay/

(x, yi).

(92b)
yi

approaches x and
are continuous,
ci

ap-

If /x (x, y)
(iCi,

and /

/.

+ Ay) = /, (x, y) +
(a;,

+
a-.

a..

ei,

/v
ci

yi)

= /

(a;,

y)

^+
2

^,
zero.

and 2 approaching zero as Ax and These values substituted in (92b) give

Ay approach

Aw =
The quantity

^ Ax + ^ Ay +
V- Ax
dx

ei

Ax

Ay.

(92c)

+ dy

Ay

It differs from Au by an As Ax and Ay approach zero, ci and e approach zero and so this difference becomes an indefinitely small fraction of the larger of the increments Ax and Ay. We express this by sajdng the principal part differs from Aw by an infinitesimal of higher order than Ax and Ay (Art. 9). When Ax and Ay are sufficiently small this principal part then
is

called the principal part of Aw.


ei

amount

Ax +

ez

Ay.

gives a satisfactory approximation for Aw.

Analogous results can be obtained for any number of independent variables. For example, if there are three independent variables x, y, z, the principal part of Aw is

dw
In each case,
if

du du Ax+ Ay + Az. dx dy dz
.
,

the partial derivatives are continuous, the

120

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
from

Chap. XI.

principal part differs


indefinitely small in

Am by an amount which becomes

comparison with the largest of the increments of the independent variables as those increments all approach zero. Example. Find the change in the volume of a cylinder when its length increases from 6 ft. to 6 ft. 1 in. and its diameter decreases from 2 ft. to 23 in.
Since the volume
is y

irr^, the exact

change

is

Av

TT

(1

- ^y

(6

+ tV)

x. p. 6
is

-0.413

TTCU.

ft.

The

principal part of this increment

I A. + I AA = 2 . rt (- 1) + . 93. Total Differential. m


If

r^

(j|)

= -0.417 . cu', ft.


of

is

a function of two inde-

pendent variables x and y, the principal part of Aw, that is,

total differential

is

the

particular values

This definition applies to any function of x and u = x and u = y give dx = Ax, dy = Ay,
is,

y.

The
(93b)

that

the differentials of the independent variables are equal

lo their increments.

Combining

(93a)

and
<^w

(93b),

we

get
(93c)
is

fix

+ ^ dy.

We shall show later


if

(Art. 97) that this equation x and y are not the independent variables.

valid even

The

quantities
,

dxU

= du rdx

dx,

dyU

du = -rdy ^
,

dy

are called partial


tha t the

differentials.

Equation (93c) expresses


is equal to the

total differential of

a function

sum

of the

partial differentials obtained by letting the variables change one

at a time.

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

121 any number

Similar results can be obtained for functions of


of variables.

For instance,
x, y, z,

if

is

a function of three inde-

pendent variables

du

= ^- Ax
dx

+ dy
x,

Ay

-\-

- Az.
dz
z give

The The

particular values

u = y,u =

dx

Ax,

dy

Ay,

dz

Az,

pre\aous equation can then be written

du=pdx-\-pdy+^dz dx dy dz
and

(93d)

in this form it can be proved valid even when x, y, z are not the independent variables. Example 1. Find the total differential of the function

w =

x^ + xy^.

By

equation (93c)

du , du = -r~dx
dx

du J + --dy dy = (2x2/ + y') dx+(x'-{-2xy) dy.


.

Ex. 2. Find the error in the volume of a rectangular box due to small errors in its three edges. Let the edges be 5, y, z. The volume is then
V

xyz.
x, y, z, is

The
If

error in

v,

due to small errors Ax, Ay, Az in

Av.

the increments are sufficiently small, this will be approxidv

mately

yz dx

-\-

xz dy

+ xy dz.
-\-

Dividing

by

v,

we

get

dv
V

yz dx

-{-

xz dy

xy dz

xyz

= dx

xyz
,

dy

dz

Now expresses the

dx

error

(2x

as a fraction or percentage of x.

122

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. XI.

The equation
error in the

just obtained expresses that the percentage


is

volume

equal to the

sum

of the percentage

errors in the edges.

If,

for example, the error in each edge

is not more than one per cent, the more than three per cent.

error in the

volume

is

not

94.

Calculation of Differentials.

In proving the formuu,


v,

las of differentiation it

was assumed that

etc.,

were

functions of a single variable.

It is easy to

show that the

same formulas are valid when those quantities are functions of two or more variables and du, dv, etc., are their total
differentials.

Take, for example, the differential of uv.


result
is

By
-\-

(93c) the

(uv)

-r- (uv)

du

du

-\--r- (uv)

dv

dv

du

dv,

which is the formula IV of Art. 17. Example, u = ye^ -\- ze". Differentiating term by term, we get

du

= y^ dx

-\-

^ dy

-}-

ze"

dy

+ e" dz.
;

We

obtain the same result by using (93d)

for that formula

gives

du =
95.

^-1/

Silt

-;-

dx

dx

-^ -T-

dy

dy

Sxt + -rdz = dz

yei'

dx

-\-

(e'

+ ze^) dy + e dz.
Differentials.

Partial

Derivatives as Ratios

of

The equation
dxU

-r-

dx

dx

shows that the partial derivative


ferentials dxU

is

the ratio of two

dif-

and dx. Now dxU is the value of du when the same quantities are kept constant that are constant in the
calculation of
^r-.

dx

Therefore, the partial derivative

^r- is the

dx

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
reduces

123

value
the
.

to

which

-r-

dx

when du and dx are determined with


that are constant

same quantities constant du

in the calculation

Example.

Given u

x^

-\-

y^

-{- z^,

xyz, find
v

(^)

Dififerentiating the

two equations with


2 y dy,

and
-\-

z constant,

we

get

du

=
du

2 X dx

-\-

=
2
f \

yz dx

xz dy.

Eliminating dy,

dx = 2xdx-2^ X

^'

~
X

^'
) dx.
/ is

Under the given conditions the


du
dx
Since
i;

ratio of

du to dx

then

(x^

y^y

and

z were kept constant, this ratio represents

that

is,

lbu\

(x^

y)

W/r,z

EXERCISES
a right triangle increases from 5 to 5.2 while the other decreases from 12 to 11.75. Find the increment of the hypotenuse and
1.

One

side of

its

principal part.

2.

closed box, 12 in. long, S in. wide,

and

6 in. deep,

is

made

of

material \ inch thick. used.


3.

Find approximately the volume of material


are h

and

Two sides and the included angle of a triangle A = 45. By using the formula a* = 6^ + c^ 2 6c cos A,
when
is

20, c

30,

find approximately the change in a

b increases 1 unit, c decreases

5 unit,
4.

and

increases 1 degree.
of

The period

a simple pendulum

r = 2xv'-.
Find the error in

T due to small errors

in

and

g.

124
6.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
If
J7

Chap. XI.

is

computed by the formula,


s

h gi\

find the error in g


6.

due to small
is

errors in s

and

t.

The

area of a triangle

determined by the formula


^

ah

smC.

Find the error in K due to small errors in a, b, C. Find the total differentials of the following functions:
7.

xyV.
xyainix

9.

y
8.

+^ + -. z X
X

+ y).

10.

tan-i -

tan-i -

The pressure, volume, and temperature of a perfect gas are connected by the equation -pv = kt, k being constant. Find dp in terms of
11.

dv and
12.

dt.

If X,

y are rectangular and

r,

d polar coordinates of the

same

point,

show that

xdy - ydx =
13.
li

r^djd,

dx^

+
(

dy"^

=
' I

dr^

r^ dfi.

= u

V,

=
-\-

u^

-\- v^,

find

\dV jy
yz, find
I

14.

li

u = xy

+ yz

zx, x^

z'^

-r-

16.
16.
is

li yz

= ux

v^,

vx

= uy

z^,

find
h, c

\dzju,x

A variable

triangle with sides a,

and opposite angles A, B,

inscribed in a fixed circle.

Show
cos

that

cos

cos

96.

Derivative of a Function of Several Variables.

Let u
^
:c

= f (x, y) and let x and and When t changes to


t.

Ax and y

+ Ay.

y be functions of two variables < Af, x and y will change to The resulting increment in u will be

Aw =
Consequently,

Ax +

Ai/

d Ax

C2

Ay.

Am _ du Lx du ^y Ax Ay A<~dxA7"^dyAf"^''A'^''A<
As A< approaches
zero,

Ax and Ay

will

approach zero and so

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
will

125
both
sides,

ci

and

62

approach
dt

zero.

Taking the
dt
t

limit of

dx

dy

dt

If

a:

or y

is

a function of

only, the partial derivative

dx
at

or

^
dt

is

replaced

by a
of

total derivative
<,

-r:

or -^
at

If

both x

at

and y are functions


tive

is

a function of

with total deriva-

du
Likewise,

_du

dx

du

dt~didt'^dydt'
if t( is

/OAK> ^^^^
z,

a function

of three variables x, y,

that

depend on

t,

du

m ~
As
before,
is
if

_ du dx
is

du dy du dz dx It '^ dy It '^ dz
a function of
t

W
its

(Qf^\
^ ^

a variable

only,

partial de-

rivative

replaced by a total one.


of variables.

Similar results hold for

any number The term

du dx dx ~di
is

the result of differentiating u with respect to

t,

leaving

all

the variables in
(96c)
ties,

u except x constant. Equations (96a) and express that if u is a function of several variable quantidifferentiating with respect to
t

can he obtained by
dll

as

if

only one of those quantities were variable at a time


the results.

and adding

Example

1.

Given y

x', find

-p-

The function
ables, the lower

x* can be considered a function of

two

vari-

x and the upper x. If the upper x is held constant and the lower allowed to vary, the derivative (as in
case of X")
is

x*-i

*,

126
If the lower

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
x
is

Chap. XI.

held constant while the upper varies, the


is

derivative (as in case of a")

af In

a;.

The

actual derivative of y

is

then the

sum

-^
Ex.
2.

0:="

-h af In x.

Given u

= f (x,y,

z),

y and

being functions of x,

n J find 3--

du

By

ax equation (96c) the result

is

du _ du
dx
dx

du dy dy dx

du dz
dz dx

In this equation there are two derivatives of u with respect If y and z are replaced by their values in terms of x, u to X. The derivative of that function "will be a function of x only.
is -T.

liy and z are replaced by constants, u


x.

will

be a second

function of

Its derivative

is

du tax

Ex. 3. Given u = f {x,y, z), z being a function of x and Find the partial derivative of u with respect to x.
It is

y.

differentiation.

understood that y is to be constant in this partial Equation (96c) then gives

du
dx

_ du
dx

du dz dz dx

In this equation appear two partial derivatives of u with respect to x. If z is replaced by its value in terms of x and y, u will be expressed as a function of x and y only. Its partial
If z is is the one on the left side of the equation. kept constant, u is again a function of x and y. Its partial derivative appears on the right side of the equation. We must not of course use the same symbol for both of these derivatives. A way to avoid the confusion is to use the

derivative

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

127
It

letter / instead of

u on the right side of the equation.


du

then

becomes

_ df^.dl
dx

dz

'

dx
It
is

dz dx

understood that/
-r=^ is

(x, y, z) is

definite function of x, y, z
all

and that

dx

the derivative obtained with

the variables

but x constant.
97.

Change

of Variable.

If m
,

is

a function of x and y

we have

said that the equation

du =
is

du
-r-

dx

dx

->r

du J - ay
dy

and y are the independent variables or not. and t be the independent variables and x and y functions of them. Then, by definition,
true whether x

To show

this let s

du
Since u
is

-r-

ds

ds

+ -^ dt

dt.

a function of x and y which are functions of s and


(96a),

t,

by equation
du
ds

du d3C dx ds

du dy
'

du
dt

dy ds

du dx dx dt

du dy
dy
dt

Consequently,
J

/du dx

du dy\
dx ,A

fdu dx
J

dudy\
du jA

,^

du/dXj

rx{a^'''

+ M'^) + ry[fa'^+mV = rx''^ + Ty'''<'


in

du/dy

du

du

which was to be proved. A similar proof can be given


variables.

case of three or

more

98. Implicit Functions. If two or more variables are connected by an equation, a differential relation can be obtained by equating the total differentials of the two sides of

the equation.

128

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
1.

Chap. XI.

Example

(x, y)

0.

In this case

d'fix,y)
Consequently,

=^dx+^dy = d*0 =

0.\

dy
dx
Ex.

dx

2.

(x, y, z)

0.

Differentiation gives

df df df ^dx+^dy+^dz^^a, dx dy dz
If z is considered a function of x and y, its partial derivative with respect to x is found by keeping y constant. Titen

dy

and
d dx

_ _ ~
=

ax
dj_'

dz
Similarly,
if a; is

constant, dx

and

dz

dy_

dy~
Ex.
3.
/i {x, y, z)

df
dz

0, /2 {x, y, z)

0.

We

have two

differential relations

f^ax+f^dy^f^dz^O.

df:

dfi

dfi

fUx-^l^dy^fUz^O,
We We
could eliminate y from the two equations should then obtain s as a function of x.
/i

0, fz

0.

The

total de-

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
is

129

rivative of this function

found by eliminating dy and solving

dz
for the ratio

dx

-r-

The

result is

dz

dfidf2__dhdh dx dy dy dx

dx

dfidh__dfidf2
dz dy

dy dz

99.

Directional Derivative.

point

(x, y) in

the xy-plane,

move away from

P in

Let u = f {x, y). At each u has a definite value. If we any definite direction PQ, x and y will

Fig. 99.

be functions of the distance moved. with respect to s is

Thfc derivative of

du
ds

du dx dx ds

dii dy dy ds

dii

du
dy

dx

This

is

called the derivative of

in the direction

PQ.

The

partial derivatives -r- and -r- are special values of -r- which ^ dx dy ds result when PQ is drawn in the direction of OX or OY.

Similarly,

if

w =/
,

(x, y, z),

du
ds
is

T-

dudy du dx = = T~T~ + ^j~ + ^Tr dy ds dz ds dx ds


,

du dz

du
"E~

dx

cos

a-f^- cos /3 +
, ,

du
dy

du
-T-

cos

dz

the rate of change of u w4th respect to

as

line

with direction cosines cos

a, cos

/3,

cos y.

we move along a The partial

130
derivatives of

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
u
are the values to which

Chap. XI.

du
-r-

reduces

ds

when

s is

measured in the direction of a coordinate Example. Find the derivative of x^ +


<t>

axis.

y^ in

the direction

45 at the point
result
is

(1, 2).

The
OS

^(x^-hy') = 2x^+2y^==2xcos<f>-\-2ysm<f>
OS OS

=
100.

2~ + 4-4== 3V2.

+
If

Exact Differentials.

P
y,

and Q are functions

of

two independent variables x and

Pdx
may
and
or
y.

Qdy
a;

may

not be the total differential of a function w of

If it is the total differential of

such a function,
-\-

P dx

-\-

Q dy = du =

-r-

dx

dx

-T- dy.

dy

Since dx and dy are arbitrary, this requires

du dx
Consequently,

dy

dP
dy

dH ~ dydx

dQ
dx

dhi

dx dy

Since the two second derivatives of

u with

respect to x

and

y are equal,

An
it is

expression

P dx

-\-

Qdy

\s

called

an exact

differential
y.

if

the total differential of a function of x and

We
{

have

just
it

shown that

(100a)
if

must then be

satisfied.

Conversely,

can be shown that

this equation is satisfied

P dx

Qdy

is

an exact

differential.*
^ See Wilson,

Advanced Calculus,

92.

Chap. XI.
Similarly,
if

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION

131

Pdx
is

+ Qdy +
dQ^dR

Rdz
x, y, z,

the differential of a function u of

dP^dQ
'

dR^dP
dx
dz

dy

dx

dz

dy'

(100b)

and conversely. Example 1. Show that


(x2
is

-h2xy)dx+

(x2

+ y') dy

an exact

differential.

In this case

The two
exact.

partial derivatives being equal, the expression is

Ex.

2.

In thermodynamics

it is

shown that

being the

dU = T dS p dv, internal energy, T the absolute

temperature,

the entropy, p the pressure, and v the volume of a homogeneous substance. Any two of these five quantities can be
assigned independently

and the others are then determined.

Show

that

\dp)s

\ds).

The

result to

be proved expresses that

TdS +
is

dp
is

an exact

differential.

That such
-\-

the case

is

shown by

replacing

T dS by its value dU + pdv. We thus get TdS + vdp = dU pdv-^vdp = d(U + pv).
EXERCISES
w =/ =/

1.

If

(x, y),

<f>

(x),

find

2.

If

{x, y,

z),z=4>

(x),

find

[^

'

132
3.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
l!u =f{x,
If
y, z), z

Chap. XI.

= =

<l>

(x, y),

y
r

=^

(x), find

^.
f

4.

M =/

(x, y),

4>

{x, r),

=^

(x, s),

find

|^j

and
5. 6.

U/ (X,
If

J,,

2)

= =

0, z
0,

= F

(X, y),

find^-

(x, y, z)

show that
i dx dy dz^ dy dZ dx

7.

If

M = x/ w =/

(z),

-,

show that x s

dx

f-

V t " dy
that

8.

If

(r, s),

= x+a<,

= y + 6<, show
-r-

-rr 3i

a tdx

+&

5j/

9.

If z

= / (x

+ ay),
x

show that
r cos 9,

dy

dx

10.

li

u =f

(x, y),

r sin 0,

show that

(5r+(^sy=(s)'+(s)'
moving in a plane is determined by the coordinates h, k of the moving origin and the angle <t> between the moving x-axis and a fixed one. A variable point P has coordinates x', y' with respect to the moving axes and x, y with respect to
11.

The

position of a pair of rectangular axes

the fixed ones.

Then
y', h, k,
<i>),

=f (x',

y
it is

= F
the

(x', y', h, k,

0).

one reprewere rigidly connected with the moving axes, the other representing its velocity with respect

Find the velocity

of P.

Show

that

sum
if it

of

two

parts,

senting the velocity the point would have

to those axes conceived as fixed.

Find the directional derivatives of the rectangular coordinates y and the polar coordinates r, ^ of a point in a plane. Show that they are identical with the derivatives with respect to s given in Arts. 54 and
12.
X,

69. 13.

Find the derivative of


(3, 4).

x^

y' 'm the direction

<f>

30 at the

point
14.
is

At a distance
.

r in space the potential


directional derivative.

due to an

electric

charge e

F=
16.

Find

its

Show

that the derivative of xy along the normal at any point of

the curve x^

y^

a^ is zero.

Chap. XI.
16.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
= f {x,
y),

133

Given u

show that

if i

and 82 are measvu*ed along i>erpendiciilar directions. Determine which of the following expressions are exact 17. y dx X dy. 18. {2x + y)dx + (x-2y) dy. 19. exdx+ eydy + (x + J/) asdz. 20. yzdx xzdy + y^dz. 21. Under the conditions of Ex. 2, page 131, show that

differentials:

\dT)p
22.

\dp)T

\dT}v

KdvJT

In case of a perfect gas, pv

kT.

Using this and the equation

dU = TdS -pdv.
show that
dp
Since
that

U is always a function of U is & function of T only.

p and T,

this last

equation expresses

101.

Direction of the Normal at a Point of a Surface.

Let the equation of a surface be

F
Differentiation gives

(x, y, z)

0.

dF
dx
Let PN through P
direction
tional to

.dF,

,dF,
dz

^
(101a)

dy " Une be the (x, y, z) with


propor-

cosines

dF^dF^dF
dx' dy
If
'

dz

moves along a curve


surface, the direc-

on the

tion cosines of its tangent

PT are

proportional to
:

dx

dy

dz.

Equation (101a) expresses that PN and PT are perpendicular to each other (Art. 61). is perpendicuConsequently

PN

134
lar to all the

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
tangent lines through P.
to the

Chap. XI.
is

This

expressed by-

saying PA'"

is

the normal to the surface at P.


surface

that the normal

(x, y, z)

at

We conclude P {x, y, z) has


(101)

direction cosines proportional to

^:^:^.
dx
102.

dy

dz

B,

Equations of the Normal at Pi {xi, yi, zi). Let A, be proportional to the direction cosines of the normal
(xi, yi, zi).

to a surface at Pi

The equations

of the

normal

are (Art. 63)

xA

xi

_ y-yr _ z- Zi ~ B ~ C

^^^^^
'

Equation of the Tangent Plane at Pi (cci, j/i, si). All the tangent lines at Pi on the surface are perpendicular
103.

Fig. 103.

to the normal at that point.

All these lines therefore

lie in

plane perpendicular to the normal, called the tangent plane


at Pi.
It is

shown

in analytical

geometry that

\i

A, B,

are pro-

portional to the direction cosines of the normal to a plane

passing through

(xi, y\, Zi),

the equation of the plane


y{)

is

A{x-Xx)^B{y*

(z

z,)

0.*

(103)

See Phillips, Analytic Geometry, Art. 68.

Ch.\p. XI.

P.\RTL\L DIFFERENTL\TIOX

135

A, B, C are proportional to the direction cosines of the normal to a surface at Pi, this is then the equation of the
If

tangent plane at Pi. Example. Find the equations of the normal line and tangent plane at the point
x2
(1,

1,
3z

2) of the ellipsoid

+
2

2t/2

+
3

= 3x+12.
3 X

The equation given


x2

is
j/2

equivalent to

22

12

0.

The

direction cosines of its

normal are proportional to the


:

partial derivatives

2z

4y

2.

At the point

(1,

1,

2),

these are proportional to

A :B :C = -1
The equations
of the

-4
1

12

-12.

normal are
1

_ ~

y 44

2-2
~ -12
is
'

The equation
X

of the tangent plane


1

+ 4 (y +

1)

12

(0

2)

0.

EXERCISES
Find the equations of the normal and tangent plane to each of the
following surfaces at the point indicated:
1.

Sphere, z

2. 3. 4.
6. 6.

Cylinder, x

Cone, 2^ t/*, Hj'perbohc paraboloid, xy = 3 z 4, at (5, 1, 3). EUiptic paraboloid, x = 2 y* -|- 3 2*, at (5, 1, 1).

+ y + 2' = 9, at (1, 2, + ly + = 7, at (2, = x + at (3, 4, 5).


!/

2).

-3,

3).

Find the

locxis of

points on the cylinder


(x

+ 2)* +

(y

2)

where the normal


7.
J/*

is

parallel to the xy-plane.

Show

4- 2*

that the normal at anj- point P (x, y, z) of the surface 4 X makes equal angles with the x-axis and the line joining that the normal to the spheroid
9

and
8.

(1, 0, 0).

Show

"^25

at

P
(0,

(x, y, z)

determines equal angles with the lines joining

with

A'

-4, 0) and

(0, 4, 0).

136
104.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

Chap. XI.
of

Variables.

Maxima and Minima A maximum value

of

Functions

Several

of a function

is

a value

greater than

any given by neighboring values of the variables. In passing from a maximum to a neighboring value, the funcis

tion decreases, that

Aw <

0.

(104a)

A minimum

value

is

a value

less

boring values of the variables.


to a neighboring value

than any given by neighIn passing from a minimum


0.

Aw >

(104b)

If the condition (104a) or (104b) is satisfied for all small

changes of the variables, it must be satisfied when a single If then all the independent variables but variable changes.

X are kept constant, u must be a maximum or minimum du If is continuous, by Art. 31,

in x.

i=
zero

0.

(1040

Therefore, if the first 'partial derivatives of u with respect to the independent variables are continuous, those derivatives must be

when u

is

maximum
if

or

minimum.

When
is zero.

the partial derivatives are zero, the total differential

For example,

x and y are the independent vari-

ables,

du

=^dx +^ dy
u
is zero

'

dx

'

dy

0.

(104d)

Therefore, if the
total differential of

first partial derivatives

are continuous, the

when u

is either

maximum

or a

minimum.

To find the maximum and minimum values of a function, we equate its differential or the partial derivatives with respect to the independent variables to zero
resulting equations.
It is usually possible to decide
is

and solve the from


a maximum,

the problem whether a value thus found

minimum, or

neither.

Chap. XI.

PARTIAL DIFFERENTIATION
1.

137
paralielo-

Example
Let
X, y,

Show that

the

maximuin rectangular
is

piped with a given area of surface

a cube.
If F" is

zhe

the edges of the parallelepiped.


surface

the

volume and

A the area of its A = V = xyz,

2 xy \- 2 xz

-\-

yz.

Two
X, y.

of the variables x, y, z are independent.

Let them be

Then
z

A -2xy
2{x-\-y)

Therefore

-2 xy) + y) -2x^-4xy l &V^t P ^ dx {x + yy J 2L dV ^x^TA -2y^ -4 xy


V=
xy (A

2{x

"'

dy

2L
0,

(x-\-yr

"

The

values x

=
=
0,

cannot give maxima.

Hence

A -

2x^

4:xy

A 2 xz

2y^

4:xy

0.

Solving these equations simultaneously with

A =
we
get

2 xy

-\-

\-

yz,

We know
Ex.
2.

there

is
it

maximum.

Since the equations give

only one solution

must be the maximum.


in the plane

Find the point

x
nearest to the origin.

+ 2i/ + 30=

14

The distance from any point


origin
is

(x, y, z)

of the plane to the

D=

a/x2

2/2

2?.

138
If this is

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
a

Chap. XI.

minimum
d.j)

^ ^dx-\-ydy-\-zdz ^
Va;2

+
-{-

7/2

+ 22
= =
0.

that

is,

X dx

+ y dy
2 dy

z dz

(104e)

From

the equation of the plane

we

get
0.

dx

-\-

-{-

3 dz

(104f)

The only equation connecting x, y, z is that of the plane. Consequently, dx, dy, dz can have any values satisfying this
last equation.
If x, y, z are so

chosen that Z)

is

a minimum

by all of these values. If two linear equations have the same solutions, one is a multiple of the Corresponding coefficients are proportional. The other. Those in (104f) coefficients of dx, dy, dz in (104e) are x, y, z. are 1, 2, 3. Hence
(104e)

must be

satisfied

_y _ z I~2~3"

Solving these simultaneously with the equation of the plane, we get a; = 1, 2/ = 2, 2 = 3. There is a minimum. Since

we

get only one solution,

it is

the

minimum.

EXERCISES
1.

An

open rectangular box

is

to

have a given capacity.

Find the

dimensions of the box requiring the least material. 2. A tent having the form of a cylinder surmounted by a cone is to contain a given volume. Find its dimensions if the canvas required is a

minimum.
3.

When an

electric current of strength / flows


is

through a wire of

resistance

the heat produced

proportional to

PR.

Two

terminals

are connected by three wires of resistances Ri, Ri, Rz respectively. A given current flowing between the terminals will divide between the wires in such a way that the heat produced is a minimum. Show that the currents Ii, h, h in the three wires will satisfy the equations
IiRi
4.

TiRi

/jRj.

particle attracted

toward each

of three points A, B,

with a

force proportional to the distance will be in equilibrium

when the sum

Chap. XI.

PARTUL DIFFERENTUTION
from the pwints
ib least.

139
Find the
posi-

of the squares of the distances

tion of equilibrium.
6.

Show

that the triangle of greatest area with a given perimeter

is

equilateral.

adjacent sides of a room are plane mirrors. A ray of light P strikes one of the mirrors at Q, is reflected to a point R on the second mirror, and b there reflected to 5. If P and S are in the
6.

Two

starting at

find the positions of Q and R so that the path be as short as possible. 7. A table has four legs attached to the top at the comers Ai, Ai, A 3, Ai of a square. A weight placed upon the table at a point of the diagonal A1A3, two-thirds of the way from Ai to A3, will cause the legs to shorten the amounts Si, sj, sj, S4, while the weight itself sinks a distance h. The increase in potential energy due to the contraction of a The decrease in leg is /:*, where A; is constant and s the contraction. potential energy due to the sinking of the weight is Wh. The whole system \s"ill settle to a position such that the potential energy is a minimum. Assuming that the top of the table remains plane, find the

same horizontal plane

PQRS may

ratios of

Sj, Sj, Sj, S4.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
CHAPTER
Find the
^-

III

differentials of the following functions:

^
""
,

6.

(a2

a;2)

Va^

- x\

2
3

+& 2Vax'' + bx
6

Vox*

6x
4,

'

+ 7)^ + 5)3 (x + 2) (x + 4)^ (x + 1)2 (x + 3)6"


(2x+l)(2x
(2x

2ax + b Vox- + &a; +


(ax

(2x-l)V^Hn:
x' _,
'

ft)'H-2

6(ax+b)"+i
a^ (n

^-

o2 (n
-T-

2)

1)

10-

a;

(x"

+ n)

'

Find
11. 12.
13. 14. 15.

in each of the following cases:

6x-4y + 18. + 3 x7/ = x = Sy^ + 2yK = 2a2(x2-2/). (x2 + ^ X = + -^, y = 2ti-1' ^ " (<-l)
2x2-4x2/4-3^2 =
2/3.

x^

2/2)2

16.

X
X X
x2

=
= =

<

V1 +
/
< (<2

'

y
'^

<2

Vl 2/2

/2

17.
18. 19.

+ a2)4
8,

y
2
2/2

z2 + 2 + 22 = a2,

= t{t^-\- a2)5. = + 22/. = &2.


of

20.

The volume elasticity

fluid is e

v-j-.
e

according to Boyle's law, p


21.

constant,

show that

p.

a gas expands without receiving or giving out heat, the pressure, volume, and temperature satisfy the equations
pv
R, n,

When

= RT,

pv"

C,

and

C being

constants.

Find -^ and
140

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
22.
If 9 is

141

the volume of a spherical segment of altitude h, show that

an

jT

is

equal to the area of the circle forming the plane face of the segment.
If

23.

a polynomial equation

/(x)=0
has two roots equal to
r,

/ /

(x)
(x)

has (x

=
x.

(X

r)* as a factor, - r)Vi (x),


=
0,

that

is,

where /i
where/'

(x) is

a polynomial in

Hence show that


(x)

r is

a root of

f
(x) is

Show by the method


24. x^ 25.
26. 27.
x3

the derivative of/ (x). of Ex. 23 that each of the following equations
it:

has a double root and find

3 x
x^

+4=
5X

0.

0.

4x-8x* -3x
4x^
<ir

+9

=0. =0.

12x

+ x* + 12x + 4

Find -^ and
28.

-j-^

in each of the following cases.


31. 32.

ox*

X Vo*

- X*.

^
'''-(?+T?30. XT/ =a^
34. 35.
If
J/

ax by X = 2 +

+ c = Q.
3<,

= 4-5/.
^

33.

x =

. " 1 ^., + !' +


*

x^,

find

g and 01,

Given

x*

y* =

verify that

d^y
dbfi

_ (Pxfdy^ _ ~ dy^ \dxj


x"

'

36.

If

ra

is

a positive integer, show that


-5-:

=
x,
,

dx"
37.
d*
,

constant,

If

andi;
.

are functions of

show that
dhi

^(u.) -=^..

ihi

+ 4^.^
,

.dhi

dv

du + u^. +6^.^ + 4^.^


<Pv
,

cPv

d*v

CJompare this with the binomial expansion for (u


38.
If

)*.

(x)

(x

r)3/i (x),

where

/i (x) is

a polynomial, show that


^

/'(r)=/"(r)=0.

142

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

CHAPTER
39.

IV
<

A particle
t

moves along a
s

straight line the distance

4 <3

21

i2

+ 36 +

feet in

seconds.

Find

its

particle

moving forward?

and acceleration. When is the When backward? When is the velocity


velocity
different points
If

increasing?
40.

When

decreasing?

and move along the same the train in front moves a distance 6 t^ in t hours and the rear one 12 t^, how fast will they be approaching or separating at the end of one hour? At the end of two hours? When will they be closest together? 41. If s = Vt, show that the acceleration is negative and proportrains start

Two

from

track in the same direction.

tional to the cube of the velocity.


42.

The
its

velocity of a particle
V

moving along a

straight line is

= 2P -3t.
2.

Find
43.
44.

acceleration

when
is

li V-

k
s

-,

where k

constant, find the acceleration.


'

Two
is

wheels, diameters 3

and 5

ft.,

are connected

by a
is

belt.

What What
45.

the ratio of their angular velocities and which


the ratio of their angular accelerations?

greater?

is

Find the angular velocity of the earth about its axis assuming that there are 365| days in a year. 46. A wheel rolls down an inclined plane, its center moving the
distance s
47.

= 5P
its

in

seconds.

Show

that the acceleration of the

wheel about
interest
is

axis

is

constant.

An amount

If the of money is drawing interest at 6 per cent. immediately added to the principal, what is the rate of

change
48.

of the principal?
If

water flows from a conical funnel at a rate proportional to the square root of the depth, at what rate does the depth change? If the 49. A kite is 300 ft. high and there are 300 ft. of cord out.

moves horizontally at the rate of 5 miles an hour directly away from the person flying it, how fast is the cord being paid out? 50. A particle moves along the parabola
kite

100 y in such a
51.

16x2

way

that

its

abscissa changes at the rate of 10 ft./ sec.


its

Find

the velocity and acceleration of

projection on the
is

j/-axis.

The
large

side of

an equilateral triangle
its

increasing at the rate of


ft.

10

ft.

per minute and


is

area at the rate of 100 sq.

per minute.

How

the triangle?

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES

143

CHAPTER V
52.

The

velocity of

waves

of length X in deep water is proportional to

V^
when a
X
is

a constant.

Show

that the velocity


of a sphere
least

is

a minimum when

a.

53.

that the
54.

The sum of the surfaces sum of the volumes is

and cube is given. Show when the diameter of the sphere

equals the edge of the cube.

A A

box

is

to be

made

by

cutting equal squares from the comers and turning


of the largest

out of a piece of cardboard, 6 inches square, up the sides.

Find the dimensions


55.

gutter of trapezoidal section

box that can be made in this way. is made by joining 3 pieces of

material each 4 inches wide, the middle one being horizontal.

How

wide should the gutter be at the top to have the maximum capacity? 56. A gutter of rectangular section is to be made by bending into shape a strip of copper. Show that the capacity of the gutter wOl be greatest if its width is twice its depth. 57. If the top and bottom margins of a printed page are each of width a, the side margins of width b, and the text covers an area c, what should be the dimensions of the page to use the least paper? 58. Find the dimensions of the largest cone that can be inscribed
in a sphere of radius a.
59.

Find the dimensions


a.

of the smallest

cone that can contain a

sphere of radius

60. To reduce the friction of a Uquid against the walls of a channel, the channel should be so designed that the area of wetted svu^ace is as small as possible. Show that the best form for an open rectangular channel with given cross section is that in which the width equals twice the depth. 61. Find the dimensions of the best trapezoidal chaimel, the banks

.iiaking
62.

an angle 6 with the vertical. Find the least area of canvas that can be used to make a conical
ft.

tent of 1000 cu.


63.

capacity.

Find the

maximum

capacity of a conical tent


light

made

of 100 sq.

ft.

of canvas.
64.

Find the height of a

above the center of a table

of radius a,

so as best to illuminate a point at the edge of the table; assimaing that the illumination varies inversely as the square of the distance from the

Ught and directly as the sine of the angle between the rays and the
surface of the table.

144

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

65. A weight of 100 lbs., hanging 2 ft. from one end of a lever, is to be raised by an upward force appUed at the other end. If the lever weighs 3 lbs. to the foot, find its length so that the force may be a

minimum.
66.

vertical telegraph pole at a


ft.

from tipping over by a stay 40


stake in the grovmd.

bend in the line is to be supported long fastened to the pole and to a

How

far

from the pole should the stake be


as just to

driven to
67.

make the tension in the stay as small as possible? The lower corner of a leaf of a book is folded over so
If the

reach the inner edge of the page.

width of the page

is

6 inches,

find the width of the part folded over

when the length

of the crease is

a minimum.
68. If the cost of fuel for running a train is proportional to the square of the speed and $10 per hom* for a speed of 12 mi./hr., and the fixed charges on $90 per hour, find the most economical speed. 69. If the cost of fuel for running a steamboat is proportional to the cube of the speed and $10 per hour for a speed of 10 mi./hr., and

the fixed charges are $14 per hour, find the most economical speed against a current of 2 mi./hr.

CHAPTER
Differentiate the following fimctions:
sin

VI
x
X
1

X
.

76. sec^

tan^ x.
3

70.

smd
71.
1
,

77,

sin'- sec =
i

cos

72.
73.

+ cos B

TO 78.
,__
'

tan-

X -

sin e sin

2 tan x
1

ax cos ax.

tan^ x

2 75. tan 2 x

74.

,9 COtTT

CSCtt2 cot 2 x.

80. o, 81.

5 sec^
sec

X CSC a;

7 sec* 9. 2 cot X.
,

Differentiate both sides of each of the following equations

and show

that the resulting derivatives are equal.


82. 83. 84. 85.

86. 87.

x + csc-x = sec'' x csc^ x. sin2x = 2 sin x cos x. sin 3 X = 3 sin X 4 sin' x. sin (x + a) = sin x cos a + cos x sin a. sec'^ X = 1 + tan* x. sin X + sin o = 2 sin J (x + a) cos ^ (x
sec^

a).

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
88.

145

coso

cosx

= 2sm Ha; + o) sin Ha; -

o).

Find
89. 90.
91. 92. 93. 94.

^ and $^ in each
= a cos" 9, = a cos* e, = tan9 -e, = sec* e, =
CSC

of the following cases:

x
X

y y
y

X X
X

X =8ec9,

cot

ff,

= a sin- 6. = a sin* d. = cosB. = tan* e. = tanO. = esc + cot 6.

Differentiate the following functions:


95.

Bin-V/^cos-

^^2.

ac8C-^

+ V^^^.

96.

103.

pq-.-cot-

(^).

97.

tan
2

(^)^
-

104.

Vl X sin-i X
,x
, .

"n/x*

,-.
,

2x

+l
,

lOo.

VS"^
_
99.

tan

^^

106.

cos-^^^py-

jQ.

.z 1 +1 sec-i r+sin --: x + 1 x-1 ;+^^^^ sm-^ + a cos X 1 os-x + ^vT:^


^

V5
100.
CSC
'
'

2x-l

108.

Vi^-a* -asec---

101

sec

-'K^-^ylis. 119.

109.

e^.
Ve*.

-tan-'-+^hi(a* a 2
'

+ x).

110.

e-cos(o+W).

121.
113.
114.
7=^.

(.
,

,,,

llo.

a^lnx. n lnsin"x. 116. hilnx.


1

,-_
122.

In

+ l),(x+l)-x-i. V.T + a + Vx a
Vi
,

4- a

Va-

123.
124.

117.

Infi^y
(x

H^* + e"*). hi(Vi + V7T2).


tan"!

125.

126.

+ 2x + 5)+|tan-i^^. secxtan|x + ln(sec|x + tan|x). +


l)hi(x*

146
127.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
x sec-i
In f

I
I

/^x

+ -] - In (x2 + 1)
1

128.

x2

a;

+ tan-i

|x.

CHAPTER
ing curves at the point indicated:
129.

VII

Find the equations of the tangent and normal to each of the follow-

130. 131. 132. 133. 134.

= 2x + y,at (1, 2). = 5, at (3, 2). x^ + y^ = x + 3y,at i-1,1). x* + ?/* = 2, at (1, 1). y = \nx, at (1, 0). x2 (x + y) = a" (x - y), at (0, 0).
y^

x2

2/2

135.

X
r

=
=

2 cos

0,

2/

3 sin
at

0,

at 6

5-

136.

(1

+ cosd),
=
8 X,

(9

Find the angles at which the following pairs of curves


137.
x2
2/^

intersect:

2/2

2/2

(2

x)

x^

138.
139. 140. 141. 142.
143.

2/
2/

= 2 ox + a^ x2 = 2 62/ + 62. = ay, (x^ + 'ia^)y = 8a\ y^ = &x, x2 + ^2 = 16, = He^ + e-^ ), = 1. = sin X, = sin 2 x.
x2
4:

2/

2/

1
by
giving different values to

Show

that

all

the curves obtained

in the equation

are tangent at
144.

(a, 6).

Show that

for all values of


x'

a and
3 x^y

6 the curves

X2/2

0,

y^

h,

intersect at right angles.

Examine each
i^c

of the following curves for direction of curvature

and

points of inflection
145.

y
2/

= = =

X
x.

rr^tan
62/2-2i/.

146.

147.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
148.
149.

147

= 2<-i,
is

^/

2f

+ |
and tem-

Clausius's equation connecting the pressure, volume,

perature of a gas

RT
^
R,
a, b, c

v-a

r(t;

+ b)''

being constants. If T is constant and p, v the coordinates of a point, this equation represents an isothermal. Find the value of T for which the tangent at the point of inflection is horizontal.
150.
/' (a)
If

two curves y = f
is

F' (a), but /" (a)

(x), y = F not equal to

(x)

intersect at x
(a),

F"

= a, and show that the curves

are tangent

and do not
X

cross at

a.

Apply to the curves y


intersect at
is

3?

and y =
151.

x* at

=
/"

0.

If

two curves y
(a),

(o)

F'

(a)

= f (x), y = F (x) = F" (a), but /'" (o)

a,

and
(a),

not equal to F'"


a.

show that the curves are tangent and cross at x = ciuTres y = X* and y = x* + (x 1)' at x = 1.
point indicated:
152.
153.

Apply to the

Find the radius of ciu^rature on each of the following curves at the


Parabola
X*
y*

=
w*

ax at
1

its vertex.
.

Ellipse

a-

+ rr = b-

at its vertices.

154.

Hyperbola
1/

^-^=
f

at

= Va*

6.

155.

Incscx, at

^,

x = siny jln (sec y tan y), at any point (x, y). X = a cos's, y = a sin' 6, at any point. 158. Find the center of curvature of y = In (x 2) at (3, 0).
156.

157.

Find the angle ^ at the point indicated on each of the following


curves:
159. 160.
r

= =

2*, at

fl

0.
d,

+ 6 cos

at

^
|-

161.

r(l -cose)
r

=k,ate =

162.

a sin 20, at

|-

Find the angles at which the following pairs of curves intersect:


163. 164.
r (1 r

cosd)

a,

=
r

(1

cosd).

asec*s>

6csc*='

148
165. 166.
r

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
= =
acosd,
asecd,
r r

= =

a cos 2 d. 2 a sin d.

Find the equations of the tangent Unes to the following curves at the points indicated:
167. 168. 169.

X
X
x^

= =

1,

=
y

2 - z

=
t,

f^,

at

=
t,

2.

sint,

cos

sec

at

0.

170.

+ y^+z^ = 6, x + y + z = 2, at (1, 2, z=x^ + y%z'' = 2x- 2y, at (1, -1, 2).

-1).

CHAPTER
171.
its

VIII
Show that

point describes a circle with constant speed.

projection on a fixed diameter


172.

moves with a speed proportional


is

to the distance of the point from that diameter.

The motion

of a point (x, y) 4-

given

by the equations

x = ^ V^^rT2 ^
y

|%in-i 1 ^ Of

\ V^2Tp72
is

-j.

^ In + v^rqr^).

Show

that

its

speed

constant.

Find the speed, velocity, and acceleration in each of the following


cases:

x X 175. X
173. 174.

176.
177.

a;

= = = =

2 3<, 2/ = 4-9<. a cos {o)t a), y = a sin (ost a at, y = b fit, z = c -\-

+ +

+ a).
yt.

e*

sin

t,

e^

cos

t,

kt.

The motion
X

of a point

(x,

y) is
2/

determined by the equations

a cos

{nt

+ ),

& sin {nt

+ a).
and has a
origin.

Show
178.

that

its

acceleration

is

directed toward the origin

magnitude proportional to the distance from the

A
=

particle

moves with constant

acceleration along the parabis

ola y^
179.
2/2

2 ex.

Show

that the acceleration

parallel to the x-axis.


[a, o]

particle

moves with

acceleration

along the parabola

2 ex.

Find

its velocity.
-T-|

-T-^

extends along the normal at


(x,

(x, y)

and

is

in

magnitude equal to the curvature at

y)

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES

149

CHAPTER IX
181.

Show

that the function

xi-1
vanishes at x
182.

= 1 and x =

1,

but that

its

derivative does not vanish

between these values.

Is this

an exception to Rolle's theorem?


4

Show

that the equation

x*-5x +
has only two distinct real roots.
183.

Show

that

x*sm-

Lim
a: =5=

sm X

0,

but that this value cannot be found by the methods of Art.


184.

73.

Explain.

Show

that
_

Lim
x:S.O

cos X

cos X

0.

Why

cannot this result be obtained by the methods of Art. 73?


limits:

Find the values of the following


185.

Lim ,^'-,^ x = ol-cos2x


^.

189.

z
190.

Lim f i = 0\X*
= 00

^X
/

,^

186.

vTx - Vl2 -X Lim x = 32x -3 Vl9 -ox


tan^
TX

Limx"e-'*.
z

., 191.

xlnx Lim x = osin2x - xcotx


_.

187.

Lim
^
1

+ esc (x
cot

1)

192.

Lim

(.sec

x) *

188.
193.

Lim^(^-^^ (irx)
;

AI

The area
is

of a regular polygon of n sides inscribed in a circle

of radius a

na'sm

- cos

Show
194.

that this approaches the area of the circle

when n

increases

indefinitely.

Show

that the curve


x^

+ y^ =

Zxy

is

tangent to both coordinate axes at the origin.

150

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

CHAPTER X
Determine the values of the following functions correct to four
decimals:
195. 196.

cos 62.
sin 33.

198.
199.

vTl.
tan-i (t^)esc (31).

197.

hi (1.2).

200.
tt

201.

Calculate

by expanding

tan~* x

and using the formula

\ = tan-i
202.

(1).

203.

Given hi 5 Prove that

1.6094, calculate hi 24.

D = V^h
is

an approximate formula

for the distance of the horizon,

D being the

distance in miles and h the altitude of the observer in feet.

Prove the following expansions indicating X for which they converge:


204.
205. 206.
In (1
a;2)

if

possible the values of

207. 208.

+ = hi 10 + f (x - 3) - 2^ (x - 3)2 + ln(e^ + e-)=f-g + g+ .... In (1 + siax) = X - h x^ + ^ ^ - ^ X* + e^secx = 1 + x + x^ + ^x^ + h x* + In (x + Vr+^0 =^-|f+^f+---'

'

209.

= 2p + ln^ + ^ + ...]. X La;3x^5x* J


J-3
1

210.

In

tan X

hi

+^+

^+

211.

e-eta-

= =

l+x + |-j-^
l+x + |j+^' +
of

212.

^+

Determine the values


213.

x for which the following

series

converge:

1+3^

+ 1+1+5+

'

'

2H. (.-,)
215.
1

(^'+fe^* + (1^111'+....
.

+2x4-3x2 + 4x3+ ...


X

216.

+ 2) _ 2 + -jT2-+-2T3~ + ~3T4~+
+2
(X

+ 2)'

(X

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES

151

CHAPTER XI
In each of the following exercises show that the partial derivatives
satisfy

the equation given:

217.

u = xy

+ y^z\

-+ z

218. 2

= x'-2xV

+ y*,

J/?+^=0ax ay

219..(x

+ ,)ln^.

x(g-g)..f.

221.

u = xy

+ -,

222.

= ln(^ + y^),
y

g+^ =
"^
dj/az

0.

223.

u = y-^,

-z

axay

"^

dz*

di* z is

Prove the following relations assuming that


224.

a function oK x and

y^

u =

ix

+ y- zy,
du 3y

_du _ dudz
dx

dy dx
dz

du dz dx dy
dz

225.

u =

+ e^,
X

du dx

^ dy

du =X dx dy
"
1/

226.

u =

2 (a?

J/*),

^ai
227.
If

+ ^a^^^^-^a^a^+'^ai;)

(e*

+ e"*),

y ="^{6^

e"*),

show that

Var/e
228.

\dxjy

lixyz

a',

show that

152

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS

In each of the following exercises find A2 and its principal part, assuming that x and y are the independent variables. When Ax and Ay approach zero, show that the difference of Az and its principal part is an infinitesimal of higher order than Ax and Ay.
229. 230.
231.
z z

= =

xy.
x2 -2/2

+ 2X.

232. z

= V^'+^z.

= ^
x^

Find the total


233. ax*

differentials of the following functions:

234.
235. 236.

+ bxY + cy*. hi{x^ + y^+z^).


x* tan-i

^ X

y^ tan-i -

"

yzfF

+ zxe" + xye'.
z

237. If

w = x/ (2),

^,

show that

238.

Ku

=f(r,s),

=x
5m dx

+ y,
.

y,

show that

du _ ^du dy ~ dr'
s

239. If M =/(r,

s,

0,

=
,

-,

=
,

^, z

<

-,

show that

du
240.
If

du

du

the angle between the x-axis and the Hne OP from the ' find the derivatives of a in the directions parallel to the coordinate axes.

is

origin to
241.

(x, y, z),

Show

that

(cot
is

ysecx tan x) dx
of the

(x esc*

+ sec x) dy

an exact

differential.

Find the equations


242.
243.
x2

normal and tangent plane to each of the


at at
(3, 2,

following surfaces at the point indicated:

2x
z2
2/

+ 2y2 - z2 = 16, + 3?/ -4z = 4,


1,

-1).

(1, 2, 1).

244. 245. 246.

= 8xy, at (2, = z2 - x2 + 1,

-4).
(3, 1,

at

-3).

Show
is

surface

that the largest rectangular parallelopiped with a givai a cube.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
247.

153

of material.

open rectangular box is to be constructed of a given amount Find the dimensions if the capacity is a maximum. 248. A body has the shape of a hollow cylinder with conical ends. Find the dimensions of the lai^est body that can be constructed from a given amoimt of material. 249. Find the volume of the largest rectangular parallelepiped that can be inscribed in the ellipsoid.

An

250.

Show

that the triangle of greatest area inscribed in a given

circle is equilateral.

251. Find the p)oint so situated that the sum of its distances from the vertices of an acute angled triangle is a minimum.
252.

At the point

(x, y, z)

given function

(x, y, z)

of space find the direction along which a has the largest directional derivative.

ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
Page 8
1.

-f
V2. -1.

4.

-1.
1.

2.

6. 6.

3.

i.

Page 14
3.

2.

5.

The tangents are The (1, 1).


Negative.
Positive in 1st

parallel to the x-axis at

(1, 1),
(

(0, 0),

and

slope

is

positive between

1,

1) and

(0, 0)

and on the right


10.

of (1,

1).
in

11.

and 4th quadrants, negative


Pages
27,

2nd and

3rd.

28

31.

When
dx

=
0.2

4,

t/

| and dy

0.072 dx.

When

and an approximate value

for y is y

x changes to 4.2, + dy = 0.814.

This agrees to 3 decimals with the exact value.


32.

When x = 0, the function is equal to 1 and its differential is dx. When x = 0.3, an approximate value is then 1 dx = 0.7.
The
exact value
is

0.754.
35.
(a,

34.
36.

18.

2 a).

Increases

when x

<

5, decreases

when x
39.

>

o 2

37. 38.

x=^.
tan-i|.

-(^:n)5

Page 31
1

3.

(x

{x-iy (x-l) - 1)2 (x + 2)2 (7x + 2),

'

V^rr^j*

(a2-x2)3
12).

(x

1) (x

4.

2. y'

_4
y'

x-r
x*

+ 2)2 (42x2 + 24x 2 1-^


(x-l)3
3xij/S

8.

^ 6

X 2y'

y^
1

42/

154

ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
13.

155

^~
dl

12

gj _
rfy*

12

U2 + 30''

U2-30*'

Pages 3&-38
1.

r
V

=
h

100

32

f,

32.

Rises
SCt

until

3|.

Highest point
decreasing
t

206.25.

2.

= P ~ 12P + S2t, a = between t = 1.691 and


is

8.

241

+ 32.

Velocity

6.309.

Moving backward when

negative or between 4 and


6

7.

CO

2 d,

a =

2 c.

'SVTieel

comes to
15.

rest

when

<

tj--

Jc

10. 11.
12.

9xcu.

ft./min.

12^ ft./sec.,

7| ft./sec.

144 X sq. ft./sec.

16.
ft./sec.

Decreasing 8tcu.

13. 14. 18.

^ %^ ^ V3
25.8

^_
17.

4 VS mi.,/hr. ctan/3, ,

1.

z- it./aec. TO* '

in. /sec.

Neither approaching nor separating.


ft.

19.

sec.

20.

64

\^ ft./sec.

Pages 43-45
1.

Minimum
Maximimi
fv^2.

3|.

2.

3.
4.

at

0,

minima
0.

at

Minimum 10, maximum 22. = 1 and x = +1.


'

Minimum when x =

13.

a V3.

10.

14.
16. 17.

Length of base equals twice the depth of the box. Radius of base equals two-thirds of the altitude.
Altitude equals - times diameter of base.

16 X
19.

V3

20. 21.

Girth equals twice length.

27
i(ai

Radius equals 2
is

Ve

inches.

+ i + aj + 04).
v^2 times the
dis-

22.

The

distance from the more intense source tance from the other source.
25.

23.

12 V2.
[5' 4- 6*]'.

19ift.

24.
26.

Radius of semicircle equals height of rectangle.


4 pieces 6 inches long

27.
28.

29.

The angle of the sector At the end of 4 hours.

and 2 pieces 2 ft. is two radians.

long.

166,
30.

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
should land 4.71 miles from his destination.
,

He
a

3L
35.

-^

V2

a being the length of

side.

2|mi./hr.

36.

13.6 knots.

Page 48
1.

2.

3.
4.

Maximum = a, minimum = a. Maximum = 0, minimum = {^)K Minimum = 1. Minimum = 0, maximum = ^.


Either 4 or
5.

10.

Pages
19.

62,

53
WTT

20
21.
23. 24.

A = 3. ^ = _ V3 -|.
Velocity

B=

-y?

22.

g, n bemg any mteger.


.

IT

= 2irnA,

acceleration

0.

^ miles per minute.


o

^"-

2+b^tV3.

28. 13 Vl3. V ,. 25. I radians per hour. 29. The needle will be incUned to the horizontal at an angle of about 32 30'

or

30. 31.

120. 120.
If
'*'^-

a
TT*

33.

the spokes are extended outward, they will form the sides of an
isosceles triangle.

Page 56
24.

w =

V
-

cos

<p,

being the radius of pulley and

<t>

the angle formed

by the
25.

string

and

line

along which

its

end moves.

4V35.
Page 61

27. 30.

rnr

+ cot~i 2,
x>2,

n being any
or

integer.

a;<-3,

-2 <

<

1.

Pages
1.

65, 66

2.

7/

2y-x = + 4x =
2y=F X

3.

+ 2x = 0. 4y-x = 15. 8, = d:a, y 2x = Sa.


5,

ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
4.

157

= aix\nb

+ l),

+ ayhxb = a^hab.

a^
7.

vr

8.
9.

x x

+ y = 2, 2-y = 2. + 3i/ = 4, y-3x = 28.


=
a<iniaiih<h-

12.
13. ^^'

90.

tan-2V2.

y -\-xX&a.\4>x tan-if. 10. 90,


11-

^^

_,

In 10
In 10

1'

45.

15.

tan-i3V3.

Page 70
1.

Point of inflection
point,

(0, 3).

Concave upward on the


left.

right of this

downward on the
(|,

2.

Point of inflection
point,

\).
the

Concave upward on the


upward.

right of this

downward on
is

left.

3.

The curve

everjTV'here concave

There

is

no point

of

inflection.
4.

Point of inflection

(1, 0).

Concave on the

left of this point,

down-

ward on the
6.

right.

Point of inflection! 2,

-j)=

Concave upward on the

right,

downward on the
6.

left.

Points of inflection at x

^^
V2

Concave downward between

the points of inflection,


7.

upward

outside.

Points of inflection (0, 0), -3 < X < or X > 3.

(3, 1).

Concave upward when


left of

8.

Point of inflection at the origin. the origin.

Concave upward on the

Pages
1.

76,
-7

77

2V6.
b'

7.
8.

t ^.
a
aecy.

^4.

3V2.

9.

^^

+ ^>'.
4y

^^'^'
10.
6.

ta.

2a8ec^2

158

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Page 79

There are two angles depending on the direction in which s is measured along the curve. In the following answers only one
\}/

of these angles

is

given.

'4

"L.

7. s.

0, 90,

and tan- 3 Vs.

d
3.

= dziT.

3.

|.

10-

Page 84
X
1.

v/o ^'^ _ V2

2 1 ^ ,_!^ 4_
1

a
1
irfc

J-

5.

tan-?. tan"' 7
k
X

ft

2.

^ we =

2
-^

6.

tan

-1

''

V2

7.

69 29'.

3.

Pages
1.

92, 93

The angular speed


point.

is

^,

where x

is

the abscissa of the

moving

2.

If Xi is the abscissa of

the end in the x-axis and

yi

the ordinate
is

ct'

the end in the y-axis, the velocity of the middle point

the upper signs being used


right, the 3.

if

the end in the x-axis moves to the


left.

lower signs
is [v

if it

moves to the

The speed

is

The

velocity

aw sin 0,

aw cos 6],

where is the angle from the x-axis to the radius through the moving point. The speed is
y/i^
6. 7.
-\-

aW 2 omv sin
gl],

6.

The boat should be pointed


Velocity

30 up the river.
Acceleration

[o, h,

[0, 0,

g\,

Speed

= Va2 -\--^{e- gt)K

ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
9.

169

Velocity

Speed
Acceleration

= [oko (1 cos<^), aw sin <^], = aw ^2 2 cos <> = 2 aw sin ^ ^, = \au?\a.<i>, aoj^cosi^].


ZrP'

^ r L 12. X =
13.

3r^ sinf g

cos f g ~|
sin 5 9 J sin w/.

4 a sin
vi

4o

cos w/,

vt

The

velocity
is

is

the

sum
The

of the parvelocity

tial velocities,

but the acceleration


y

not.
is

a cos cot

+b cos 2 at,

a sin w<

+ & sin 2 ut.

the
14.

sum

of the partial velocities

and the acceleration the sum

of the partial accelerations.

ao)it

a sin {ui + oh)

t,

the

sum

of the partial velocities

a cos (i The velocity is Wi) t. and the acceleration the sum

of the partial accelerations.

Page 100
2.
3.
4.

A.
n.
0.
e.

18. 19.

h
1.

20. 21.

-3.
a.
1

5. 6. 7. 8. 9.

2.

-2.
1.

22.
ir

23. f'{x)dx. 24.


25.
00.
1

0.
ir2.

10.
11. 12.

2-

1.

26.
27.

00. 00.
1. 1.

1.

13. 14.
15. 16.

0.

28.
29.

-i0.
0.

30. 31.

a.

gm

17.

-i.

Page 106
1.

0.0872.

6.

0.1054.
1.6487.

2.
3. 4.

0.8480.
1.0724.
1.6003. 1.0154.

7.

8.
9.

0.0997.
2.833.

5.

Page 118
21.

(-2,1,0)

22.

(1, 1, 2)

160

DIFFERENTIAL CALCULUS
Pages 123, 124

1.
.

Increment = 0.151, principal part = 0.154. dT l(dl dg\ ^. , ., ,, ^ J ~ 2\~l '^"^^ "' ^^^ ^y "^ either positive or ~T a J'

6.

T may be I the sum of the percentage errors in I and g. The percentage error in g may be as great as that in s plus twice that in T.
negative, the percentage error in

13.

-"^-tl. u

15,

zx
z-').

2z-^-uy 2uv

14.

hx^

+ y^ + xy -

Pages 131, 132


J'

du ^df_ dl_d6^ dx dx~^ dy dx'


dx
dx

"
dz

/du\ ^df_ \dx/y dx

df^d^^
"*"

dz dx'

'

dy dx

\dx

dy dx*'
13.

dldF_dldF
p

5.

dz dy dx dx dy = -^T TT-^TTdx ^,dldF "^

'

14.

3V3-4. p _ --3(xcosa+2/cos^+zcoS7).

dy

dz dy

Page 135

^l^y_-2^-^^
j_

(a;_i)+2(i/-2)+2(z-2)=0.
=
0.

2.

Normal, y + 4 x = 5, z = 3. Tangent plane, x 4 j/ 14


3 g = a; a;
2/

3.

4.

5.

^^. a;-5 7/-lz-l ^rr'"~^ = ~6~'


"l
=
"^-5

?/

-5 = -3^ ^ 1 z3
4
g

01^ 3x +
a:

42/

c 5z =

n 0.

,^ 52/-32-l +
,

=0.

a;-42/-6z

cicn + 5=0.

6.

+ z = y-z =

db

V2.
Pages 138, 139

1.

The box should have a square base with


depth.

side equal to twice the

2.

The The

cylinder

and cone have volumes


:

in the ratio 3

2 and lateral

surfaces in the ratio 2


4.

3.

center of gravity of the triangle

ABC,

INDEX
The numbers
refer to the pages.

Acceleration, along a straight line,


33.

Differentiation, of transcendoital functions, 49-62.


partial, 113-139. Directional derivative, 129. Direction cosines, 80, 81. Direction of curvatiu^, 67.

angular, 34. in a curved path, 90, 91.

Angle, between directed lines in


space, 79, 80.

between two plane curves, 64. Approximate value, of the increment of a function, 14, 15,
118-120. Arc, differential of, 72.

Divergence of
111.

infinite series,

107-

Exact

differentials, 130, 131.

Exponential fimctions, 56-62.


Function, continuous, 10, 113. discontinuous, 10.
explicit, 1.

Continuous function, 10, 113. Convergence of infinite series, 107111.

Curvature, 73.
center and circle of, 75. direction of, 67. radius of, 74. Curve, length of, 70. slope of, 11.

imphcit, 2, 127, 128. irrational, 2.


of one variable, 1. of several variables, 113. rational, 2. Functions, algebraic, 2, 19-31. exfKinential, 56-62. inverse trigonometric, 54-56. logarithmic, 56-62.

Dependent

variables, 2, 115.

Derivative, 12.
directional, 129. higher, 28, 29, 114. of a function of several variables, 124-127. partial, 114. Differential, of arc, 72. of a constant, 20. of a fraction, 22. of an nth power, 22. of a product, 21. of a sum, 20. total, 120, 121. Differentials, 15. exact, 130, 131. of algebraic functions, 19-31. of transcendental functions, 4962. partial, 120. Differentiation, of algebraic functions, 19-31

transcendental, 2, 49-62. trigonometric, 49-53. Ftmctional notation, 3.

Geometrical apphcations, 63-84.

ImpUcit functions,

2, 127.

Increment, 10. of a function, 14, 15, 118, 119. Independent variable, 2. Indeterminate forms, 95-100.
Infinitesimal, 7. Infinite series, 106-112.

convergence and divergence 107-111.


Maclaurin's, 106. Taylor's, 106. Inflection, 67.

of,

161

162
Length
of a curve, 70. Limit, of a function, 5. .sin 5 . of -^,49.

INDEX
Rate
of change, 32. Rates, 32-38.

related, 35.

Limits, 4-9. properties

Related rates, 35. RoUe's theorem, 94.


Series, 106-112.

of, 5, 6.

Logarithms, 56,
natural, 58.

58.

convergence and divergence


107-111. Maclaurin's, 106. power, 110, 111.
Taylor's, 106.

of,

Maclaurin's

series, 106.

exceptional types, 45, 46. method of finding, 42, 43. one variable, 39-48. several variables, 136-138. Mean value theorem, 101.

Maxima and minima,

Sine of a small angle, 49. Slope of a curve, 11. Speed, 85.

Tangent plane,

134.

Natural logarithm, 58. Normal, to a plane curve, 63. to a surface, 133, 134.
Partial derivative, 114. geometrical representation

Tangent, to a plane curve, 63. to a space curve, 81-83. Taylor's, theorem, 102.
series, 106.

Total differential, 120, 121.


Variables, change of, 30, 127. dependent, 2, 115.

of,

116, 117. Partial, differentiation, 113-139. differential, 120. Plane, tangent, 134. Point of inflection, 67, 68.

independent,
Vector, 85. notation, 88.

2.

Velocities, composition of, 89, 90. Velocity, components of, 86, 87.

Polar coordinates, 77-79.

Power

series, 110, 111.

along a curve, 85-89. along a straight line, 32.


angular, 34.

operations with, 111.

V
r

WORKS OF

H. B. PHILLIPS, PH.D.
PUBLISHED BY
Inc.

JOHN WILEY & SONS,


Differential Equations.

Second Edition, Rewritten.


5

vi+116 pages.
$1.50 net.
Analytic Geometry.
vii 197 pages. $1-75 net.

by

7}4.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

by 7M.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

Differential Calculus.

162 pages. $1.50 net.

by 7H.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

Integral Calculus.
194 pages. V $1.75 net.

by 7M.

Illustrated.

Cloth,

Differential

and Integral Calculus.


$2.50 net.

In one volume.

INTEGRAL CALCULUS
BY H. B. PHILLIPS, Ph.D.
AssocicUe Professor of Malhematics in the MassachttseUt
Institxde of Technology

r-

NEW YORK

JOHN WILEY &


Lo(ax>N:

SONS, Isc

CHAPMAN

& HALL, LmtTBD

Copyright, 1917,

BY
H. B. PHILLIPS

Stanbope ]press
f,

H.GILSON COMPANY BOSTON, U.S.A.

5-25

PREFACE
This text on Integral Calculus completes the course in mathematics begun in the Analytic Geometry and continued
in the Differential Calculus.

Throughout

this course I

have

endeavored to encourage individual work and to this end

have presented the detailed methods and formulas rather


as suggestions than as rules necessarily to be followed.

needed.
list

The book As

contains more exercises than are ordinarily

material for review, however, a supplementary

of exercises is placed at the

end of the

text.

The appendix contains a


the courtesy of Prof. R. G.

short table of integrals which

includes most of the forms occurring in the exercises.

Through

Hudson

have taken a two-page


Tyler, C. L. E. Moore,

table of natural logarithms from his Engineers' Manual.


I

am indebted

to Professors H.

W.

and Joseph Lipka


the manuscript.

for suggestions and assistance in preparing

H. B. PHILLIPS.
Cambridge, Mass.
June, 1917.

CONTENTS
HAFTXB
I.

PAOsa 1-13

Integration

II.

Formulas and Methods of Integration


Definite Integrals

14-34

35-46 4/-59 60-69

III.

IV. Simple Areas and Volumes V. Other Geometrical Applications VI. Mechanical and Phtsical Appucations

70-89

VII.
VIII.

Approximate Methods Double Integration

90-96
97-111

IX. Triple Integration

112-125 126-lo6
157-170 171-185
186-189
190-191

X. Differential Equations Supplementary Exercises

Answers Table of Integrals Table of Natural Logarithms


Index.

193-194

INTEGRAL CALCULUS
CHAPTER
I

INTEGRATION
1.

Integral.
(x)

A
dx
is

function
called

F ix) whose
integral of
/

differential

is

equal to /
function
is

an

/ {x) /

dx.

Such a

represented by the notation


(x)

(x) dx.

Thus

F
are

Jf (x) dx,
equivalent

dF

(x)

= / (x)

dx,

by

definition

equations.
is

The

process

of

finding

an integral

of a given differential
(x-)

called integration.

For example, since d

2 x dx,
x^.

2 X dx = /^
Similarly,
I

cos

xdx =

sin x,

j e'

dx

e'.

The
2.

test of integration is to differentiate the integral.

If

it is correct, its differential

Constant of

must be the expression integrated. Integration. If C is any constant,

d[F{x)
If

+C] =dF{x).
differential,

then

(x) is

is another.

one integral of a given For example,


x^
-\-

{x)

+C

2xdx =
is

C,

cos X dx

sin X

+ C,

"where

any constant.

Integration

Chap. 1

We shall now prove that,


variable have the

if

two continuous junctions of one


{x)

same

differential, their difference is constant.

Suppose Fi
ential.

functions having the

and F^ {x) are same differ-

Then
dFi
{x) (x)

dFi

(x).

I
^

Let y

Fi

Fi {x) and plot

the
locus

locus

representing
x.

as

function of
Fig.
2.

The

slope of this

is

dy-^ dF^jx) -dF,{x) dx dx


Since the slope
line.
is

^Q
a horizontal

The equation

everywhere of such a
Fi
(x)

zero, the locus is


line
\s,

=
C,

C.

Therefore,

F, (x)

which was to be proved. If then F (x) is one continuous integral of / other continuous integral has the form

(x) dx, diTiy

Jf{x)dx = F{x)
Any
3.

+ C.
It is called

(2>

value can be assigned to C.

an

arbitrary

constant.

Formulas.

Let
dv
zt

a and n be constants,

u,

v,

w,

variables.
I.
I

du

db

dw =
du.

du

dv

zt

dw.

n.
III.

fa du = a

J/

u^' u" da = ^ ,

+1+
,

C,

if

is

not -1.

IV.

fu-^du=f^ =

lnu

+ C.

Art. 3

Formulas

3
differential

These formulas are proved by showing that the


of the right
integral sign.

member

is

equal to the expression under the


differentiate the right

side

Thus to prove III we and so obtain

\n+
Formula
I

expresses that the integral of an algebraic


is

sum

of differentials

obtained by integrating them separately


factor can be trans-

and adding the results. Formula II expresses that a constant


ferred

from one side of the symbol

to the other without

changing the result. A variable cannot be transferred in this way. Thus it is not correct to write
I

xdx = X

dx

xi^.

Example

1.

x* dx.

Apply Formula du and

III, letting

x and n

5.

Then dx

/
Ex.2.

CzVidx.
II

By Formula
fs
Ex.
3.

we have
3

Vx dx =

fxs dx

^+C = 2x^ +

C.

Ax J{x -

1) (x

+ 2) dx.
term by term.

We expand and integrate


1) (x

+ 2) dx = J{7^ + X - 2) dx = ix3 + Ax2-2x + C.

Integration

Chap. 1

Ex.

4.

dx.

Dividing by a^ and using negative exponents,

we

get

In

a:

+ 2a;-i-^a:-2 + C
2
a;

1
'

2x2
V.J

^x.

5.

V2 X + 1 dx. /V2
/
-{-

li

u = 2X

I,

du

2 dx.

We

therefore place a factor

2 before dx and | outside the integral sign to compensate


for
it.

rV2 X +

dx

r(2x

+ l)^2dx =

fu^ du

Apply IV with w =

x^
1

1.

Then du = 2xdx and


1,
,

/xdx

r2xdx

Tdw

/^

^/

By

division,

we

find

4x4-2

2xTherefore

'

2x-l

Art. 4

Motion of a Particle

fi

EXERCISES
Find the values of the following integrals:

Vi (x2 + 2x +

1) dx.

/ ^"'
l/21^'

J x^+ax
(2

J^. /(V^7.

v^)'dx.
(x

/:Vx-

+ ft*^+ a) dx + ax + 6

fx
^

(x

+ a)

+ b) dx.

f ^^^* J 1

<'d/

^8.

/23dx.

^.

a/* "di. jK.-,0

(x

+ i)y-2) ^^^

//,;_i_x.^d^.
.-./(,-i)'f.

^-L-^-

X^

C X dx

A,y3

4.

particle

Motion of a Particle. Let the acceleration of a moving along a straight line be a, the velocity v,
s.

and the distance passed over


a "
Consequently,
dv

Then,
ds
"

dv = = 5'

= =

*
vdt.

adt,

ds

Integration
is

Chap. 1

If then a

known

function of the time or a constant,

v=
If

iadt

+ Ci,

= iv dt

+ C2.

(4)

the particle moves along a curve and the components of

velocity or acceleration are known, each coordinate can be

found in a similar way. Example 1. A body


acceleration of gravity
g.

falls

from rest under the constant Find its velocity and the distance
t.

traversed as functions of the time

In this case
dv

Hence

v=Jgdt =
Since the body starts from
values of
v

gt

+ C.
=
when
t

rest, v

0.

These
gt
-\-

and

must

satisfy the

equation v

C.

Hence

=
whence C

g-0

+ C,
v

and

gt.

Since

ds
-r.,

ds

gtdt and

= Jgtdt

+C

hQt'

+ C.
and
plane.
s

When
Ex.

0, s

0.

Consequently,

C =

\ gf.

2.

projectile is fired with a velocity Vo in a direction

making an angle a with the horizontal


the resistance of the
particle starts.
air, find its

Neglecting

motion.

Pass a vertical plane through the line along which the In this plane take the starting point as

origin, the horizontal line as x-axis,


y-axis.

and the
of

vertical line as

The only acceleration is that downward and equal to g. Hence

gravity acting

^=
di^
'

^=-g. ^
dt^

Art. 6

CtJBVEs WITH A Given- Slope

Integration gives,

dx
di

Ci
dii ~jI

|=-^ +

c,.

When
and
dx
-J-

dx
0> "j:

^^^

are the components of

t'o.

Hence

C\ = t'o cos a, Cj = Vo sin a,

Vo

cos a,

at

dy -^

= Vosma

gt.

Integrating
get

again,

we

x y

= =
0.

v4 cos a,
Vot

sin

gf-,

Fig.

4.

the constants being zero because x and y are zero


t

when

Is

5. Curves with a Given Slope. a given function of x,

If the slope of

a curve

l=/w.
then

dy

=f (x) dx

and
y
is

= //(x) dx-[-C

the equation of the curve.

Since the constant can have any value, there are an


infinite

Fig.

5.

number of curves having the given slope. If the curve is required to pass through a ^ven point P, the

value of

can be found by substituting the coordinates of

in the equation after integration.

Integration

Chap. 1
(1, 2)

Example

1.

Find the curve passing through

with

slope equal to 2 x.

In this case

ax

Hence
y

= j2xdx =

x'^

+ C.
2),
is

Since the curve passes through

(1,

the values x

1,

2 must satisfy the equation, that 2

+ C.
x^
-\-

Consequently,
curve.

C =

and y =

1 is

the equation of the

Ex.

2.

On

a certain curve

=
d^y dx^
If

r
^

the curve passes through

2, 1)

and has at that point

the slope

2, find its

equation.

By

integration

we

get

At (-

2, 1),

= -2

and

^=
2

2.

Hence

or

+ C,
i
rr^

C = 4.
y

Consequently,

=J{h x2 1

4)

dx

- 4x + C.
1),

Since the curve passes through

(2,

= -I
5f and
,

+ 8 + C.
4:X

Consequently,

C=
y

\a^

bl

is

the equation of the curve.

Arte
6.

Separation of the VARLtBLES

Separation of the Variables.

The integration formu-

one variable. If a differential contains two more variables, it must be reduced to a form in which each term contains a single variable. If this cannot be done, we cannot integrate the differential by our present methods. Example 1. Find the curves such that the part of the
las contain only

or

tangent included between the coordinate axes


at the point of tangency.

is

bisected

Let
curve.

be the point at which Since P is the middle


(x, y)

AB

\&

tangent to the

point oi

AB,

OA =2y,
The
dy dx

OB =
OA OB

2x.

slope of the curve at

P is

This can be written

Since each term contains a single variable,

we can

integrate

and
This

so get
In y
is

+ In X
=

=
C.

C.

equivalent to

Inxy

Hence
xy
C, and consequently

e^

k.

are rectangular

k, can have any value. The curves hyperbolas with the coordinate axes as

asymptotes.

Ex.

2.

According to Newton's law of cooling,

when k is constant, a the temperature of the air, and 6 the temperature at the time t of a body cooling in the air. Find
^ as a function of
t.

10

Integbation

Chap. 1
6

Multiplying

by

dt

and dividing by

a,

Newton's

equation becomes
d

we

a
get

Integrating both sides,

\n{dHence
e

a)

-kt-\- C.

e-*'+<^

e^e-*'.

When
and so

0,\ete

do.

Then

do a
d
is

e^e"

e^,

- a=

{do-

a) e-*'

the equation required.

Ex.
disk

3.

The

retarding effect of fluid friction on a rotating


co.

is

proportional to the angular speed


t.

Find

co

as a

function of the time


portional to

The statement means that the


oj,

rate of change of

is

pro-

that

is,

do)

It
where k
is

^'"'

constant.

Separating the variables, we get

= kdt,
0}

whenco
\n
0}

= =

kt

-\-

and
CO

e*^'+<^

=
t

e^g*'.

Let Wo be the value of w when


050

= =

0. e^.

Then

e^'^e^

Replacing e^ by

wq,

the previous equation becomes


CO

OJoC*',

which

is

the resuJt required.

Art. 6

Separation of the Variables

11

A cylindrical tank full of water has a leak at the Assuming that the water escapes at a rate proof it escapes the first portional to the depth and that day, how long will it take to half empty? Let the radius of the tank be a, its height h and the depth The volume of the water at any of the water after t days x. time is ira^x and its rate of change
Ex. 4. bottom.

dx

This

is

assumed to be proportional to
Va^
"77

x,

that

is,

=KX,

at

where k

is

constant.

Separating the variables,


irar

dx

-.

X
Integration gives
7ra2

kat.

In

kt

+ C.
h.

When

the tank

is full

and x =

Hence

TraHnh

C.

Subtracting this from the preceding equation,


xa^ In T

we

get

kt.

When When

= =

1,

-^jj

h.

Consequently,
xa' In
^ji

=
,

k.

\h,
to,^
.

<

^^
n,

In

-r

j^ =

In^

c- 1 6.5/ days.

12

Integration

Chap. 1

-y V 1.
fiiid

EXERCISES
the velocity of a body moving along a line the distance traversed between t = 2 and i = 5.
If
ia

fl,

/I. Find

the distance a body started vertically


ft. /sec.

downward with a
thrown
vertically

velocity of 30

will fall in the


ft.

time

t,

./

3.

From a

point 60

above the
ft. /sec.

street a ball is

upward with a speed


.

of 100

Find

its

height as a function of

Also find the highest point reached. ball is fired through a 3-inch plank the resistance of which causes a negative constant acceleration. If its velocity on entering the plank is 1000 ft. /sec. and on leaving it 500 ft. /sec, how long does it take the ball to pass through?
the time.
4.

rifle

\^\,
''

6.

A
<.

particle starts at (1, 2).


is

After

seconds the component of

its

velocity parallel to the x-axis


is 1

<

and that

parallel to the t/-axis

Find
its

its

coordinates as functions of the time.

Also find the.

equation of
y'

path.

6
find

A bullet is fired at a velocity of 3000 ft. /sec. at an angle of 45 from

ft. above the ground. Neglecting the resistance of the air, where the bullet will strike the ground. 7. Find the motion of a particle started from the origin with velocity Vo in the vertical direction, if its acceleration is a constant X in a direction making 30 with the horizontal plane. t/ 8. Find the equation of the curve with slope 2 x passing through

a point 100

(1, 0).

y^"9. Find the equation

of the curve with slope equal to y passing

through
10.

(0, 1).

On

a certain curve

1 = ^^+3.
If

the curve passes through 11. On a certain curve

(1, 2),

find its lowest point.

J- =

1.

If

the curve passes through


12.

1,

1)

and has

at that point the slope 2,

find its equation.


/

On

a certain curve

v/
L'
If the slope is

at x

0, find

the difference of the ordinates at x

and X

4.

Art. 6

Separation- of the Vablables


air

13
level h are con-

13. The pressure of the noted by the equation

p and altitude above sea

dh

'"P'

where k
14.

is

constant.

Show

that p
at

po^"**,

when

pjis the pressure at

sea level.

Radium decomposes
If half

a rate proportional to the amount

present.

the original quantity disappears in 1800 years, what

percentage disappears in 100 years?


15.

When

bacteria grow in the presence of imlimited food, they

increase at a rate proportional to the

number present. Express that number as a function of the time. 16. Cane sugar is decomposed into other substances through the presence of acids. The rate at which the process takes place is propormass x
of sugar
still

tional to the

unchanged.

Show

that x

cc~^.

What
17.

does

represent?
rate at which water flows

The
of a

from a small opening at the

bottom
water.

tank

is

proportional to the square root of the depth of the

If half

the water flows from a cylindrical tank in 5 minutes,

find the time required to


18.

Solve Ex. 17,

empty the tank. when the cylindrical tank

is

replaced

by a

conical

funnel.
19.

A sum of money is placed at compound interest


interest being

at 6 per cent per


instant.
Ilovr

annum, the

added to the principal at each

many

years will be required for the

sum

to double?

20. The amount of light absorbed in penetrating a thin sheet cf water is proportional to the amount falling on the surface and approximately proportional to the thickness of the sheet, the approximation increasing as the thickness approaches zero. Show that the rate of change of illumination is proportional to the depth and so find the

illumination as a function of the depth.

cL

CHAPTER

II

FORMULAS AND METHODS OF INTEGRATION


7.

Formulas.

The following
In these u
is

is

a short

list

of integraof a
is

tion formulas.
single variable

any variable or function

and du

is

its differential.

The constant

should be added to each function determined by integration. A more extended list of formulas is given in

omitted but

it

the Appendix.

u" du =
TT n.
/

r^ n+
1

if

is

not

1.

r*^"

J u
/

=
cos
sin

In u.

in.
IV.

udu =

sin u.

udu = cos u.

\/

V.
VI.

sec**

udu =

tan u.

esc**

udu = cot u.
tan
cot

v/

^
>

Vn.
VIII.

sec
CSC

u
u

udu =

sec u.

u du = CSC u.^
=4

IX.
X.

tan
cot

a du

In cos u.
In sin u.

u du =
u du =

v_^

XI.

sec

In (sec
14

+ tan u).

.\rt 8

Integration by StTBJsTrrmox'

17

Xn.

Jcscuda = ln(cscu-'^^^^- Letu=xV3,

xm.

r_= = sin-^-*
/flit u'* +
1
a**

U
a
^

du

w-

XV.

r
/

=^^= = - sec
di
II

\^

\ ir

XVI

^" = In (u + VII^T^. r-74i=

rTi-^ = -Lin!l^. J u'^ - a" 2a u -{-a XVm. Tc- du = e*.


xvn.

\\
by showing that
equal to the expression

Any one

of these formulas can be proved

the differential of the right

member
to

is

under the integral


/

sign.

Thus

show that

sec

M dw =

In (sec

+ tan u),
=
sec

we note
J
,

that

d In (sec u
8.

+ tan u) =
,

(sec

u tan u + sec' u) du ;- sec u -\- tan u

m du.

Integration by Substitution.
is

When

some function

taken as u, a given differential may assume the form of the differential in one of the integration formulas or differ from such form onlj'^ by a constant factor. Integration accomplished in this way is called integration by
of the variable

substitution.

Ekch

differential is the

More
*

errors result

from

failing to

product of a function of u by du. pay attention to the du


is

In Formulas XIII and

XV it is assumed that sin-* -

an angle

in

the 1st or 4th qvAdrant, wid sec-* - an angle in the 1st or 2nd quadrant.

In other cases the algebraic sign of the result must be changed.

Methods of Integration
cause.

Chap. U

4ie

Thus the student may


III that the integral of a

Formula

iO write

FORMULAS
7.

/
let
arc

cos 2 X dx

=
is

'

sin 2 x.

Formt''

^^

2 x
4
^^

=
C
/

u,

dx

not du but \ du and so


^
i

tion form, , cos 2 X


.

smgle Y<
omitt*'

cos

m aw =

sm w =
.

''J

f
,

sm o 2 x.

r
1.
/

by
;*;;.

ia'xampZe

sin'

x cos x dx.

If

we
/

let

sin x,

du
j

cos x dx

and

sin'

X cos xdx

u^du
_,

= \u*

+C

j sin* x

+ C.

Ex.2.

sm^ xdx

?cf-^lA.

Jf + cos ^ X
w =

We observe that sin ^ x dx fa tor from the differential of


1

differs
1

only by a constant

+ cos ^ x.
sin ^

Hence we

let

+ cos 3 X.
x dx
,

Then
and
,

dw

= I sin ^ X dx,
^

= 3 dw,
,

J
3.

-r-^
1

sin ^

+ cos f X

xdx rdw ^ r = 3/ = -31nw + C J


u

= - 3 In
Ex.
I

(1

+ cos ^ x) + C.

(tan x

+ sec x) sec x dx.

Expanding we get
/

(tan X

+ sec x) sec x dx =
=
,

tan x sec x dx

sec^

x dx

sec

+ tan x + C

JEx, 4.

r 3dx / J V2-3x

Art 8

Integration by Substitutiox'

17

This resembles the integral in formula XIII.

Let u

=x Vs,

= V2.

Then du = Vsdx and

3dx

r
I

V3
u^

/-

du
u^

J V2-Zx^
=
Ex.
0.

J Va2 -

^J Va2 -

VSsin-i o

+ C. + C = V3 sin-i^-^ V2

V4

*
<2

This suggests the integral in formula

XV.

Let w =2i,

a =

3.

Then
rf^

/ V4
t

f2

_ ~

/^

2dt
2
f

J
a

V4
a

<2

du _ r ~ J w Vw2 _
7,

a-

= - sec~^ - + C =
J V2 2:2
This

sec~^

tt
3

C'-

may
let

suggest formula

XVI.
is

If,

however, we

let

u = X V2, du =

V2 dx,
M

which

not a constant times x dx.


1.

We

should

2x2

Then xdx =

du and
1

xdx

rdu

= |V^4-C = ^V2x2
Ex.
If
7.

+ l+C.

/ e**

'

sec2

x dx.

=
/

tan

X,

by formula XVIII
X dx

c**' sec2

/ e"

du

e"

+ C = e**

'

4- C.

18

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. 2

EXERCISES
Determine the values
1.

of the following integrals:


21.

(sin

2X

cos 3 x) dx.

cos

x sin

a;

dx.

sec"

X dx

+
3.

2 tan X
sin

Jsin
^

(n< 4- a) d<.

23.

^~
r
r
-^ 1

cos 2 X dx

4.

fsec^^edd.

24.

ec^ (ax)

2x' dx

tan (ax)
^^^

6.

ycsc ^ cot ^ dd.


Jcos^sin^de.
dx

25.

6.

26
27.

J
I

V3 2x2 f?i^
3 X-

+4
dx

/ cos" X
J

"^

V3 x"

'

sin"x sin" X
sin

29.

X dx cos* X
CSC 2

-^
30.

r / V VTx^ +
7 x"

dx ^i^

11.

cot- j

CSC

-de
31.

12.

J'cos(x2 l)xdx.
32.

r__zE_ CJ X Va"x" dx 3- 4x" dx

/
/'

13.

^ r+ff cos"3x

dx.

/
(3x2)dx
-^

gg
'

14.
.

r(8ecxrl

1)2 dx.

15.

17

*n

//
^
I

sin

cosx

dx.

34.

-^

/x
36.

^4-x" / 2x + 3 dx. V x" + 4


j
' .

-p 4

4 X"

r (co8x
sin"

+ sinx)"

- 5 '^* ^^~^
dx.
.

ntj

X cos X dx.

^ '* oo JttJ.

COS X dx f cos J ^2^ sin" X

19.

r tan' X sec* x da?, J


, I

/^''in sin I

X cos x dx ;== V
C(

sin"

20.

r8ec"xtanxdxl
^

89.

r_22i^.

+ sin" X

Art 9
40.

Integrals Co.vtai.vi.vg a Qctadratic Expression


sec-xdx
,

19

/ tanx Vtan^x-

-_ ^
*

r^'dx rj
-^ 1

l'

+ e*'

Vl-cosd"

60-

/ '^

/x[4-(lnx)^r
r
^

6L
X
52.

sin

X cos x ax

j^^
/*_^_
e-^

v'cos- X

siii^

45.

r-^
x^
I

k2^

63.

CO

r
,

g'' <^J^

46.
47.

/e-..dx.

^^^--,g

^^
dx
64.

/(."+e-)dx.
Integrals Containing ax^

/e^

+ e-

9.

+ 6x +

c.

Integrals
-\-

con-

taining a quadratic expression ax- -\-hx

can often be reduced to manageable form by completing the square of

03?

+ hx.
1.

Example

/ ^

., ,

j-^-

Completing the square, we get


3 x2
If

+6 +5
a;

(x2

+ 2 X + 1) + 2
rf

3(x

+ 1)- + 2.

then M

(x

+ 1) Vd,

dx (x + 1) ^ r ^ _i_ r_(du f J 3x2 + 6x + 5 ~J 3(x + l)2 + 2 V3 J w- + 2

Ve
-

tan-(lI^ + C. V2

J V2 The
and 3 X
2

3X

coefficient of x- being negative,

in a parenthesis preceded

we place the terms x* by a minus sign. Thus

3X

x2

(x2

+ 3 x)

V-

(a;

iY-

20
If then,

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap.

2:

+ I,

we have

r
Ex.3.

2dx

J V2-dx-x^

r
J

2sin-i

f-7^

+ C.

/; V4 x2 + 4 + 2
a:

^ (2^-1)^^-

Since the numerator contains the


resolve the integral into

first

power

of x,

we

two

parts,

r (2x-l)dx ^1 r (Sx-\-4:)dx J V4x2-f4a:+2 4-4 x-h2 3:4-2 V4rr2 -4-4 3:4-2 4^ 4J V V4rr2 4x^+4
In the
first

C dx J V4x2+4x+2 ^
^

integral

to the differential of 4

numerator

is

dx.

on the right the numerator is taken equal In the second the a;^ + 4 x + 2. The outside factors \ and 2 are chosen

so that the

two

sides of the equation are equal.

The

first

integral has the

form

The second integral The final result is


{'2,x\)dx

is

evaluated by completing the square..

r-x

J* >/4x2+4x

+2
In

(2x

-f

l-f V4x2
7

+ 4x + 2) + C.
(2

EXERCISES
1
'

Jx2-f6x4-13"
J i' -1- 4 V9 J. tJ ^V 2-H4x-4x
-r

r__^__

-f-

5)

^-

(2 X - 1) dx -^Vax^-ex +
^-

J4x 4x

dx 2*

3^

dx

VS x2 +

4 X -h 2

>/
^

rf:c

J 3 x2 + f "" J /;(2x 4-1)^4x^-1- 4 x-1


11.

X dx j-2x 2 X -h 2 (2x X -1- 3) dx. (2

VI+6X-5X-'
(x- 3) V2x2- 12x4-15
dx (i-|-o)(x4-6) (i-|-o)(x-f 6)"

r .f'^r^V'^,. J (x^ 2x 4- 3)1


J
c/

^2.

y-

--dx.

^^
^^'

r J 2e*^4-3e*

e'dx

Integrals of Trigonometric Fdnctioks

21

10. Integrals of Trigonometric Functions. A power of a trigonometric function multiplied bj' its differential can be integrated by Formula I. Thus, if w = tan x,

tan^ X

sec-

xdx =

u*

du

^ tan^ x

-\-

C.

Differentials can often be reduced to the

above form

by

trigonometric transformations.
following examples.

This

is

illustrated

by the

Example
If
1

1.

sin*

x cos* x dx.
as

we take
sin^ X,

cos

xdx

du and use the

relation cos^

the other factors can be expressed in terms of sin X without introducing radicals. Thus

sin*

X cos' xdx

=
(1

sin*

x cos* x cos x dx

=
Ex.
2.

sin*

a;

sin* x)

dsinx =

} sin*

a;

sin'^ a:

+C

tan' x sec* x dx.

If
1

we take

sec*

x dx as du and use the relation

sec*

+
=

tan- x, the other factors can be expressed in terms rf

tan x A^nthout introducing radicals.


tan' X sec* xdx

Thus
x

tan' x

sec*

sec*

x dx

j tan'

(1

+ tan* x) d tan x

= itan*x+itanx + C.
Ex.
3.
I

tan^xsec'xrfx.

^2
If

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. i\
rela-

we take tan x

sec x dx

d sec x as du, and use the

tion tan^ X
/

=
X

sec^

1,

the integral takes the form


tan^ x

tan^

sec'

xdx=

sec^

x tan x sec x dx

=
=
Ex.
4.
I

j (sec^

a;

1) sec^

X'dsecx

i sec* X

I sec' x-{- C.

sin 2

a;

cos 3 x dx.

This

is

the product of the sine of one angle and the cosine

of another.
difference

This product can be resolved into a

sum

or

by the formula

sin

AcosB =
sin

Thus
X cos

^ [sin (A ~~^

+ 5) + sin (A - B)].

Sx =

=
Consequently,
/

^ [sin 5 a; I [sin 5 re

+ sin ( x)]

sin x]

sin 2

X cos

dxdx =

^ j (sin 5

a;

sin x)

dx

=
Ex.
If
5.
/

tV cos 5 X

+ ^ cos x + C

tan* x dx.

we

replace tan^ x

by

sec^

a;

1,

the integral becomes

tan* a: da;

tan' a; (sec- a;

l)dx

= jtan^x

tan^xdx.

The
/

integral

is

thus

made

to

depend on a simpler one

tan' X dx.
/

Similarly,
j tail

tan'

xdx =

(sec^

a;

1) da:

^ tan^

a:

+ In cos x.

Hence

finally
I

tan*

xdx =

I tan*

| tan^ x

In cos x

+ C.

Art. 12

Trigonometric SuBSTmrrioxs

23

11.

Even Powers

of Sines

and Cosines.

Integrals of

the f^rm

f^
where
fail.

sin"

X cos" X dx,

Art. 10.

odd can be evaluated by the methods of however, those methods In that case we can evaluate the integral by the use
or n
If
is

both

m and n are even,


1

of the formulas

sin^u
cos'^u

= =

cos 2

2u + cos 2

'

(11)

sin

u cos u =

sin

2u
2

Example

1.

co^xdx.

By the above formulas


I

cos^

xdx =

(cos^

xy dx =

^
j

dx

= r(i

+ |cos2x + icos22a;)
-\-

Ex.
2.
/

f [\ + ^ cos2x + 1(1
f
a;

cos^x)]dx

+ 4 sin 2 X +

3^5

sin

4X

+ C.

cos^

X sin- x dx.

cos*
I

X sin* xdx

sin* I J

2xdx=

1(1

cos Ax) dx

=
12.

2:

^V sin 4 X

+ C.

Trigonometric

Substitutions.
4- X-,

Differentials
a*,

con-

taining

Va-

X-,

Va2

or

Vx-

which are not

24

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. 2

reduced to manageable form by taking the radical as a new variable, can often be integrated by one of the folbwing
substitutions:

For Va^ For Va^


1.

x^,

let let
let
l

x
a;

a sin Q. a tan
Q.

+ x^,
a^,

For

V'a:^

= =

a sec Q.
x^dx.

Example
Let X

Va^

a sin 6.

Then
x"^

V a^
Consequently,

a cos

0,

dx

a cos

c?^.

fVa''- x^dx =
Since
6
a:

a2

Ccos^ddd

= ^(^

+ ^sin 2 ^W C.
a;

a sin d,
,

sm~^ a

a^

>

- sm 2
2

= sm cos 6 =

/,

Va^
5

x"^

a^

Hence

finally

J
^^2If

fV^^^r^^dx = ^sin-i-+^Va2-x2
2

+ C.

J ^^2^aY
let
a;

we

a tan

^, 3:^

+ 0^

a^ sec^ 6,

dx

a sec^

d^j

and

/(^^ = i/s"S-0 = ^/^^^'^^^


=
Since
a;

iT^

(^

+ sin

cos e)

+ C.
=
:. -t-i a^ -\- x^

otan0,
'

tan-^-, a

sin

cos

Hence

dx
(a;2

_ 11"

_i

a;
"I

+ a2)2-2a3L

a "^a^ ^^^^J

^ "^ ^'

Art 12

it6

77

Trigonometric ScBSTrrunoNis

EXERCISES
1.

sin'

X dx.

21.

J
J

sin* ax di.

2.

J cos'xdz. J
(cos

22.

cos*

ax dx.

3.

+ sin x) dx,

23.

Jcoe* X sin* X dx.


Jcos* i X
I

4.

J
J

cos*

z sin* X dx.
I cos* \xdx.

24.

sin* ^

rdx.

5.

sin*

26.

sin'xdx.
.

6.

rsin3coe3ddff.

26.

j^_^. sinx
(
/

7.

JCcos*
/

sin* 9) sin ad0

27.

+ cos X

g
g

cos^ X
1

J J
10
11.
I

dx sin X

28.

j/l +Bined0.

/ cos-

zdx
X
dg
80.
29.

sin
sin* g

J*Vx*

adi.

r J

cos g

fV^^+^'dx.

sec*xdx.

31.

^'^
f.
^-^

12.

jcsc^ydy.
j

32.

f
^

(x*-

o*)*

13.

tan*xdx.

14.

pec3g

sec
^

+ tang + tan
fl

16.

Jtan
j

X sec*

x dx.

16.

tan* 2 x sec' 2 x dx.


36.

(a*

x2)i

17.

Jcot'xdx.
I
/

fx^V3?
-/

+ a*dx.
a*

18.

tan'xdx.

37.

r-^^=. V +
X* I*

j^g

cos*xdx J sin* X

88.

f^x' 4x + 5dx,
r
^

20.

sec'

X C8C X dx.

39.

^-^---^^^^

V2 2x

4x

26
13.

Formulas and Methods of Integration


Integration of Rational Fractions.

Chap, 2

fraction, such

as
x^

-2x-S
is

whose numerator and denominator are polynomials


a rational fraction.
If

called

the degree of the numerator

is

equal to or greater than

that of the denominator, the fraction should be reduced


division.

by

Thus

x'-2x-Z

+ 2 x2-2a;+3
' ' '

A fraction with numerator of lower degree than its denominator can be resolved into a sum of partial fractions with denominators that are factors of the original denominator.
Thus
lOx + G ^ x^-2x-^

lOx

+6

9
,

(a;-3)(x+l)

x-3"^x +
trial.

l'

These fractions can often be found by


ceed as in the following examples.

If not, pro-

Case 1. Factors ^id none repeated.

of the

denominator

all

of the first degree

rx*

+ 2x + 6.

Dividing numerator by denominator, we get


x*
x^

-\-

+ 2x-\-Q ^^_^
x^

3x2

+6
2x

2x

7? -\-x^

=
Assume
3 x2

+6 x-l + X (x 3x2 - 1) (x + 2)
JL.

(x

1) (x

+6 ^A^. ^ + 2) X X '

^
X

'

+2
ways
of

The two

sides of this equation are merely different

Art. 13

Integration of Rational Fractions

27

writing the

same

function.

If

then we clear of fractions, the

two

sides of the resulting equation

3 x2

+6=A

(x

1) (x

+ 2) + fix (x + 2) + Cz

(a;

- 1)

= {A-{-B-\-C)x^-\-{A-\-2B-C)x-2A
are identical.

That

is

A+B + C =

3,

A-\-2B-C =
we
get

0,

-2A
3.

Q.

Solving these equations,

A = - 3,
Conversely,
if

B=

S,

C =

A, B, C, have these values, the above equaTherefore


1

tions are identically satisfied.

J^+a:^-2x ^=Jl^-^-x+^^ + ^^^


rx^
,

+ 2x + 6

= |x2-x- 31nx
z

+ 31n(xX

1)

+31n(x + 2)+C

The

constants can often be determined more easily by

substituting particular values for x

on the two

sides of the

equation.
3 x2
is

Thus, the equation above,

+6

(x

1) (x

+ 2) + fix (x + 2) + Cx (x is

1)

particular,

an identity, that if x = 0,

is, it

satisfied

by

all

values of

x.

In

it

becomes

6= -2A,
tihence

A =
we
get

3.

Similarly,

by
18

substituting x

and

2,

whence

fi

= 35, = 3,

= C =

6 C,
3.

Case

2.

Factors of the denominator


*

all of first

degree

but some repeated.

(8x^
(x

+ 7)dx + l)(2x +

28

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. 2

Assume

Corresponding to the repeated factor {2 x -\- ly, we thus introduce fractions with (2 x + 1)' and all lower powers as
denominators.
Clearing and solving as before,
1,

we

find
0.

A =
Hence

B=

12,

C= -

C,

D=

Case

3.

Denominator containing factors of the second

degree but none repeated.

Ex.3.

/"*-^^t + idx.
of the

The factors Assume

denominator are x

and

x^

-\-

-\-

1.

With the

Bx-\-C + x+ 1 ^ A -\ l X - l^ x^ + X we thus use a quadratic denominator x^ + x +


4 x^
X^
-\-

1,

numerator that

Ex

C.

not a single constant but a linear function Clearing fractions and solving for A, B, C, we find
is

A =2,
Therefore

B=

(x

2,

C =

1.

x^

\x

x^
1)

= 21n
Case
degree,

+ X 4- 1/ + In (x2 + X 4-

1)

+ C.

4. Denominator containing some being repeated.

factors of the second

Ex.4:.

C-f^A'^.dx. 1)2'
(X2+

Art 14

I^'TEGRAI;s

29

Assume
x'

(X^

+ 1 ^A + 1)2 X

Bx-hC
'

Dx-\-E
'

(X2

1)2

X-

Corresponding to the repeated second degree factor (x^ 1)^, we introduce partial fractions having as denominators ly and all lower powers of x^ (x^ 1, the numerators

being

all

of first degree.

Clearing fractions and solving for

A, B, C,D, E, we find

A =
Hence

l,

B=-l, C=-l, D=-l, E =


"^^

l.

(X2

1)2

J
=
In

Ix
,

(X2

+1)2

X2

'^
1

Vx2+

tan-i x +C +^ 2 2 (x2 + 1)
,

,.

'

14.

Integrals Containing {ax


p

+ b)'. Integrals containz'^.

ing (ox

+ 6)9

can be rationalized by the substitution


ax-\-h

If

several fractional

powers of the same linear function ax

ax

6 occur, the substitution

+ & = 2"
all

may

be used, n being so chosen that

the roots can be

extracted.

Examvlel.
Let X

2^.

f l + Vi J Then dx =

^^
2 z dz and 22

= =
Ex.2.

2 In

2 Vi -

+ 2) + C 2 In (l + Vx) + C.
(1

rJ2r3)^^x J r2r(2x-3)^+l

30

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. 2

To

rationalize

both

(2

a;

3)*

and

(2

a;

3),

let

2x-Z
J
(2a;

z\

Then

-3^ + 1 J
=f

2'

+1
f

J\

2'+!

dz

= 3(y (2
a;

+ 1 - 2 + tan-i2) + C
(2

+ (2 - 3) - 3 (2a; - 3) + tan-^ (2a: - 3) + C.


3)^

3)^

a:

EXERCISES
X3
1.

2.

X2- 3a; 2x + 3

+ X2 dx. +2
dx.

L4.

/ X*x3
x^

x*dx
1'

/dx
+
1*

3.

4.

J x' 1 r x^ + l ^^^ - "^ {x'' J X {x^ 1) r x^ x3- 1 dx. J 4x]

x^dx

+ l'
dx

X*
/

xdx
6.

(X

1) (x

+ 3)

(X

+ 5)

2 x2 2x-=

+ x^ + X 2
X*
;

J
X*

(x2(X2

1)2

'^^"

6.

16xdx (2x-l)(2x-3)(2x-5)'

/
(x

+ 24 x^

- 8X
dx.

7.

f4^.dx. x^ x^ J
x'dx
(x

20.
1)**

D* dx
X
x X'
^i

8.

+
dx

l)(x-

i_ /x*
21. 22.

dx.

9.

J
/x^/^JT6dx.

10.

/(f^y-

11.

/ x^

dx
X*

vT+^r vx23.
/

+3
dx
1) (X*

dx.

x'dx
12.

/ (x* / (x*

24.

4)*'

(X*

1)

xdx
13.
4)>

dx
26.

/ y/x+l - Vx

'

Art.

15

Integration by Parts

31

15.

Integration by Parts.

From the formula


-\-

(uv)

= udv
f^d**

udv
V du,

we

get

udv = d
whence
j

{uv)

udv = uv

j V du.

(15)

If j

vdu

is

known
is

this gives

v du.

Integration

by the

use of this formula

called integration by parts.

Example
Let u

1.

jlnxdx.

\n X, dv

dx.

Then du =

X
j

dx
,

x,

and

l]nxdx = \nx'X

x-

= xQnxEx.
2.
/

1)

+C.

x^ sin

x dx.

Let u

x^

and dv

sin

dx.

Then du = 2 x

dx,

t;

cos x,

and
/

x^ ^ sin

xdx = x^ cos x

+
-\-

I j

2x cos x dx.
!

second integration by parts with u

x, dv

cosx

dx^

gives
I

2 X cos xdx

= 2xsmx

2 sin

xdx

=
Hence
/

2 X sin a;

+ 2 cos x + C

finally

x* sin

xdx = x^ cos x

+ 2 x sin x + 2 cos x + C.

32

Formulas and Methods of Lvtegration

Chap. 2

The method

of integration

to functions that are simplified

by parts applies particularly by differentiation, like In x,

or to products of functions of different classes, like x sin x. In applying the method the given differential must be resolved into a product u dv. The part called dv must have a known integral and the part called u should usually be

simplified

by Sometimes

differentiation.

after integration

by

parts a multiple of the


right side of the equation.

original differential appears


It

on the

can be transposed to the other side and the integral can be solved for algebraically. This is shown in the following
examples.

Ex.

3.

/v^
/

Va2

x^dx

Integrating by parts with u

= Va^
x^

x^,

dv

dx,

we

get

/v
Adding

a^

x^dx

Va^

x^dx Va2J
/
,

a^ to the

^n equivalent integral,

numerator of the integral and subtracting this becomes


I ,

/Va^ x^dx = x Va^ x"^

J Vo2-x2

dx-^-d?

J Va'-x^
-

= X Va^ - x^ - fVa'-x^dx + a^ f /^ J J Va^-x^


Transposing / ^a^

^^

dx and dividing by

2,

we

get

/Va2 -x^dx = ^ Va2 Ex.


4.
I

x^

+^

sin"^

+ C.

e"*

cos hx dx. parts with


,

Integrating
e'"'

/.

by

u =
r

e^',

dv

cos bx dx,

we

get

cos bx dx

e"^ sin 6a;

a
r

Ce"^ n. v j dx. sm bx

Art. 16

Reduction Formulas

3S
ef',

Integrating

by parts again with


e^^sinftx T

do

sin hx dx,

/,
gives

this

becomes
,

f"cos,hxdx=

a[
r
-\-

e"'cos6x
T

hr
a^

/*_,
I

t (f'smhxdxX

" ^'
Transposing the

(b sin hx
i

a cos hx\
j

"^

e"sm6x(ix.
1

last integral

and dividing by
hx
a2
-\-

+ -^,

this

e" cos 6a; rfx

fh sin
e*"'
f

a cos hx\
/

+ 62

Reduction Formulas. Integration by parts is often used to make an integral depend on a simpler one and so to obtain a formula by repeated appUcation of which the given integral can be determined.
16.

To

illustrate this

take the integral


/

sin"

X dx,
Integrating

wnere n

is

a positive integer.
dv

by

parts with

u =

sin*"^ X,

sin

x dx, we get
/

/sin"xdx=

sin"~^xcosx+

(n

1) sin*~'xcos'a;dx
I

= sin""^ x cos X + (n 1)

sin""-

(1

sin' x) dx

sin""' X cos

-{-

(n 1)

sin""'

dx

(n 1)
Transposing the

sin'xdx.

last integral

and dividing by
, 1

n,
.

we

get
,

J /. sin" xdx =

sin"~'

X cos X

Csin"~' , x dx. J
I

By
/

successive application of this formula


sin"

we can make
IS

X dx depend on

dx or

j sin

x dx according as n

even or odd.

34

Formulas and Methods of Integration

Chap. 2

Example.

j sin^

x dx.

By

the formula just proved


sin^

J /. sin^ xdx =

X cos X
^
5

b
fi

1"

/ ^^^

^ ^^
,

= =

sin^

x cos x g
a

r + g|_
,

sin^

a;

cos

re

^
.

+ jjsin^a:dxj
,

"I

sin^a;cosa;

H7 24

sin^

X cos a;

5 7^ sin a; cos X Id
.

+^ + 77; Id
.

a;

(7.

EXERCISES
1.
\

X cos 2 X dx.
xdx.

11.

X? e-* dx.

2.

Jinx-

12.

J*
3.

(x

1)2 sin (2 x) dx.

Jsin-ixdx.
I

13_

JVi^^T^dx.
>.
,

4.

X tan-^ X dx.
14.
Va-''

5.

+ ^ j^ dx /,In X Vx- 1
fin (x
-

J
I J

Va^

+ x^dx.

x'O dx.

16.

e^ sin 3 x dx.
cos X dx.

7.

In (In

x)^.

^T

16.

^(f
I

-^

8.

Jx^ sec- xdx.


re-*ln(c*
(x^e^dx..

" /^-^i'^2xdx.
l)dx.
18.

9.

j'sec'^edd.

10.

19.
I

sin 2

X cos 3 xdx.

20.

Prove the formula

/_
and
xise it

sec" (x) dx

sec"-''

X tan x
1

n 2

/
I

n
J

IJ

_ / s , sec"-2 (x) dx.

to integrate

sec*

x dx.

21.

Prove the formula

and use

it

to integrate j (o*

x*)' dx.

CHAPTER

III

DEFINITE INTEGRALS
17. Summation. Between x = a and a: = 6 let f{x) be a continuous function of x. Di\'ide the interval between a and h into any number of equal parts Ax and let X\, Xz, Form the sum Xn, be the points of di\'ision.
. .

/(a)Aa:+/(x,)Ax+/(x2)Aa;+
This sum
is

+/(x,)Ax.

represented by

the notation

etc.,

Since / (a), /(xi), /(xj), are the ordinates of

the

curve
Xi, X2,

y
(xi)

= f

(x)

at

etc.,

the terms

/ (a) Ax, /
etc.,

Fig. 17a. Ax, / (xa) Ax, represent the areas of the rectangles in Fig.
(x)
1.

17a,

and 2^^f

Ax

is

the

sum

of those rectangles.

Example

Find the value of

V' x^ Ax
inter%'al

when Ax =
between
1

|,

The
is

and 2

Ax =

divided into parts of length The points of division ^.

are 1{,

U,

If.

Therefore

Fig. 176.

2^'x2Ax= P.Ax+(|)2Ax-h (1)2 Ax + (1)2 Ax = -/Ax = ^3.i = 1.97.

Ex.

2.

X-axis, the

From

Find approximately the area bounded by the curve y = V^, and the ordinates x = 2, x = 4. Fig. 176 it appears that a fairly good approxima35

36

Definite Integrals

Chap. 3

tion will be obtained

by dividing the
0.2.

interval between 2

and

4 into 10 parts each of length thus obtained is

The value

of the area

^Wx Ax={V2-\-V2^+\/2A-\The area


Art. 20)
18.

'

+V3^) (0.2) =3.39.

correct to

two decimals (given by the method of

is 3.45.

Definite

indefinitely

and Indefinite Integrals. the number of parts into which

If

we
a
is

increase
divided,

(x)

Ax

usually

approaches a limit. This limit is called the definite integral of / (x) dx between x = a and x = b. It is represented by
the notation
/

f{x)dx.

That

is

f'f (x) dx = lim

2V

(^) Aa;.

(18)

The number a
the integral.

is

called the lower limit, b the

upper limit of

In contradistinction to the definite integral (which has a


definite value), the integral that

we have

previously used
is

(which contains an undetermined constant)

called

an

in-

definite integral.

The
be

connection between the

two integrals shown in Art.


19.

will

21.

Geometrical

Representation. If
the curve y = f (x) lies above the a:-axis and a < 6, as in Fig. 17a,
Fig. 19o.
/

(x)

dx represents

by the sum of the inscribed rectangles and that limit is the area between x = a and x = b bounded by the curve and the ic-axis.
the limit approached

Art.

19

Geometrical Representation

37

At a point below the a;-axis the ordinate / {x) is negative and so the product / (x) Ax is the negative of the area of the
corresponding rectangle.

Therefore (Fig. 19a)


of rectangles

^
and

/ (x) Ax

= (sum

above OX)

in the limit

(sum of rectangles below OX),

i: f

(x)

dx

(area

above OX)

(area below

OX)

(19a)

Fig. 196.
If,

however, a
6,

>

from o to we have /

Ax is

6, as in Fig. 196, x decreases as we pass negative and instead of the above equation

(x)

dx

(area below

OX)

(area

above OX).

(19b)

Example

1.

Show

graphically that

sin'xdx

0.

The curve y = sin^ x is shown in Fig. 19c. Between X = and x = 2ir the areas above and below the X-axis are equal. Hence
27r

sin'xdx = Ai ^2 = 0.
2.

Fig. 19c.

Ex.

Show

that
/ -''

dx

e-^'

dx.

38

Definite Integrals

Chap. 3
It is

The curve y =

e~^' is

shown

in Fig. 19a.

symmetrical

with respect to the ^-axis.

The
and
X

area between x
a:

= 1
and

is

therefore equal

to that between x

1.

Consequently
dx

Je''
Fig. 19d.

= Ai-\-A2^ 2 At =
2 fe-^'dx. Jo

EXERCISES
Find the values of the following sums:
1.

xAx,
10

Ax =

\.

2.x:
3.

Ax
X

Ax =

1.

V]_ VxAx,
Show
that

Ax =
V

\.

4.

7
approximately.
5.

sin

X Ax

cos -

Use a table

of natural sines

and take Ax = -^^

Calculate x approximately
>i

by the formula Ax =
X2
0.1.

'-s:r +
6.

Ax

y
is

=
f
7.

X*,

Find correct to one decimal the area bounded by the parabola the X-axis, and the ordinates x = 0, x = 2. The exact area

By

Find correct to one decimal the area of the circle x^ + y^ = 4. representing the integrals as areas prove graphically the following

equations
8.

Jo

f'sin {2x)dx =

0.

J-2t cos^ X dx

=
2

0.
ir

10.

Jo

sin'

xdx =

Ja

sin*

x dx.

Art 20
+

DebitATTV of Aba

39

It

xdx
1

X
J_l
1

+x*

0.

"
13.

dx

+ X*

Jo

l+x*

J"

fix)dx =j"' fia- x)dx.

20.

Derivative of Area.

The

area

bounded by a

curve

y=f{x),
a fixed ordinate x = a, and a movable ordinate MP, function of the abscissa x of the movable ordinate.
is

The increment

Let X change to x of area

+
is

Ax.

AA = MPQN.
Construct the rectangle

MP'Q'N

equal
If

in

area
of

to

MPQN.
points
of

some

the
are

the arc

PQ

above P'Q', others must be


below to make

MP'Q'N
intersects

equal.

PQ at

and Hence P'Q' some point R.

MPQN

Fig. 20.

Let

y'

be the ordinate of R.

Then

y' is

the altitude of

MP'Q'N and so ^A = MPQN = MP'Q'N = y' Ax.

Consequently

^A
Ax

y'

When Ax
approaches

y.

approaches zero, if the curve Therefore in the hmit

is

continuous, y'

dA
Let the indefinite integral of /

(20a)
(x)

dx be

I'

f{x)dx

Fix)-\-C.

40

Definite Integrals
(20a)

Chap. 3

From equation

we then have
Cf{x)dx = F{x)+C.
a.

A =
The area
is

zero

when x =

Consequently

= F(a)+C,
whence C

= F (a) and

A=F{x)
This
X.
is

-F(a).

the area from x

The area between a: = a&ndx =

a to the ordinate 6 is then

MP with abscissa
(20b)

A = F (b) - F (a).
The
difference

(h)

F
is,

(a) is

often represented

by the

notation

F {x)

that

Fix)
21.

= Fib)-F (a).

(20c)

Relation of the Definite and Indefinite Integrals.


I

a,

The
x

definite integral

(x)

dx

is

equal to the area bounded

by the curve y = f

(x),

the x-axis, and the ordinates x

b.

If

f^
by equation
(20b)

'*fix)dx

F(x)

+ C,
F
(a).

this area is

(b)

We therefore
(21)

conclude that

f{x)dx^F{x)
that
is,

^F{b)-F{a),
j

to

find the value of the definite integral

(x) dx,

substitute

a,

and x

= bin
from

the indefinite integral

f (x) dx

and

subtract the former

the latter result.

Art 22

Properties of Definite Integrals

41

Example.

Find the value of the integral


'1

r
Jo

dx
1

+x

The value

required

is

n
Jo
22.
gral has the
I.

dx

1+X2

tan~^ X

tan~*

tan-iO

7-

Properties of Definite Integrals.

definite inte-

foUowing simple properties:

rfix)dx= - rfix)dx.
r / (x)
dx =

n.

ff ix) dx-^i'f (x) dx.


a

m.

/V W dx^ih- a)f(xd,

x^

h.

The first of these is due to the fact that if Ax is positive when X varies from a to 6, it is negative when x varies from The two integrals thus represent the same area with h to a.
different algebraic signs.

Fig. 22a.

Fig. 22&.

The second property expresses that the area from a to c sum of the areas from a to 6 and b to c. This is the ease not only when h is between a and c, as in Fig. 22a, but also when 6 is beyond c, as in Fig. 226. In the latter
is

equal to the

case

(x)

dx

is

negative and the

sum

rf(x)dx-\- rf{x)dx da t/5


is

equal to the difference of the two areas.

42

Definite Integrai^

Chap. 3

Equation III expresses that the area


altitude

PQMN

is

equal to

that of a rectangle

P'Q'MN

with

between

MP and NQ.

23. Infinite Limits. It has been assumed that the limits a and h were finite. If the integral

dx
Fig. 22c.
'J a

approaches a limit when b increases indefinitely, that limit

/
a

(x) dx.

That

is,

t/r.

f (x) dx

lim
5=30

fV ^a

(x) dx.

(23)

If

the indefinite integral

Jf{x)dx = F{x)
approaches a limit when x increases indefinitely,

r
/a

/(re)

dx

lim [F
6 = 00

(6)

- F (a)] = F (oo) - F (a).


if

The value

is

thus obtained by equation (21) just as

the

limits were finite.


..00

Example

1.

dx
1

/o

+ x^

The

indefinite integral is

f dx ^ J l-\-x'
When X
approaches

tan~^ X.

infinity, this

approaches

jr

Hence

dx
J/100

tan~^a;

Art. 24

Infixtte Values op the


r*aa

PuNcnoN

iZ

Ex.

2.

'cosxdx.
/

The indefinite when X increases

integral sin
indefinitely.

a:

does not approach a limit

Hence

r
has no definite value.
24.

cosxdx

Infinite

Values of the Function.


infinite

If

the function

/ (x) becomes
the limit

when x =

6,

f{x) dxis defined as

Jf
a

(x)

dx

lim
z=b

/ (x)

dx,

*J a

z being between a
Similarly,
if

and

6.

(a) is infinite,

J/
a

(x)

dx

lim
z=a

/ (x)

dx,

*J z

z being
If
b,

between a and

6.

the function becomes infinite at a point c between o and

(x)

dx

is

defined

by the equation
(24)

rf{x)dx= rf{x)dx+ rf(x)dx.


t/a
i/a
/c

Example

dx
1.
/

When

0,

-77=

vx

is

infinite.

We

therefore divide the

integral into

two parts:
dx

3 2

3^
2

J -I V X

J_i

VX

Jo

v^

44

Definite Integrals

Cha|i. 3

Ex.2
If

dx

we

use equation (21),

we

get
1

'^dx^_l
'-1 x:

= -2.
-1

x^

Since the integral


absurd.

is

obviously positive, the result


x^

we

is

This
Q.

is

due to the fact that -5 becomes

infinite

when X =

Resolving the integral into two parts,

get

ri dx

ndx

n dx

25.

Change

of Variable.

If

a change of variable

is

made

in evaluating

an

integral, the limits

can be replaced by

the corresponding values of the new variable. suppose that when x is expressed in terms of t,

To

see this,

fix)dx s>
is

=
=

Fix)

changed into
'

f<
If
to, tif

<i>{t)dt

^{t).

are the values of

t,

corresponding to

Xo, Xi,

F
and so
that
is

(xo)

= $ (to),

F (x,) = $ (<i),

F{xr)-F{xo)=^{U)-^{k),

rf(x)dx= f
If

<f>{t) dt.

more than one value

of

corresponds to the same value

of X, care should be taken to see that to

when

varies from

X varies from Xo to values, / (x) dx = 4> (t) dt.


ti,

Xi,

and that

for all intermediate

Example.

Va^

x^ dx.

Art.

26

Change of Variables

45

Substituting x

a sind, we find

When

a,

sin0

1,

and

K'

When x = a,

sind

= 1 and

= -.
T

Therefore
r cos^ Odd =^ld-\-^sm 2e]'

J''

V^^^^dx = a^r
~2

^
|t

"2

Since sin^Tr

= 1,

it

might seem that we could use


then get

as the lower limit.

We should

"'I
s

cos'dde=

-^
is

This

is

crosses

the

not correct because in passing from |t to ^x, third and second quadrants. There cos 6

negative and

Va^
and not

7? dx =

{ a cos d)

cos Odd,

o' cos' d d6 as

assumed above.

EXERCISES
Find the values of the following
/4

definite integrab:
6.
I

1.

sec*

a;

dr.

'-

xlnxdx.

J a Va-
8.

tanxdx.

3.

f
(^

{x-l)^dx.

xdx

ra\a2(
Jo
>

_\
^

^-4 Vj2

144
do.

sin'

10.

J^

;^-

46

Definite Integrals

Chap. 3

J
11.

13.

J
2

csc^xdx.

'<'

e-k'x^xdx.

12
/i

X y/x^

Evaluate the following definite integrals by making the change of


variable indicated:

r*
16.

Vr -^
X
dz

-dx,

x-\=z\
^
1^

_^

18.

Jo

^^-. 5 sm +

-;

r-T-f
sin^ 9

Sin

0=2.

Jo

a^+x^

CHAPTER

IV

SIMPLE AREAS AND VOLUMES


Area Bounded by a Plane Curve. Rectangular The area bounded by the curve y = / (x), the X-axis and two ordinates x = a, x = b, is the limit approached by the sum of rectangles y Ax. That is,
26.

Coordinates.

Fig. 26a.

Fig. 266.

A = hm V ^^
Ai=0

y
a

Ax =

/
*J a

ydx=
by a

I
*J a

f{x)dx.

(26a)

Similarly,

the area bounded

curve, the abscissas

a,y

b,

and the

y-axis

is

A =

lim
Ay=0

2 X A?/ =

xdy.

(26b)

%J a

Example 1. Find the area bounded by the curve x y- and the i/-axis.
47

-|-

48

Simple Areas and Volumes


at y

Chap. 4

The curve (Fig. 26c) crosses the 2/-axis y = 2. The area required is, therefore,

and

Fig. 26c

A = J\dy=^ {2 + y-y^)dy = 2y + ^-y^


Ex.
2.

4i

Find the area within the

circle x^ -{ y^

16 and

parabola x^
Solving

?/.

the

equations
circle

simultaneously,
intersect
(Fig.

the

parabola and

at

P (

we find that 2V3, 2) and


the circle
is

(2\/3, 2).

The area

MPQN

2M) under

ydx=
The
area

\/l6-x2da: =

^x + 4V3.

MPO + OQN under the parabola is


2v/3 3.2

x
The
Ex. y
3.

,-

-2V3

6
is

area between the curves

the difference

MPQN - MPO - OQN = J/tt + J Vs.


Find the area within the hypocycloid x
4>.

sin^ 0,

cos^

Art.

26

Rectangular Coordinates

49

The area

OAB
/

in the first

quadrant

is

Jydx=
=

a CDs' <^ 3 a
X

sin^

<f>

cos

<t>

d<t>

3 a^

cos*

sin'^ 4>d<l)

g\ x a^

Fig. 26c.

The

entire area

is

then

^OAB =

lira\

EXERCISES
Find the area bounded by the Hne 2 y S x 5 =0, the x-axis, and the ordinates x = 1, x = 3. 2. Find the area bounded by the parabola y = 3 x-, the y-axis, and
1.

.^.

r the abscissas y
3.

2,

4.

Find the area bounded hy y' = x, the line y = ordinates x = 0, x = 3. 4. Find the area bounded by the parabola y = 2 x
X-axis.

2,

and the
and the

x-

.y 6. Find the area bounded by y 'z = 2, X = 8.


6.

In x, the x-axis,

and the ordinates

Find the area enclosed by the

ellipse

^ +g cr a7.

l.

Find the area bounded by the coordinate axes and the curve
j/i

x*

a*.


50
8.

Simple Areas and Volumes

Chap. 4

y
/

9.

Find the area within a loop of the curve x^ = y^ (i y^). Find the area within the loop of the curve y"^ = (x I) {x

2)2.
k^,

10.

Show

that the area

bounded by an arc

of the hyperbola

xy

the X-axis and the ordinates at its ends, is equal to the area bounded the same arc, the y-axis and the abscissas at its ends.

by

tX 11.
y-

Find the area bounded by the curves

y^

4.

ax, x^

ay.~\

12.

Find the area bounded by the parabola y

iline

2x

x"^

and the
r/^

X.

/
is

13.

Find the areas

of the

two parts into which the

circle x^

divided
14.

by the parabola
16.

y^

2 x.
x^

/
a;2

Find the area within the parabola

4y

4 and the circle

4-^ =
5.

16.

Find the area bounded by y* = 4 x, x^ = 4 y, and x'' + y^ = 5. Find the area of a circle by using the parametric equations
0,

a cos

a sin

6.

fn^
</
18.

Find the area bounded by the x-axis and one arch of the cycloid.
X

(4)

sin

</>),

(1

cos 0).

Find the area within the cardioid


X

a cos

d {1

cos

6),

a sin 0(1

<(>,

cos 6).

19.

Find the area bounded by an arch

of the trochoid,

cuj)

b sin

</>,

b cos

and the tangent


20. 21.

at the lowest points of the curve.


ellipse x"

Find the area of the

xy

y^
y"^

3.

Find the area bounded by the curve

=^

and

its as-

ymptote X = 2 a. 22. Find the area within the curve

l+(f)' =
27.

'-

nates.
radii

To

Area Bounded by a Plane Curve.


find the area of the sector

Polar Coordi-

POQ bounded by two

OP,

OQ and

the arc

PQ
into

of a given curve.

Divide the angle

POQ

and construct the


of these sectors

circular sectors

any number of equal parts A^ shown in Fig. 27a. One


A^.

ORS

has the area


i

OR^ A0 =

r2

Art 27
If

Polar Coordinates
/S

51

a and
is

are the limiting values of

6,

the

sum

of all the

sectors

then

As A^ approaches zero, this sum approaches the area the sector POQ. Therefore

of

A=

lim

r2A5=

^r^ dd.

(27)

Fig. 27a.

Fig. 276.

In this equation

must be replaced by

its

value in terms

of d from the equation of the curve.

Example.

Find the area of one loop of the curve

^
Its

sin 2

(Fig. 276).

A
area

loop of the curve extends from d


is

to 6

TT =-.

A=

r ^r^ dd = r ^sm^2e) dd
cos 4:d)dd

=fra-

xa*=

52

Simple Areas and Volumes

Chap. 4

EXERCISES
1.

Find the area

of the circle r

2.
3.

Find the area

of the circle r

= a. = a cos Q.
line

Find the area bounded by the coordinate axes and the

= asecfe -^y
4.

Find the area bounded by the

initial line

and the

first

turn of the

spiral r

ae^-

\b^ Find the area


6.

of

one loop of the curve


r

r^

=
cos

o^ cos 2 6.
fl

Find the area enclosed by the curve

=
a

+
cos

2.
0).

TT) Find the area within the cardioid r


8.

(1

+
r

Find the area bounded by the parabola

sec^

-^

and the

y-axis.
9.

Find the area bounded by the parabola


f

=
1

2a

cos 6

and the
10.

radii 9

-:,

^-

2
initial line

Find the area bounded by the

and the second and

third tiu-ns of the spiral r


11.

aB.

Find the area of the curve

2 a cos 3 9 outside the circle

a.

12.

Show

that the area of the sector bounded by any two radii of

the spiral rd
13.

= am

proportional to the difference of those radii.

Find the area asin 9. a cos 6

common

to the

two

circles

a cos
n

9,

14. 16. 16.

Find the entire area enclosed by the curve Find the area within the curve
(r

cos' 5
ff^).

aY =

a? {I

Through a point within a closed curve a chord is drawn. Show that, if either of the areas determined by the chord and curve is a maximum or minimum, the chord is bisected by the fixed point.
28. Volume of a Solid of Revolution. To find the volume generated by revolving the area ABCD about the
X-axis.

Inscribe in the area a series of rectangles as


Fig. 28a.

shown

in

One

of these rectangles

PQSR generates a

circular

Art 28

Volume of a Solid of Revolution'

53
of this

cylinder with radius y cylinder is

and

altitude Ax.

The volume

Ty-^x.
D

Fig. 28a.

If
IS

a and b are the limiting values of

x,

the

sum of the cylinders

2
The volume generated by

TZ/2AX.
is

the area

the limit of this


iry-dx.

sum
(28)
let
?/i

x?/-Ax=
If

the area does not reach the axis, as in Fig. 286,


t/2

and

be the distances from the axis to the bottom and top

Fig. 286.

of the rectangle
it

PQRS. When revolved about the axis^ generates a hollow cy Under, or washer, of volume
T
(2/2^

Vi^)

Ax.

54

Simple Areas and Volumes

Chap. 4

The volume generated by


V

the area
yi^)

is

then
/6
I

lim
Ai=0

y ^^

b
TT (?/2^

Ax =

TT

(yi^

y^) dx.

tJ a

If the area is revolved about some other axis, y in these formulas must be replaced by the perpendicular from a point

of the curve to the axis

and x by the distance along the

axis

to that perpendicular.

Example 1. Find the volume generated by revolving the ellipse

O
Fig. 28c.

Ax

ax
about the
x-axis.

From

the equation of the curve

we

get

The volume

required
J-'o Tty^dx

is,

therefore,

= -Y

^52

fa
{aJ
is

x^)

dx

=4 -Tah\
its

Ex. 2. A circle of radius a plane at the distance b (greater than a) from its center. Find the volume
generated.
Fig. 28d,
circle, the Revolve about the line

revolved about an axis in

CD.
radii

The

rectangle

MN

generates a washer with

R^

= b-x=b- Va^-y^,
Fig. 28d.
is

R^=b-^x=b-\- Va^-y\

The volume

of the

washer

{Ri"

Ri")

=4x6 Va'-y-'Ay.

Art. 28

Volume of a Solid of Revolution


required
V
is

55

The volume

then

r 4x6 Va2 _ y2dy = 2Tr^a%.


circle

Ex.
r

3.

Find the volume generated by revolving the

a sin 6 about the x-axis.

In this case

y X

= =

rsind rcosd
is

= =

sin- 6,

acosflsin^.

The volume
V

required

Ty^ dx

=
I

ira? sin*

(cos- d

sin- 6) d9

x-a-'

The reason for using x as the lower limit and as the upper is to make dx positive along the upper part ABC of the curve.

Fig. 28e.

As

OABCO.

from x to 0, the point P describes the path Along OA and CO dx is negative. The integral thus gives the volume generated by MABCN minus that
6 varies

generated by

0AM and OCN.


EXERCISES

Find the volume of a sphere by integration. Find the volume of a right cone by integration. 3. Find the volume generated by revolving about the z-axis the area X)unded by the i-axis and the parabola y = 2 x x*.
1.

2.

56
4.

Simple Areas and Volumes


Find the volume generated by revolving about

Chap.

OY

the area

bounded by the coordinate axes and the parabola x' + 2/ = a 5. Find the volume generated by revolving about the x-axis the
area bounded by the catenary y
lines

-x

ye"

-j-

e"y

the x-axis and the

a. X = 6. Find the volume generated by revolving one arch of the sine curve y = sin X about OX. 7. A cone has its vertex on the surface of a sphere and its axis 1/ Find the common volume. coincides with a diameter of the sphere. V 8. Find the volume generated by revolving about the y-axis, the part of the parabola y"^ = "iax cut off by the line x = a. iX 9. Find the volume generated by revolving about x = a the part of thp parabola y^ = 4tax cut off by the line x = a. 2 a the \/ 10. Find the volume generated by revolving about y = part of the parabola r/^ = 4 ax cut off by the line x a. 11. Find the volume generated by revolving one arch of the cycloid

((^

sin

<^),

(1

cos

<^)

about the x-axis. 12. Find the volume generated by revolving the curve

= o sin' <> X = o cos' 0, 2/ about the y-axis. 13. Find the volume generated by revolving the cardioid r = a cos (?) about the initial line. 14. Find the volume generated by revolving the cardioid
o
(1

(1

-|-

+ cos 0)

about the

line

j*
xy -h
2/2

16.

Find the volume generated by revolving the eUipse


x^ -h

\t^^
line

^*

about the x-axis. 16. Find the volume generated by revolving about the
the part of the parabola x* -H
2/*

y
a.

"* cut off

by the

line

-{

a Solid with Given Area of Section. be the by parallel planes. Let area of section at distance x from a fixed point. The plate PQRS with lateral surface perpendicular to PQR has the
29.
of

Volume

Divide the

solid into slices

volume

PQR 'Ax = X Ax.

Art.

29

Volume of a Solid with Given Area of Section


x,

57

If

a and h are the limiting values of

the

sum of such plates is

Xx^x.
The volume
required
v
is

the limit of this

sum
(29)

\\my\XAx=rXdx.
Ai=0

Example

1.

Find the volume of the


?! _L ^' 4_ !! -r "f^2 ^2 ^2

ellipsoid

Fig. 296.

The

section perpendicular to the x-axis at the distance


is

from the center

an

ellipse
?! = A _ ^ ^ 52-1-^2
-J1

o2*

58

Simple Areas and Volumes

Chap. 4

The

semi-axes of this ellipse are

MP
By

= cv/l-|,

MQ

= 6\/l-^.
is

exercise 6, page 49, the area of this ellipse

TT

MP MQ
.

Tbc ll

- ~)

The volume

of the ellipsoid

is,

therefore,

Trbc

(1

^jdx

^ irabc.

Ex.

2.

The axes

of

intersect at right angles.

two equal right circular cylinders Find the common volume.

Fig. 29c.

OABC

In Fig. 29c, the axes of the cylinders are OX and OZ and The section of OABC is I of the common volume. by a plane perpendicular to OF is a square of side

MP = MQ

= Va^ -

y\

Art. 29

Volume of a Solid with Given Abea of Section


of the section
is

59

The area

therefore

MP MQ = a2 - y*,
and the required volume
is

EXERCISES
Find the volume of a pjTamid by integration. wedge is cut from the base of a right circular cylinder by a plane passing through a diameter of the base and inclined at an angle a to the base. Find the volume of the wedge. 3. Two circles have a diameter in common and lie in perpendicular planes. A square moves in such a way that its plane is perpendicular to the common diameter and its di^onals are chords of the circles. Find the volimae generated. 4. The plane of a moving circle is perpendicular to that of an ellipse and the radius of the circle is an ordinate of the ellip)se. Find the volume generated when the circle moves from one vertex of the eUipse to
1.

2.

the other.
5.

The plane

of a

moving

triangle

is

perpendicular to a fixed diam-

and its vertex Ues on a diameter at distance h from the plane of the circle. Find the volume generated by the triangle in moving from one end of the diameter to the other. 6. A triangle of constant area A rotates about a line perpendicular to its plane while advancing along the line. Find the volume swept out in advancing a distance h. 7. Show that if two soUds are so related that every plane parallel to a fixed plane cuts from them sections of equal area, the volumes of the soUds are equal. 8. A cj-lindrical siu^ace passes through two great circles of a sphere which are at right angles. Find the volume within the cylindrical
eter of a circle, its base is a chord of the circle,
line parallel to the fixed

surface
9.

and sphere.
cylinders of equal altitude h have a

Two

their lower bases are tangent.


cj-linders.

common upper base and Find the volume common to the two

10. .\ circle moves with its center on the 2-axis and its plane parallel to a fixed plane inclined at 45 to the 2-axis. If the radius of the circle
is

always

= Va-

z*,

where

2 is the coordinate of its center, find the

volimae described.

CHAPTER V

OTHER GEOMETRICAL APPLICATIONS


Higher Order. In the applicawe have previously made, the quantity desired has in each case been a limit of the form
30.

Infinitesimals

of

tions of the definite integral that

lim
Ai=0

V' fix) Ax. ^a

We shall now

consider cases involving limits of the form

lim

Fix, Ax)

Ax) is only approximately expressible in the form Such cases are usually handled by neglecting That such neglect infinitesimals of higher order than Ax. does not change the limit is indicated by the following theorem // for values of x between a and b, F ix, Ax) differs from f ix) Ax by an infinitesimal of higher order than Ax,
ix,

when F
(x)

Ax.

lim

Y
e

Fix, Ax) =lim

V
-\-e

fix) Ax.

To show

this let

be a number so chosen that


Ax.

F ix. Ax) = fix) Ax


If

ix.

Ax) and /
e

order than Ax,

proaches zero
Art. 9).

ix) Ax differ by an infinitesimal of higher Ax is of higher order than Ax and so e apas Ax approaches zero (Differential Calculus,

The

difference

y" Fix, Ax) -

V'fix) Ax =
60

V%Ax

Art. 31

Rectangtjlar Coordinates

61

is

graphically represented

by a sum

of rectangles (Fig. 30), of


c.

whose altitudes are the various values values approach zero * with Aa;,
the total area approaches zero

Since

all

these

and so

limVV(x,Aa;)=limV

/(x)Ax,

Am

kO.

^^^- ^^ which was to be proved. Rectangular Coordinates. 31. Length of a Curve. In the arc AB of a curve inscribe a series of chords. The length of one of these chords PQ is

VA^M^A^ =
Y

y/l

+ (^)'Aa:,
B

Ay

c1

f"
Fig. 31a.

and the sura

of their lengths is

The length of the arc AB is defined as the limit approached by this sum when the number of chords is increased indefinitely, their lengths
*

approaching zero.

For the discussion to be strictly accurate it vaaai be shown that there is a number larger than any of the e's which approaches zero. In the language of higher mathematics, the approach to the limit must be uniform. In ordinary cases that certainly would be true. A similar remark applies to all the applications of the above theorem.

62

Other Geometrical Applications

Chap. 5

The quantity

V1

+(t^) \^x)
zero,

is

not a function of x alone.


the
difference
If

When
V/^

Ao;

approaches
v/l

however,

of

{^ ^^^
is

+ (^J

approach es

zero.

then

we
an

replace

V1+(t^) Aa;byyi+

-^ J

Ax, the error

is

infinitesimal of higher order


of arc

than \x.

Therefore the length

In applying

this

formula

~ must be determined from the


dv
result

equation of the curve.

The

can also be written


(31)

s=
In
this formula,
y,

r Vd^+~dy^.
A
and

terms of

or both

may be expressed in terms of x, or x in may be expressed in terms of a parameter.

In any case the limits are the values at


variable that remains.

of the

y^

Example 1. Find the length = 4:X between x = and x =


dx In this case tdy V =^
2
.

of the arc of the parabola


1.
-\

The

limiting values of y are

and

2.

Hence
s

= J'\/l+(^Jdy =
Ex.
2.

lV^^^dy = V2 + \nil + V2).


of the curve

Find the perimeter

x
In this case
ds

a cos^

</>,

sin^

</.

= Vdx^ + dy^ = Vo a^ cos* sin^ 0+ 9 a^ sin" <^ cos^ = 3 a cos sin


(f)
<j)

<f>

d<l>

d<i>.

Art.

32

Polar Coordinates
is

63

One-fourth of the curve


to
jz.

described
is

when

<f>

varies

from

Hence the perimeter

Jo

rSa

cos <f> sin

<f>d<f>

a.

EXERCISES
1.

2.
3.

Find the circumference of a circle by integration. Find the length of y^ = x' between (0, 0) and (4,
Find the length of x

8).
-^y

In sec

y between y

and y =

4.
5.

6.

Find the length ofx = \jf |lny between y = 1 and y Find the length of y = e^ between (0, 1) and (1, e). Find the perimeter of the curve
x'

2.

+2/

tt

7.

Find the length of the catenary

-M + 9
e

between x = a and x = a. 8. Find the length of one arch


x
9.

of the cycloid

{<(>

sin

<f>),

{1

cos

(^).

Find the length of the involute of the


X

circle

a (cos

+dsia6),

(sin

66 cos 6),

between ^ = and 6 = 2v. 10. Find the length of an arc of the cycloid
X
If s is

a{d

+ siD.6),

= a{lcosd).
(x, y)

the length of arc between the origin and any point


arch,

of the

same

show that
s2

8 ay.

32.

Length

of

Curve.
curve
is

Polar

Coordinates.

The

differential of arc of a

(Differential Calculus, Arts..

54,59)
ds

= Vdx^

di/2

= Vdr2

r2

dd\

64

Other Geometrical Applications


(31)
is,

Chap. 5

Equation

therefore, equivalent to
(32)

^^

M
X ^

In using this formula, must be expressed in terms of or ^ in terms


r

of

from the equation

of the curve.

The

limits

are the values at


of

and

the variable

that re-

mains.

Example.
length
Fig. 32.

Find
the
first

the

of

turn

of the spiral r

ad.

In

this case dr

= add and
2

dd^

Jo

+ a2^2

(IQ2

Jo

+ 02,

7ra

Vl +4x-+^ln(2x + Vl+4x2).
EXERCISES

1.

2.

Find the circumference of the Find the circumference of the Find the length of the
spiral r

circle r circle r

a.

2 a cos

Q.

3.

e"*

between
line r

and

->

4.

Find the distance along the straight


to
(9

a sec ( ^

~ 5 ) from
^-axis.

=
6.

^
6 cut off

6.

Find the arc of the parabola r = a sec* J Find the length of one loop of the curve
r

by the

a cos* 7' 4

7.

Find the perimeter of the cardioid


r

(1

+ cos6).
r

8.

Find the complete perimeter of the curve

8 a sin' = o

Art.

33

Area of a Surface of Revolution

05

Area of a Surface of Revolution. To find the area generated by revolving the arc AB about the x-axis. Join A and Z^ by a broken line with vertices on the arc.
33.

Let

X,

y be the
of

coor-

dinates

and X

q_

Ax, y -\- Ay those of Q. The chord PQ generates

a frustum whose area


7r(2y

of
is

cone

+ Ay) PQ =
Fig. 33a.

ir(2y

+ A?/) VAx2+A2/2.
by the broken
7r(2

The

area generated

line is

then

2)

2/

+ Ay)VAx2 + Ai/2.

The area S generated by the arc AB is the limit approached by this sum when Ax and Ay approach zero. Neglecting infinitesimals of higher order, (2
i/

+ Ay) VAx^ + Ay^


2y ds.
Hence the

can be replaced by 2 y Vdx^


area generated
is

+ dy^ =

S=

\2Tryds.

(33a)

In this formula y and ds must be calculated from the equation of the curve. The limits are the values at A and B of the variable in terms of which they are expressed. Similarly, the area generated by revolving about the
2/-axis is

=i>^ xds.

(33b)

Example. Find the area of the surface generated by revohing about the y-axis the part of the curve y = \ x* above the x-axis.

66

Other Geometrical Applications


In this case
ds

Chap. 5

y 1 + (^Jdx
is

= Vl

+ 4x''dx.
AB
of the curve

The area required


between x

generated by the part

and x

1.

Hence

Fig. 336.

S = f 2t xds=
D

2txVi-\-4x'' dx

v)

EXERCISES
Find the area of the surface of a sphere. 2. Find the area of the surface of a right circular cone. 3. Find the area of the spheroid generated by revolving an ellipse about its major axis. = o 4. Find the area generated by revolving the curve x' + 2/ about the 2/-axis. 6. Find the area generated by revolving about OX, the part of the
1.

catenary

between x = a and x = a. 6. Find the area generated by revolving one arch of the cycloid
X

(<t>

sin

<^),

= a

(1

cos

(f>)

about OX.

Art 34

Unconventional Methods

67

7. Find the area generated by revolving the cardioid r about the initial line.

a (1

+ cos 0)

8.

The

arc of the circle


*

+ y* = a'
-{-

between (a, 0) and (0, a) is revolved about the line x the area of the surface generated.
9. The arc of the parabola revolved about the line y = 2.

a.

Find

^ =

4 x between x = and x Find the area generated.

1 is

10.

Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the lemnis-

cate

r^

2 a' cos 2

about the

line

fl

7-

34. Unconventional Methods. The methods that have been given for finding lengths, areas, and volumes are the ones most generally applicable. In particular cases other methods

may
To

give the results


solve

more

easily.

tion, it is

problem by integramerely necessary to ex-

press the required quantity in

any

way

as a limit of the form used in

defining the definite integral.

Example
taut
circle,
is

1.

When

a string held

unwound
end

from

its

describes

a fixed a curve
circle.

called

the involute of

the

Find the length of the part described


string
is

when

the

first

turn of the
Fig. 34a.

unwound.

reaches

Let the string begin to unwind at A. When the end P the part unwound QP is equal to the arc AQ.

Hence

QP = AQ =
When P moves
a
circle

ad.

to R the arc PR is approximately the arc of with center at Q and central angle M. Hence

PR =

ad

Id

68

Other Geometrical Applications

Chap. 6

approximately.
varies

The
tt

length of the curve described

when

from
s

to 2

is

then
ad

Ae=o

lim 2i

Ad
Jo

addd

2ira\

Ex.
X-axis,

2.

y-axis the area

Find the volume generated by rotating about the bounded by the parabola x^ = y 1, the and the ordinates a: = 1.

Resolve the area into slices by ordinates at distances Aar When revolved about the y-axis, the rectangle between the ordinates x, x -\- Ax generates a hollow cylinder
apart.

PM

whose volume
TT

is

(x

-\-

Ax)- y

TTX^y

2 irxy

Ax

+ Ty {AxY.

Fig. 346.

Fig. 34c.

{AxY is an infinitesimal the required volume is


Since
Try

of higher order

than Ax,

lim

2 TTxy

Ax =

ttx (1

+ x^) dx

%Tr.

Ex. 3. Find the area of the cylinder x^ -\- y^ = ax within the sphere x^ -\- y^ -\- z^ = a^. Divide Fig. 34c shows one-fourth of the required area. the circle OA into equal arcs As. The generators through

Art.

34

Unconventional Methods

6^

the points of division cut the surface of the cylinder into


rips.

the strip

Neglecting infinitesimals of higher order, the area is As. If r, d are the polar coordinates

MPQ MP
=
a A0,
is

M,

a cos d and

As

MP =

Va-

r-

a sin 6.

The

required area

therefore given

by

= hm im T^a^sinflA^ = Ja-smddd.
4
Ad-

Consequently

S = 4a'

Jo

sindde

= Aa\

EXERCISES
Find the area swept over by the string in example 1, page 67. 2. Find the area of surface cut from a right circular cyUnder by a plane passing through a diameter of the base and incUned 45 to the
1.

base.
3.

The axes

of

two

right circular cylinders of equal radius intersect

at right angles.
(Fig. 29c).
4.

Find the area of the soUd coounon to the two cylinders


is

An

equilateral triangle of side a

to the base at distance b below the base.


5.

revolved about a line parallel Find the volume generated.


i*

The area bounded by the hyperbola


is

y^

a-

and the

lines

Find the volume generated. 6. The vertex of a cone of vertical angle 2 o is the center of a sphere of radius a. Find the volume common to the cone and sphere. 7. The axis of a cone of altitude h and radius of base 2 a is a generator of a cylinder of radius a. Find the area of the surface of the * cyhnder within the cone. 8. Find the area of the surface of the cone in Ex. 7 within the

= a

revolved about the x-axis.

cylinder.
9.

Find the volume of the cylinder in Ex. 7 within the cone.

CHAPTER

VI

MECHANICAL AND PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS


The pressure of a liquid upon a horiequal to the weight of a vertical column of the liquid having the area as base and reaching to the surface.
35.

Pressure.
is

zontal area

By the pressure at a point P in the Hquid is meant the pressure


upon a horizontal surface
of unit area at that point.

The

Fig. 35a.

Fig. 356.

volume

of a

column

of unit section
is

and height h

is h.

Hence

the pressure at depth h

wh,

(35a)

w being the weight of a cubic

unit of the liquid.


vertical plane area (Fig. 356),

To find the pressure upon a we make use of the fact that


same
in all directions.

the pressure at a point


pressure

is

the

The

upon the

strip

AB

parallel to the surface is

then approximately

pAA,
p being the pressure at any point of the
area.
strip

and

AA

its

The reason

for this not being exact

is

that the pressure

70

Art.

35

Pressitbe

71

at the top of the strip

This difference
plies

is a little less than at the bottom. however, infinitesimal, and, since it multiilA, the error is an infinitesimal of higher order than
is,

Ai4.

The

total pressure

is,

therefore,

P=
The

lim

VplA

= fpdA = w ChdA.

(35b)

Before integration

limits are the values of

submerged
Example.

area.

expressed in terms of h. h at the top and bottom of the In case of water the value of w is about
s^-nicircle of

dA must be

62.5 lbs. per cubic foot.

Find the water pressure upon a

Fig. 3oc.

radius 5

ft.,

if

its

plane

is

vertical

and

its

diameter in the

surface of the water.

In this case the element of area

is

dA =
Hence

V25 -

h^ dh.

P = w jhdA =2w jhV2o-h^dh


=
i5 o.

^=

2.^0.

(62.5)

5208.3

lbs.

EXERCISES
1. Find the pressure sustained by a rectangular floodgate 10 ft. broad and 12 ft. deep, the upper edge being in the surface of the water. 2. Find the pressure on the lower half of the floodgate in the preceding problem. 3. Find the pressure on a triangle of base 6 and altitude h, sub-

merged so that
vertical.

its

vertex

is

in the surface of the water,

and

its

altitude

4. Find the pressure upon a triangle of base b and altitude h, submerged so that its base is in the surface of the liquid and its altitude

vertical.

72
5.

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. 6

Find the pressure upon a semi-ellipse submerged with one axis and the other vertical. 6. A vertical masonry dam in the form of a trapezoid is 200 ft. long at the surface of the water, 150 ft. long at the bottom, and 60 ft. high. What pressure must it withstand? 7. One end of a water main, 2 ft. in diameter, is closed by a vertical bulkhead. Find the pressure on the bulkhead if its center is 40 ft. below the surface of the water. If 8. A rectangular tank is filled with equal parts of water and oil. the oil is half as heavy as water, show that the pressure on the sides is one-fourth greater than it would be if the tank were filled with oil.
in the surface of the liquid

36.

Moment.

Divide a plane area or length into small

parts such that the points of each part differ only infinitesi-

mally in distance from a given axis. Multiply each part by the distance of one of its points from the axis, the distance being considered positive for points on one side of the axis and negative for points on the other. The limit approached by the sum of these products when the parts are taken
smaller

and smaller

is

called the

moment

of the area or length

with respect to the

axis.

Similarly, to find the

moment

of a length, area, volume,

or mass in space with respect to a plane,

we

divide

it

into

elements whose points

differ

only infinitesimally in distance

from the plane and multiply each element by the distance of one of its points from the plane (considered positive for points on one side of the plane and negative on the other). The moment with respect to the plane is the limit approached

by the sum smaller and


parallel to

of these products

when

the elements are taken

smaller.

Example. Find the moment of a rectangle about an axis one of its sides at distance c. Divide the rectangle into strips parallel to the axis (Fig. Let y be the distance from the axis to a strip. The 36). area of the strip is b Ay. Hence the moment is

ybAy==

bydy = ab[c-\--].

Art. 37

Center of Gravity of a Length or Area


the area of the rectangle and
c

in a

Plane

73

Since ab

is

+x

is

the distance

from the axis to its center, the moment is equal to the product of the area and the distance from the axis to the center of the
rectangle.
b

r-*~

'

Fig. 36.

Fig. 37a.

37.

Plane.
plane

The Center of Gravity of a Length or Area The center of gravity of a length or area

in in

is

the point at which

it

could be concentrated without

changing its Let C (x,


37a),

moment with
y)

respect to

any

axis in the plane.

and

let s

be the center of gravity of the arc AB (Fig. be the length of the arc. The moment of AB
is

with respect to the x-axis

/;
If

yds.

the length

sy.

By

s were concentrated at C, its moment would be the definition of center of gravity

sy

yds,

whence

Similarly,

= 1:

xds

74

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. 6

limits are the values at A and B of the variable in terms which the integral is expressed. Let C {x, y) be the center of gravity of an area (Figs. 376, 37c). Divide the area into strips dA and let {x, y) be the

The
of

center of gravity of the


strip

dA

The moment
is

of the area with respect

to the X-axis

/^ dA.
If

the area were conat C,

centrated

the

moment would be Ay,


Fig. 376.

where
area.

is

the

total

Hence

Fig. 37c

The strip is usually taken parallel to a coordinate axis. The area can, however, be divided into strips of any other
kind
if

convenient.
1.

Example
the circle

Find the center of gravity of a quadrant of


y^

x"^ -\-

=
ds

a^.

In this case

~^
i

f\

= Vdx^

-j- dy"^

= -dx
\J

Art. 37

Center OF Gravity OF A Length OR Area

IN A

Plane

75

and
j

yds

=
is

'

-dx =

a^.

The

length of the arc


s

T
-a.

(2 7ra)

^^ X

is

Hence

^
y

yds
2_a
IT

Tig. 37d.

It

is

evident from the symmetry of the figure that x has the


value.
2.

same
Ex.
circle.

Find the center of gravity of the area of a semiit is

From symmetry
to

evident that the center of gravity

is

in the y-axis (Fig. 37e).

OX.
j

Take the element Then dA = 2xdy and


I

of area parallel

ydA =
is

2xydy =
a^.

y Va^

y^ dy =

ia\

The

area

A =

jr

Hence

CydA

4o

Fig. 37e.

Fig. 37/.

Ex. 3. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the X-axis and the parabola y = 2x x^. Take the element of area perpendicular to OX. If {x, y)

76

Mechanical and Physical Applications


its

Chap. 6

are the coordinates of the top of the strip,


is (a^,

center of gravity
is

I).

Hence

its

moment

with respect to the x-axis

The moment

of the
i2

whole area about

OX

is

then

15

The

area

is

A =
Hence y =
%.

ydx =

(2X

X^)

dx =;:

Similarly,

\xdA
X
38.

r{2x^-x^) dx

1.

Center of Gravity of a Length, Area, Volume, or


in Space.

Mass

The center

of gravity

is

defined as the
at

point

which
be

the

mass, area, length, or

volume

can

con-

centrated without changing its moment


with
plane.

respect

to

any

Thus
mass

to find the cen-

ter of gravity of a solid


(Fig. 38a) cut
it

into slices of

mass Am.
the cen-

If {x, y, z) is

Fig. 38o.

ter of
slice,

gravity of the

its

moment

with

respect to the a;y-plane

is

Am and the moment of


Am =
I z t/

the whole

mass

is

Am*0 ^^

lim

dm.

Art 38
If

Center of Gravitt

77
its

the whole mass


{x, y, z),

were concentrated at

center of

gravity
!

the

moment with

respect to the xy-plane

would be zM.

Hence

zM =
or

12 dm,

Jzdm
Similarly,
/

X dm
y
is

y dm
(^^>

^M-'
volume

-M-'
If

The mass
dv
is

of a unit

called the density.

then

the volume of the element

dm and

p its density,

dm =
To
it is

pdv.

find the center of gravity of a length, area, or

volume
s,

merely necessary to replace


V.

M in these formulas by
of the

S, or

Example 1. Find the center of gravity an octant of a sphere of radius a. The volume of the slice (Fig. 38a) is
dv

volume of

irx^

dz

= \w (a^

z^) dz.

Hence

fzdv = l.ia^-z^)zdz =
The volume
of

f-^a\

an octant

of a sphere

is

ird^.

Hence

/^^"
V

i^^'

6"

From symmetry
value.

it is

evident that x and y have the

same

78

MECHANICAL AND PHYSICAL APPLICATIONS

Chap. 6

Ex. 2. Find the center of gravity of a right circular cone whose density is proportional to the distance from its base. Cut the cone into slices parallel to
the base.
slice

Let y be the distance of a from the base. Except for in-

finitesimals of higher order, its

volume
is

is

TX^ dy,
is

and

its

density
its

is

ky where

constant.

Hence

mass

Am =
By
Fig.
38fe.

kwx^y dy.

similar

triangles

rih

?/).

Hence
h'

M = J dm = J
Therefore, finally,

-i^iji-yfydy =
h'

12

ydm

n M

2,
5

EXERCISES
1. The wind produces a uniform pressure upon a rectangular door. Find the moment tending to turn the door on its hinges.

2. Find the moment of the pressure upon a rectangular floodgate about a horizontal line through its center, when the water is level with the top of the gate.

3.

horizontal, altitude vertical,

water.

and altitude h is submerged with its base and vertex c feet below the surface of the Find the moment of the pressure upon the triangle about a
triangle of base h
of the area of a triangle,
y^

horizontal line through the vertex.


4.
6.

Find the center of gravity


a;

Find the center of gravity of the segment of the parabola

ax,

cut ofT by the line

a.

Art 38
6.

Center of Gravity
of a

7^
quadrant of the
ellipse

FLid the center of gravity of the area


a*

6'-

7.

Find the center of gravity

of the area
a'.

bounded by the coordinate

axes and the parabola x'


8.

+ y* =
a*.

Find the center of gravity of the area above the x-axis bounded
x*

by the curve
9.

+y

Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the x-axis and

one arch of the curve y = sin x. 10. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the two parabolas y11.

ax, x^

ay.

Find the center of gravity of the area of the upper half of the cardioid r = o (1 -f- cosfl). 12. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the x-axis and one arch of the cycloid,
X

a (<^ sin0),

(1

co8<^).

13. Find the center of gravity of the area within a loop uf the lemnis-

cate

r-

a^ cos 2 d. a.

14.

16.

Find the center of gravity of the arc of a semicircle of radius Find the center of gravity of the arc of the catenary
y

= ^(^ +

e")

a and x = a. between x = 16. Find the center of gravity of the arc


in the first quadrant.
17.

of the curve x*

+ y*

a*

Find the center of gravity X

of the arc of the curve

= \y^ h\ny
of

between y = 1 and y = 2. 18. Find the center of gravity


X
19.

an arch
y

of the cycloid
cos4>).

a{<i> sm<i>),

a{\

Find the center of gravity of a right circular cone of constant

density.

Find the center of gravity of a hemisphere of constant density. Find the center of gravity of the solid generated by revolving about OX the area bounded by the parabola y- = 4 x and the line x = 4. 22. Find the center of gravity of a hemisphere whose density is proportional to the distance from the plane face. 23. Find the center cf gravity of the soUd generated by rotating a sector of a circle about one of its bounding radii.
20.

21.

so

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. 6

24. Find the center of gravity of the solid generated by revolving the cardioid r = a (1 cos e) about the initial line. 26. Find the center of gravity of the wedge cut from a right circular

cylinder
26.
27.

by a plane passing through a diameter of the base and making with the base the angle a.
Find the center
of gravity of a hemispherical surface.
is

Show

that the center of gravity of a zone of a sphere

midway

between the bases of the zone. 28. The segment of the parabola' i/^ = 2ax cut off by the line x = a is revolved about the x-axis. Find the center of gravity of the surface
generated.

39.

Theorems
is

of

Pappus.

Theorem
is

I.

If

the arc of a

plane curve

revolved about an axis in

its plane,

and not

crossing the arc, the area generated


of the length of the arc

equal to the product


of the path described

and the length


is

by
its

its

center of gravity.
If

Theorem II.

a plane area

revolved about an axis in


is

plane and not crossing the area, the volume generated


center of gravity.
first

equal to the product of the area and the length of the path
described by
its

To prove
the X-axis.

the

theorem,
its

let

the arc be rotated about


is

The

ordinate of

center of gravity

^ I'
whence
27r
/

yds

yds

2irys.

The

left

side of this equation represents the area of the

surface generated.

Also 2Try

is

the length of the path

described

by the center

of gravity.

This equation, therefore,

expresses the result to be proved.

the X-axis.

To prove the second theorem let the area be revolved about From the equation

JydA

Art. 39

Theorems of Pappus

81

we

get
2ir
I

ydA =

2iryA.
is

Since

2t

dA

is

the volume generated, this equation


II.

equivalent to theorem

Find the area of the torus generated byrevolving a circle of radius a about an axis in its plane at distance b (greater than a) from its

Example

1.

center.

Since the circumference of the circle


is

and the length of the path described by its center 2 wb, the area gen2
7ra

erated

is

S = 27ra-2 7r6 =
Ex.
circle
2.

4:ir-ab.

Fig. 39a.

Find the center of gravity of the area of a semi-

by using Pappus's theorems.

When a semicircle of radius a is revolved about its diameter,


the volume of the sphere generated
diameter,
is J xa'. If y is the distance of the center of gravity of the semicircle from this

by the second theorem


^
Tra^

of

Pappus,
i-

2 Try

A =

2 x^

xa^,

whence
y

$xa'
TT^a-

4a
3x"

Ex.
erated
r

3.

Find the volume genby revolving the cardioid

(1

+ cos 6) about the initial


of the triangle

line.

The area
is

OPQ

approximately
1
r^

Fig. 396.

Ad,

and

its

center of gravity

is

f of the distance f r sin 0.

from the vertex

to the base.

Hence
y

82

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap,

ft

By

the second theorem of Pappus, the volume generated


is

by

OPQ
The

then approximately
2 TT?/

AA =

7rr^

sin 6

M.

entire
V

volume
j

is

therefore
{1

lTr^smddd = ^Tra^
2 O
-(l

Jo

t/o

+ coseysmddd
,

+ eos^)-'|4
I

8 o

EXERCISES
V 1.

By

using Pappus's theorems find the lateral area and the volume

of a right circular cone.

2.

radius a about an axis in


its center.

Find the volume of the torus generated by revolving a circle of its plane at distance b (greater than a) from
groove with cross-section an equilateral triangle of side i inch Find the volume
steel

J
is

3.

A
A

cut around a cylindrical shaft 6 inches in diameter.

of material cut away.


</

4.

band

is

placed around a cylindrical boiler 48 inches in

diameter.

cross-section of the

band

is

a semi-ellipse,

its

axes being 6

and
l^y^.

Vq inches,

respectively, the greater being parallel to the axis of the


of the

boiler.

What is the volume The length of an arch


X

band?

of the cycloid
<^),

{<j>

sin

(I

cos

<j>)

is

iro*. 8 a, and the area generated by revolving it about the x-axis is Find the area generated by revolving the arch about the tangent at its

highest point.

revolving the lemniscate

page 81, find the volume generated by about the x-axis. 7. Obtain a formula for the volume generated by revolving the a. Apply this formula to polar element of area about the line x = a the sector of obtain the volume generated by revolving about x = a, 6 = -\- a. the circle r = a bounded by the radii d = If tho 8. A variable circle revolves about an axis in its plane. distance from the center of the circle to the axis is 2 a and its radius
i/^&.

By

the method of Ex.


r^

3,

2 a^ cos 2

is

a sin
9.

6,

where

d is the angle of rotation, find the

volume

of the horn-

shaped

solid that is generated.

Can

the area of the surface in Ex. 8 be found in a similar

way?

Art. 40
10.

Moment of
The

Inertia

83

circular cylinder

vertex of a right circular cone is on the surface of a right and its axis cuts the axis of the cyhnder at right angles.

Find the volume common to the cyhnder and cone (use sections determined by planes through the vertex of the cone and the generators of
the cylinder).

40.

Moment

of Inertia.

The

moment
of its

particle about

of

its

an axis is the product distance from the axis.


find the
it

of inertia of a mass and the square

To
divide

moment

of inertia of

a continuous mass,
Let

we

into parts such that the points of each differ only

infinitesimally in distance

from the

axis.

Aw be

such a
axis.

part and
inertia of

the distance of one of its points

from the

Ebccept for infinitesimals of higher order, the

\m

about the axis

is

R- Aw.

moment The moment

of
of

inertia of the entire

mass

is

therefore
(40)

Am=0

fR'dm. UmX^^^^= ^ J

By
mean

the

moment
volume

of inertia of a length, area, or volume,

we

the value obtained by using the differential of length,


in place of

area, or

dm

in equation (40).

Example 1. Find the moment of inertia of a right circular cone of constant density about its axis. Let p be the density, h the altitude, and a the radius of the base of the cone. Di\nde
it

into hollow cyhndrical sUces


of cylindrical sur-

by means
the cone.

faces having the

same

axis as

By similar triangles
Fig. 40a.

the altitude y of the cylindrical surface of radius r is

y=-(a-r).

84

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. C

the cylinders of radii r and r

Neglecting infinitesimals of higher order, the volume between Ar is then

Ay

irry

Ar =

r (a

r) dr.

The moment
I

of inertia
r^p

is

therefore

r^

dm =

dv

2Trhp

r^(a

r)

dr

Tpha*

t/O

10

The mass

of the cone is

M = pv = I wpa^h.
Hence
I

Ex.

2.

ertia of the area of a circle

Find the moment of inabout


circle.

a diameter of the

Let the radius be a and let the xaxis be the diameter about which
Fig. 406.

the

moment

of

inertia

is

taken.

Divide the area into strips by lines parallel to the x-axis. Neglecting infinitesimals of higher order, the area of such a
strip is 2
a;

Ay and

its

moment

of inertia 2 xy^ Ay.


is

The

moment

of inertia of the entire area

therefore

= j2xy^dy =

2 j

Va-'

y^y^ dy

ira*

EXERCISES
1.

Find the moment of inertia

of the area of a rectangle

about one

of its edges.
2.
3.

Find the moment of inertia of a triangle about its base. Find the moment of inertia of a triangle about an axis through
its

its

vertex parallel to
4.

base.

Find the moment of inertia about the r/-axis of the area bounded by the parabola y^ = iax and the line x = a. 5. Find the moment of inertia of the area in Ex. 4 about the line X = a. 6. Find the moment of inertia of the area of a circle about the axis
perpendicular to
its

plane at the center.


circle.)

(Divide the area into rings

with centers at the center of the

Art. 41
7.

Work Done

by a Forge

8^
a.

Find the moment of inertia of a cylinder of mass


its axis.

about
8.

M and radius Find the moment of inertia of a sphere of mass M and radius
ellipsoid
is

a.

about a diameter.
9.

An

generated by revolving the eUipse

^-ul^=

about the x-axis. Find its moment of inertia about the x-axis. 10. Find the moment of inertia of a hemispherical shell of constant density about the diameter perpendicular to its plane face. 11. Prove that the moment of inertia about any axis is equal to the moment of inertia about a parallel axis through the center of gravity plus the product of the mass and the square of the distance between the

two
the
ils

axes.

12.

Use the answer to Ex.


of inertia of

moment

6, and the theorem of Ex. 11 to determine a circular area about an axis, perpendicular to-

plane at a point of the circumference.

41.

Work Done by

a Force.

Let a force be applied to


That
is,

a body at a fixed point. Wtien the body moves work is done by the force. If the force is constant, the work is defined as
the product of the force and the distance the point of application

moves

in the direction of the force.

W
where
If

Fs,

(41a)

is

the work,

the force,

and

the distance

moved

in the direction of the force.

the direction of

motion does

not coincide with that of the force,


the work done
force
is

the product of the

^^^^

^j.
from.

and

the projection of the disforce.

Fig. 41a.

placement on the

Thus when the body moves

to

(Fig. 41a) the work done by the force

is

W = Fs cos
If

e.

(41b>

the force

is

variable,

we

divide the path into parts As.

'Tn

so

moving the distance As, the force is nearly constant and. the work done is approximately FcosflAs. As the

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. 6

intervals As are taken shorter and shorter, this approximation becomes more and more accurate. The exact work is then the Hmit

]imy.FcosdAs= jFcoseds. W = As=0 ^ J


To determine
in

(41c)

the value of

terms of a single variable.


is

W, we express F cos 6 and ds The limits of integration are


If
0,

the values of this variable at the two ends of the path. the displacement
cos
in the direction of the force, 6

6=1

and

-P

ds.

(41d)

-B

vwvvww-^Fig. 416.

Fig. 41c.

Example

1.

The amount a

helical spring is stretched


If

is

proportional to the force applied.


required to stretch the spring
stretching
it

a force of 100

lbs. is

1 inch, find

the work done in


stretched.

4 inches.
is

Let
force

is

be the number of inches the spring then

The

F=
k being constant.

ks,

When

1,

F=

100

lbs.

Hence k

100 and

F =lOOs.
The work done
in stretching the spring 4 inches
is

JFds =

*Jo

100

ds

800 inch pounds

66 foot pounds.

Art. 41

Work Done by
2.

a Force

87

Ex.

A gas is confined in a cylinder with a movable piston.


=
k, find

Assuming Boyle's law pv

the

work done by the

pressure of the gas in pushing out the piston (Fig. 41rf).

per unit area of the piston.

Let V be the volume of gas in the cylinder and p the pressure If A is the area of the piston,
is

pA

the total pressure of the gas upon


is

it.

If s is

the distance

the piston moves, the work done

W=
But

JpAds.

ds

dv.

Hence

W=
is

f^pdv= r'^dv = k\n^


I'l

the work done

when the volume expands from

to

i'2.

Fig. Aid.

Fig. 41e.

Ex.

3.
e^

The

force with
is

which an
ke-iCz

electric

charge

Ci

repels

a charge

at distance r

where k

is

constant.
e^

Find the work done by


r

this

force

when
fixed.

the charge

moves from

a to r

6, Ci

remaining

Let the charge


(Fig. 41e).

d move from A The work done by the

to

along any path

AB

force of repulsion is

W = jFcosdds =

ffdr =

r^dr
A
and

The work depends only on the end


on the path connecting them.

points

and not

Mechanical and Physical Applications

Chap. 6

EXERCISES
1.

the length a to the length a

According to Hooke's law the force required to stretch a bar from -{- x ia

kx

where
2.

K is constant.

Find the work done in stretching the bar from the


b.

length a to the length

Supposing the force of gravity to vary inversely as the square of the distance from the earth's center, find the work done by gravity on a meteor of weight w lbs., when it comes from an indefinitely great
distance to the earth's surface.
3.
>,

^
ft.

If

a gas expands without change of

temperature, according to van der Waal's equation,

P
a, b, c

being constant.

Find the work done


vi

when
4.

the gas expands from the volume


t'2.

to

the volume
to

The work in foot pounds required move a body from one altitude to

41J.

another is equal to the product of its weight in pounds and the height in feet Find the work required ^j^^^ j^ jg raised.
ft.

to

pump
5.

the water out of a cylindrical cistern of diameter 4


vertical shaft is supported

and

depth 8

by a

flat

step bearing (Fig. 41/).

The

frictional force

HP, where p is pressure per unit area

between a small part of the shaft and the bearing is the pressure between the two and m is a constant. If the
is

the same at

all

points of the supporting surface,


is

and the weight

of the shaft

and

its

load

P, find the work of the

fric-

tional forces during each revolution of the shaft.


6. When an electric current flows a distance x through a homogeneous conductor of cross-section A, the resistance is

kx

A'
where
Find the resistance is a constant depending on the material. the current flows from the inner to the outer surface of a hollow

when

cylinder, the

two

radii being a

and

b.

Art 41
7.

Work Doxe by

a Force

89

Find the resistance when the current flows from the inner to the
Find the resistance when the cmrent tnmcated cone to
electric current i flows

outer surface of a hollow sphere.


8.

flows from one base of a

the other.
9.

When an

an

in-

finitesimal distance

AB

(Fig. 41^) it

produces

at

any point

a magnetic force (perpendicular

to the paper) equal to

ide
r
'

where
10.

r is

of a circle

and 0. Find the force at the center the distance between due to a current i flowing around it.
c

AB

line along

Find the magnetic force at the distance which a current i is flowing.

from an

infinite straight

CHAPTER

VII

APPROXIMATE METHODS
42.

The Prismoidal Formula.

Let

yi,

ys,

ordinates of a curve at distance h apart,

and

let

2/2

ordinate

them.

midway The area bounded

be two be the between

by the a:-axis, the curve, and the two ordinates is given approximately by the formula
Fig. 42a.

A= lh(yi-\- 4:yo+ ys).

(42a)

This
If

to the

called the prismoidal formula because of formula for the volume of a prismoid. the equation of the curve is
is

its similarity

-i-

bx

-i-

cx~

-\-

dx?,

(42b)

where
let

a, 6,

c,

d,

are constants (some of which

may
t

be

zero),
this

the prismoidal formula gives the exact area.

To prove
Then

k be the abscissa of the middle ordinate and

the dis-

tance of

any other ordinate from


X

it

(Fig. 42a).

-[-t.

[f

we

substitute this value for x, (42b) takes the form

y
where A, B, C,

A+Bt + Ct^-{- Dt\


1/2,

D are constants. The ordinates yi, h h obtained by substituting = k, 0,^. Hence


t

ys

are

90

Art. 42

The Prismoidal Forjiula


is

91

Also the area

12
-2

This

is

equivalent to

which was to be proved.


If
it

may

the equation of the curve does not have the form (42b), be approximately equivalent to one of that type and

so the prismoidal formula


for the area.

may

give an approximate value

While we have illustrated the prismoidal formula by the it may be used equally well to determine a length or volume or any other quantity represented by a
area under a curve,
definite integral,

V
6

(x) dx.

Since such an integral represents the area under the curve y = / (^)> its value can be found by replacing h in (42a) by

a and

t/i,

y^, yz

by /

(a),

/ f^

(6)

respectively.

Exam-pie
area
e~^\
X-axis,

1. Find the bounded by the

the curve y

and the ordinates


0,

2.

The

integral

e-'^dx
Fig. 426.

cannot be expressed in terms of elementary functions. Therefore we cannot obtain the area by the methods that we

92

Approximate Methods

Chap. 7

have previously used.


are
yi

The
y2

ordinates

yi, y^, yz,

in this case

1,

e-S

yz

e-^.

The

prismoidal formula, therefore, gives

A = |(l +^+^1=0.869.
The answer
0.882.

correct to 3 decimals (obtained

from a
?/-

table)

is

Ex.
a;

2.

Find the length of the parabola

4 x from

to

X =

5.
is

The length

given by the formula

=xv^-^ dx.
By
integration

we

find s

4.726.

To apply

the prismoidal

formula, let

-^'
7/2

Then
and

/i

4,

Vl

= V2, =
4 (

= Vl,
)

7/3

= Vf,
4.752.
3.

V2 + 4 v^ + Vf =
Ex.

Find the volthe


spheroid
revolving

ume

of

generated by
the ellipse

a-

0-

about the
Fig. 42c.

x-axis.

The

section

of

the

spheroid perpendicular to

OX
=

has the area


ll

A=

Try'-

irh-

^y

Art. 43

Simpson's
is

Rule

93

Its

volume

=
Since

Adx.
(a sp)ecial

is

a polynomial of the second degree in x

case of a third degree polynomial), the prismoidal formula


gives the exact volume.

The
0,

three cross-sections correa,

sponding to x

= a, Ai = 0,

are

Ao =

irlr,

Ai

0.

Hence

y = ^[Ai + 4A2 + A3]=| ra62.


Divide the area between a curve 43. Simpson's Rule. and the x-axis into any even number of parts by means of equidistant ordinates yi, y^, 1/3, ... (An odd number y.
,

of ordinates will be needed.)

Simpson's rule for determining


yi

approximately the area between

and y

is

^l/,

+ 4y2 + 2i/, + 4i/4 + 2i/3+ + + 2 + 4 -f 2 +


1
-i

41

jby

(43)

h being the distance between the ordinates yi and ?/, In the numerator the end coefficients are 1. The others are alternately 4 and 2. The Y denominator is the sum of
the coefficients in the
erator.

num-

^
/
'Jx

This formula

is

obtained

by applying

V.

the prismoidal

"4

"s

formula to the strips taken two at a time and adding


the results.
is

Thus

if

the area

Fig. 43.
r/i, 1/2,

divided into four strips


r/i

by the ordinates
1/3

ys,

J/4,

y
Its

the part between

and

has a base equal to 2'


is

area as given by the prismoidal formula

'

94

Approximate Methods

Chap. 7

Similarly the area between ys

and

y^ is

The sum

of the

two

is

A^h ( + ^ ^2 + ^ ^3 + 4 ^4 + ysN
^^'

By using a sufficiently large number of ordinates in Simpson's formula, the result can be made as accurate as
desired.

Example.

Find In 5 by Simpson's
in 5
1

rule.

Since

ndx
Dividing the interval

we take y = into 4 parts


In 5

m
.

Simpson's formula.

we

get

4 /i

+ 4^ + 2.^ + 4-i + ^
12

1.622.

If

we
In 5

divide the interval into 8 parts,

we

get
1.6108.

^\-

(1

+ I + I + I + f + f + I + I + i) =
is

The value

correct to 4 decimals
In 5

1.6094.

Integration in Series. In calculating integrals it sometimes convenient to expand a function in infinite series and then integrate the series. This is particularly the case when the integral contains constants for which numerical values are not assigned. For the process to be valid all series used should converge. Example. Find the length of a quadrant of the ellipse
44.
is

^^t.= "^
a^
62

1 ^'

Art 44

Integration in Series
6.

95
<t>

Let a be greater than


equation

Introduce a parameter

by the

=
=

a sin

<t>.

Substituting this value in the equation of the

ellipse,

we

find

b cos

4>.

Using these values of x and y we get


r

s= fVdx^ +
This
is

dy-

= jVa- It

(a^

b^) sin^

<f,

d<t>.

an

eUiptic integral.

expression containing only a finite


functions.

cannot be represented by an number of elementary


it

We
(a-

therefore express

as

an

infinite series.

By

the binomial theorem

Va-

b~) sin^

(f>

=
Since

L^

-^^^^^ '^-2li-^j ^^

'^

-J-

we

find

by integrating term by term

*~"L2
^Trgf

a'

128V
3 /a-

a^

'

gj

g^-b^
4a2

2 L

64V

1 - V )''']' as

If a and 6 are nearly equal, the value of very rapidly from the series.

can be calculated

EXERCISES
1. Show that the prismoidal formula gives the correct volume in each of the following cases: (o) sphere, (6) cone, (r) cyhnder, (d) P3'ramid, (e) segment of a sphere, (/) truncated cone or pyramid.

2.

Find the error when the value of the integral

i*dx

is

found

by the prismoidal formula.

96

Approximate Methods

Chap. 7

In each of the following cases compare the value given by the prismoidal formula with the exact value determined by integration. 3. Area bounded hy y = Vx, y = 0, x = 1, x = 3. 4. Arc of the curve y = 3^ between 2, x = +2. 5. Volume generated by revolving about OX one arch of the sine curve y = sin x. 6. Area of the surface of a hemisphere. Compute each of the following by Simpson's rule using 4 intervals: dx 4 Jo 1 +x^ dx

x=

'r Vi+x
9.

Length of the curve y


4 about the x-axis.

Inx from

a;

to

a;

5.

10.

Surface of the spheroid generated by rotating the ellipse x*

4y^ =
11.

Volume

of the solid generated

by revolving about the


x

x-axis the

^rea bounded hy y
12.

0,

=
^
,

2,

2.

Find the value of

J
by expanding
13.

cos (x*) dx,

in series.

Express
'

x
as a series in powers of X.
14.

sin (Xx)

dx

Find the length of a quadrant of the

ellipse x*

ly^

2.

CHAPTER

VIII

DOUBLE INTEGRATION
45.

Double

Integrals.

The notation
/

f{x,y)dxdy
first
c,

is

used to represent the result of integrating

to y (leaving x constant) between the limits with respect to x between the limits a, b.

with respect d and then

As here

defined the

first

integration

is

with respect to the


its

variable whose

differential

stands last and

limits are

attached to the
necessary to

last integral sign.

Some

writers integrate
it is

in a different order.

In reading an article

therefore

know what convention

the author uses.

Example.

Find the value of the double integral

Jo

J -i

(x- -H y^)

dx dy.

We
X,
is

integrate first with respect to y between the limits x, then with respect to x between the limits 0, 1. The result

j\x-'+y'')dxdy = j^dx{xhf

+ \y'y_^ = J\x'dx = l.

46. Area as a Double Integral. Divide the area between two curves y = f {x), y = F (x) into strips of width Ax. Let P be the point {x, y) and Q the point (x + Ax, y

Ay).

The area

of

the rectangle
(Fig. 46a) is

PQ

is

Ax

Ay.

The area

of the rectangle

RS
Ax

V Ay = Ax J ^f(z)
97

/
fix)

dy. ^

98

Double Integration
area bounded by the ordinates x

Chap. 8
a,

The

=
nb

h is then.

Sb Ax
^-y,
If it is
a;-axis,
a

nF(x)
j

PF(x)
j

dy

Jf(x)

Jja

dx dy.

JS(.i)

simpler to cut the area into strips parallel to the


is

the area

=
the limits in the
first

dy dx,

integration being the values of x at the

ends of a variable

strip;

those in the second integration, the

values of y giving the limiting strips. Example. Find the area bounded

by the parabola

y"^

4 ox

+ 4 a^ and the straight line y =

2a

x (Fig. 466).

Fig. 46a.

Fig. 46&.

Solving simultaneously,
line intersect at

we

find that the parabola

and the
the

(0,

2 a) and

(Sa,

6a).
y2

Draw
,

strips parallel to the rc-axis.

The area is
/

/2a
The
and

f2a-y
/

po
dydx=
I

4a'\

64

2(

limits in the first integration are the values of x at i?

S, the ends of the variable strip. The limits in the second integration are the values oi y at B and A, corresponding to the outside strips.

Art 47
47.

Volume by Double Integratiox

99
find

Volume by Double
z

Integration.
y)

To

the

volume under a surface


in the xy-plane.

= / (x,

and over a given region

The volume
(Fig. 47a) is

of the prism

TQ

standing on the base

Ax Ay

Ax Ay.
then

The volume

of the plate

RT is

Ax Ay = Ax
a=u

J/fix)

2 dy,

/ (x), F
is

(x)

the limit of the

being the values of y at R, S. sum of such plates

The

entire

volume

Ax
ui=u
a, b
a

zdy

Jf(.x)

Ja

zdxdy,

Jf(x)

Example.
az

being the values of x corresponding to the outside plates. Find the volume bounded by the surface
a^

x^

y2

and the xy-plane.

Fig. 47a.

Fig. 476.

Fig. 476

shows one-fourth
iS,

of the required

volume,

Ati2,

0.

At

and so
y

Vo

- x2.

100

Double Integration
limiting values of x at
I

Chap. 8

The
v

and
/

are

and

a.

Therefore

= ^\
3 a Jo
48.

zdxdy = il

-id'-x''-4y^)dxdy

The Double

Summation.
(a:,

Divide a plane area by

Integral

as the Limit of a Double


lines parallel to the

Ax and Ay. Let be any point within one of these rectangles. Form the product / {x, y) Ax Ay.
coordinate axes into rectangles with sides
y)
is equal to the volume of the prism standing on the rectangle as base and reaching the surface z = f {x, y) at some point over the base. Take the sum of such products

This product

Fig. 48a.

for all the rectangles that

lie

entirely within the area.

We

represent this

sum by

the notation

2)

^J{x,y)AxAy.

When Ax and Ay

are taken smaller and smaller, this sum approaches as limit the double integral

//

{x, y)

dx dy,

Art 48

The Limit of a Double Summation


it

lot

with the limits determined by the given area; for


the volume over the area and that volume
is

approaches

equal to the
of the form.

double integral.

Whenever then a quantity

is

a limit of a

sum

%^f(x,y)AxAy
Furthermore, sum, infinitesimals of higher order than Ax Ay can be neglected without changing the Umit. For, if e Az A?/ is such an infinitesimal, the sum of
its

value can be found by double integration.

in the formation of this

the errors thus

made

is

%%^x Ay.
When Ax and Ay
approach zero, e approaches zero. The sum of the errors approaches zero, since it is
represented by a volume whose thickness approaches zero.

Example 1. An area is bounded by the parabola y' = 4 ax and the


line

a.

Find

its

moment

Fig. 486.
its

of

inertia
origin.

about the axis perpendicular to

plane at the

Divide the area into rectangles

any point
at
is

P (x,

y) fro

Ax Ay. The distance of the axis perpendicular to the plane


y^.

i2

= OP = Vx- +

If

then

(x, y)

is

a point

within one of the rectangles, the


rectangle
is

moment
y)

of inertia of that

Rr
approximately.
exact
differ
is

^x \y =

(x^

-\-

Ax Ay,

That the result is approximate and not due to the fact that different points in the rectangle slightly in distance from the axis. This difference is.

102

Double Integkation

Chap. 8

however, infinitesimal and, since R^ is multiplied by Ax Ay, the resulting error is of higher order than Ax A?/. Hence in
the limit
(x^
-\-

y^)

dx dy

344

j^a*-

J-2\^z
Ex.
2.

ity of the area

Find the center of gravbounded by the

parabolas y^

4:X

-j-

4:,y^

= 2x
of

+ 4.
By symmetry
gravity
X-axis.
is

the
to

center

seen

be on the

Its abscissa is

- = X
If

/ xdA

Fig. 48c.

we wish to use double intewe have merely to replace dA by dx dy or dy dx. From the
gration
figure
it

is

seen that the

first

integration should be with respect to x.


/'i(4-2)

Hence

_ X2 Ji(yi-4)
2

xdy dx
dydx

16

/-2

11

t/ J (1^2-4)

EXERCISES
Find the values
^'

of the following double integrals:


-2
IT

J, Ji {x

dxdy + yy
rdedr.
6.

/'

'0

e-kr^rdddr.
{x^

Ja
-i

Jo Jy
I

C C
*'0

+ y^)dydx.
dy dx.

/1V3
I

3.

xydxdy.

Art. 49
7.

Double Integratiox.

Polar Coordinates
y^

103
the line

Find the area bounded by the parabola


y.

= 1x and
j/*

=
8.

+y=
9.

Find the area bounded by the parabola 3 a, and the x-axis. Find the area enclosed by the ellipse
{y

4 ax, the line

- xT- + x^ =

l.

Find the volume under the paraboloid z = -i x^ y^ and over 1 10. the square bounded by the lines x = l,i/ = lin the xy-plane. y^ 11. Find the volume bounded by the x(/-plane, the cyhnder x-

and the plane x + y + z = 3. 12. Find the volume in the first octant bounded by the cylinder (x 1)- + (i/ 1)^ = 1 and the paraboloid xy = z. 13. Find the moment of inertia of the triangle bounded by the coordinate axes and the line x + y = 1 about the line perpendicular to

1,

its

plane at the origin.


14.

Find the moment of


its

perpendicular to
15.

inertia of a square of side a about the axis plane at one comer.

Find the moment of inertia of the triangle bounded by the lines 2, X = 2, y = 2 about the x-axis. 16. Find the moment of inertia of the area bounded by the parabola y- = ax and the line x = a about the line y = a. 17. Find the moment of inertia of the area bounded by the hyperbola xy = 4 and the line x -{- y = 5 about the line y = x. 18. Find the moment of inertia of a cube about an edge. 19. A wedge is cut from a cylinder by a plane passing through a diameter of the base and inclined 45 to the base. Find its moment of inertia about the axis of the cylinder. 20. Find the center of gravity of the triangle formed by the lines x = y, x + y = 4, X 2y = 4:. 21. Find the center of gravity of the area bounded by the parabola = 4 ax -f 4 a* and the line y = 2a x. J/*

49. Double Integration. Polar Coordinates. Pass through the origin a series of lines making with each other equal angles Ad. Construct a series of circles with centers "at the origin and radii differing by Ar. The hues and circles

di\ide the plane into curved quadrilaterals (Fig. 49a).


Q.

Let r, 6 be the coordinates of P, r 4- A0 those of Ar, Since PR is the arc of a circle of radius r and subtends the angle Ad at the center, PR = r Ad. Also RQ = Ar.

104

Double Integration
are very small

Chap. 8

When Ar and \d

PRQ

will

be approximately

a rectangle with area

PR'RQ =

rAd Ar.

Fig. 49a.

It is

higher order than A^ Ar.

very easy to show that the error is an infinitesimal of Hence (See Ex. 5, page 107.)

the

sum

^^rAeAr,
taken for
all

the rectangles within a curve, gives in the limit

the area of the curve in the form

A =
The

jrdddr.

(49a)

limits in the first integration are the values of r at

the ends A,
strips.
If it is

of the strip across the area.

The

limits in the

second integration are the values of

d giving the outside

more convenient the


6.

first

integration

may

be with

respect to

The

area

is

then

//

dr dd.

Art.

49

Double Integration.

Polar Coordinates

105

The

first limits

are the values of 6 at the ends of a strip


(Fig. 496).

between two concentric circles are the extreme values of r.

The second hmite

Fig. 496.

Fig. 49c.

The element

of area in polar coordinates is

dA = rdddr.

(49b)

We can
by

use this in place of dA in finding moments of inertia, volumes, centers of gravity, or any other quantities expressed
integrals of the

form

/
Example
1.

fir,d)dA.
integral

Change the double


{x'^

Jo

Jo

+ y^)dxdy

to polar coordinates.

y = V2

taken over the area of the semicircle 49c). In polar coordinates the equation of this circle is r = 2 a cos 6. The element of area
integral
is

The

ax

x^

(Fig.

106

Double Integration
r cW dr.*

Chap. 8
-\-

dx dy can be replaced by

Also x^
ni
/2

y^

=
r^

r^.

Hence

J^2a
The

n V2ai-i2
Jo
/

COS 9

(x^

-\- y'^)

dx dy

Jo

r dd dr.

limits for r are the ends of the sector

OP.

The

limits

for 6 give the

extreme sectors

=
2.

0, 9

- in-

Ex.
r

Find the moment of

ertia of the

area of the cardioid


cos
6)

(1

about the axis


its

-X perpendicular to
origin.

plane at the

The
(r, d)

distance from

any point

(Fig. 49d) to the axis of rotais

tion
Fjg. 49d.

OP =
of inertia
is

r.

Hence the moment

na(l
Ex.
3.

+ cosO)

/V
(I
-\-

r^-rdedr= -

iJo

cosdYdd

OK ^ira*. 10

Find the center of gravity of the cardioid in the


of the center of gravity
is

preceding problem.

The ordinate
Its abscissa is

evidently zero.

xdA
X

/ Jo Jo

cosd

'

rdddr
5

J'm
Ex.
4.

Ifrdddr
of radius]
a,

Find the volume common to a sphere


of the cylinder.

2 a and a cylinder of radius

the center of the sphere being]

on the surface
*

This does not mean that


dx dy

= rdd dr,
circle is

but merely that the sum of all the rectangular elements in the equal to the sum of all the polar elements.

Art. 49

Double Integration.

Polar Coordinates

107'

Take Fig. 49e shows one-fourth of the required volume. On the a system of polar coordinates in the xy-plane. element of area r dd dr stands a prism of height

z= V4 a2 -

r',

Fig. 49e.

The volume

of the prism

is

z-rdddr and the

entire

volume
2acoe9

is

V^a'-r^.rdddr =
X

4:l

^
4).

dB

^r
J^ J^

(1

sin'^) de

= ^a' (3t -

EXERCISES
Find the values of the following integrals by changing to polar
coordinates:
(i2

+ y2)dy(ir.

3.

e-^'*+*''>

dxdy.

2.

dxdy.

^ J J

^d^-x'-y^dxdy.
a,

6.

lines

Find the area bounded by two circles of radii through the origin, making with the initial
^a, respectively.

i.a

and two
zero,

line

the angles a,

a
j '

Show

that

when Aa and Aa approach


Act

the

result differs

from
a

Aa Aa Ao.

by an

infinitesimal of higher order than

108
6.

Double Integration
The
central angle of a circular sector
is

Chap. 8
2 a,

Find the moment


the straight

of inertia of its area about the bisector of the angle.


7.

An

area

is

bounded by the
.

circle r

= a V2 and

line r

= asec

id
its

j]

Find

its

moment

of inertia

about the axis per-

pendicular to
8. 9.

plane at the origin.


of gravity of the area in Ex. 6.
lies

Find tha center

The

center of a circle of radius 2 a


inertia of the area

Find the moment of

on a circle of radius a. between them about the


r^

common
10.

tangent.

2 a^

Find the moment of inertia of the area of the lemniscate cos 2 about the axis perpendicular to its plane at the origin.
Find the moment of inertia of the area of the
circle r

=
2a

11.

outside the parabola, r

sec*

about the axis perpendicular to its

plane at the origin.


12.

Find the moment of inertia about the y-axis of the area within

the cu-cle {x
13.

- aY +

(y

- o)* =
its

a?.
is

The

density of a square lamina

proportional to the distance

from one corner. Find through that corner.


14. 15. 16.

moment

of inertia

about an edge passing

Find the moment of inertia of a cylinder about a generator.

Find the moment of


r*

inertia of a cone

about

its axis.

Find the volume under the spherical surface

x^

-{-

y^ \- z^

a?

and over the lemniscate


17.

a^ cos 2 5 in the xy-plane.

Find the volume bounded by the xy-plane, the paraboloid

az

X*

y'^

and the cylinder

x*

y*

2 ax.

18.

Find the moment of inertia of a sphere of density p about a

diameter.
19.

Find the volume generated by revolving one loop of the curve a cos 2 d about the initial line.

50.

Area

of a Surface.

Let an area A
The area
cos 0,

in

one plane

projected upon another plane.

of the projection

A'
<f)

=A

when is the angle between the planes. To show this divide A into rectangles by two
respectively parallel

sets of lines

MN

of

and perpendicular to the intersection the two planes. Let a and h be the sides of one of

Art. 60

Area of a Sttrface

109

these rectangles, a being parallel to


this rectangle will be
a'

MN. The

projection of

a rectangle with sides

a,

h'

h cos ^,
<{>.

and area
a'h'

ab cos

The sum

of the projections of all the rectangles is

^a'b'

= ^ab cos

4>.

As the

rectangles

are

taken

smaller
cos

and smaller

this

approaches as limit

A'

=A

<t>,

which was to be proved.

Fig. 50a.

To find the area of a curved surface,


differential of area

resolve

it

into elements

whose projections on a coordinate plane are equal to the

dA in that plane. The element of surface can be considered as lying approximately in a tangent plane. Its area is, therefore, approximately
dA
cos<f>

where

is

the angle between the tangent plane and the


is

coordinate plane on which the area


of the surface
is

projected.

The area

the limit

cos

</)

110

Double Integration
angle between two planes
is

Chap. 8

The

equal to that between


()>

the perpendiculars to the planes.

Therefore

is

equal to

Fig. 50&.

the angle between the normal to the surface and the coordinate axis perpendicular to the plane on which If the equation of the surface is

we

project.

F (x, y, z) =
the cosine of the angle between
(Differential Calculus, Art. 101)
its

0,

normal and the

2-axis is

dF
cos 7

dz

py
dxj'^\dy)'^[dzj v/fj
The
cosines of the angles between the normal

and the
or

x-axis
.

or w-axis are obtained

by

replacing ^rdz

by 7
"^

dx

dy

In

finding areas the algebraic sign

Example

1.

is assumed to be positive. Find the area of the sphere x^ y^ -{- z^ =

a^

within the cylinder x^

-}-

y^

ax.
<f)

Project on the x^z-plane. The angle is then the angle 7 between the normal to the sphere and the 2!-axis. Its cosine is
cos

=
Vx2

2/2

22

Art. 60

Area of a Surface
xj/-plane,
if

111

Using polar coordinates in the


z

= Va-

x^

= Va2

j^.

Hence the area

of the surface is

S =
Ex.
z^

fj" =
COS

Jo Jo

= 2aHx r r-^iL V
a^
r^

2).

Find the area of the surface of the cone bounded by the plane y -\- z = a and Project on the yz-plane. Then X X 1_
2.

y^

-h
a.

x2 in the first octant

<f>

Vx2 +1/2+22 The area on the cone


is

~ V2x2 ~ V2

therefore
"

S=

Jo Jo

r r

V2dydz =

EXERCISES
1.

Find the area

of the triangle cut

from the plane


6

+ 2y + 3z =

by

the coordinate planes.


2.

the planes z

-\- y- = z* cut out by 3. t/^ = 2 ax. the cylinder i^ 4. Find the area of the plane x z = 2a in the first octant y y^ = a*. bounded by the cyUnder x^ 6. Find the area of the surface ^ = 2xy above the zy-plane bounded by the planes j/ = 1, x = 2.

Find the area of the surface of the cylinder = 0, 2 = mx. Find the area of the surface of the cone x-

x-

-\-

y-

a*

between

+ +

6. Find the area of the surface of the cylinder x^ + y^ = 2ax between the ly-plane and the cone x- -\- y- = z-. 7. Find the area of the surface of the paraboloid y- -\- z- = 2 ox, intercepted by the parabolic cyUnder rf- = ax and the plane x = o. 8. Find the area intercepted on the cylinder in Ex. 4. 9. A square hole of side a is cut through a sphere of radius a. If the axis of the hole is a diameter of the sphere, find the area of the

surface cut out.

CHAPTER IX
TRIPLE INTEGRATION
51.

Triple Integrals.

The notation
I

fix,

y, z)

dx dy dz
first

is

used to represent the result of integrating

with respect
Zi

to z (leaving x

and y constant) between the

limits

and

Za,

then with respect to y (leaving x constant) between the limits 2/1 and y^, and finally with respect to x between the
limits Xi

and

Xg-

Fig. 52a.

52.

Rectangular

Coordinates.

Divide
Ax
Ai/

solid

into

rectangular parallelepipeds of volume


parallel to the coordinate planes.
112

To

find

A2 by planes the volume of

'Art.

62
solid, first

Rectangitlar Coobdinates

113

the

take the

sum
is

of the parallelepipeds in a vertical

column PQ.

The

result

V Ax \y A2 = Ax Ay
Zi

dz,

and

Then

being the values of z at the ends of the colunm. and so obtain the sum these columns along a base
Zt

MN
is

volume

of the plate

MNR. The
/

result

Um
t/i

V Ax Ay

dz

= \x

dy

dz,

and

ya being the

Umiting values of y in the plate.

Finally,

take the
V

sum

of these plates.

The

result is the triple integral

= Um

-^"^

dy dz

=
x.

dxdydz,

Xi, X2

being the limiting values of

be more convenient to begin by integrating with It respect to x or y. In any case the limits can be obtained

may

from the consideration that the first integration is a summation of parallelepipeds to form a prism, the second a summation of prisms to form a plate, and the third integration a

summation
Let (x, Multiply

of plates.

y, 2)

be any point of the parallelepiped


y, z)

Ax Ay

\z.

Ax Ay Az by / (x,

and form the sum

2 2 2-^

^^' ^' ^^

^* ^^ ^^

taken for all parallelepipeds in the soUd. When Ax, Ay, and Az approach zero, this sum approaches the triple integral

III'f
as limit.
the limit.
It can be

(x, y, 2)

dx dy dz
of higher order than

shown that terms

Ax Ay Az can be

neglected in the

sum without changing

114

Triple Integration
differential of

Chap. 9

The

volume
dv

in rectangular coordinates is

dx dy dz.

This can be used in the formulas for moment of inertia, center of gravity, etc., those quantities being then determined by
triple integration.

Example

1.

Find the volume of the

ellipsoid

c^

y^

&
Therefore

Fig. 52a shows one-eighth of the required volume.

dxdydz.

The
and

limits in the first int egration are the values z


z

at

cyl
=
0,

i^fl

^^ ^-

'^^^ Umits in the second

integration are the values of y a t

M a nd N.
x^
^.

At M, y =

and at

iV, 2

whence y

= hyI \

Finally, the limits

for X are

and

a.

Therefore

dx dy dz

irdbc.

Fig. 52&.

Ex.

2.

by the paraboloid

Find the center of gravity of the solid bounded y^ -j- 2 z^ = 4 x and the plane x = 2.

Art. 62

Rectangular Coordinates
y and z are zero. 4

115
is

By symmetry
xdv

The
/

x-coordinate

X =

Jo Jo

1/

xdzdydx

Jiiyi+2^)

_4

Jd.
The
X
limits for

111'^'^ dx
x are the values x
S, X

j (y^

+ 2 2*)
2
2^

2 at Q.

At
for

2 and y

The Umits

are,

therefore,

VS atB.
Ex.
edge.

2
3.

2^

at S.

The

limits

= V4 x y = for 2 are 2 =

at

P and = V8 - 2 2*. ^ and y =


at
2

at'A and

Find the moment of inertia of a cube about an

Fig. 52c.

Place the cube as shown in Fig. 52c and determine

its

moment
point

of inertia

about the

2-axis.

The

distance of any

(x, y, z)

from the

2-axis is

R=
Hence the moment

Vx2

i/2.

of inertia is
(3^

/o

/0

+ y')dxdydz=la\

where a

is

the edge of the cube.

116

Triple Integration

Chao. 9

EXERCISES
1.

Find by

triple integration the

volume

of the

pyramid determined

by the coordinate planes and the plane x


2.

-\-

1.

Find the moment of inertia of the pyramid in Ex.

about the

a>axis.
3. A wedge is cut from a cylinder of radius a by a plane passing through a diameter of the base and inclined 45 to the base. Find its

center of gravity.
4.

Find the volume bounded by the paraboloid f;


b^

= + -; c'

2-

and

the plane x a. 6. Express the volume of the cone


(z

1)2

a;2

2/2

in the first octant as a triple integral in 6


dy, dz, arranged in all possible orders.
6.

ways by integrating with


j/^

dx,

Find the volume bounded by the surfaces

4 a"

3 ax, y^

ax,z

/i.

7. Find the volume bounded the coordinate planes.

by the

cylinder

^ =

y and

53.
of

Cylindrical Coordinates.

P on

the

a;?/-plane.

Let

r,

Let be the projection be the polar coordinates of

in the xy-plane.

The
are

cyhndrical

coordinates of

r, Q, z.

From
x

Fig. 53a it is evident that


r cos Q,

T sin d.

By

using these equations we can change any rectangular into a

cylindrical equation.

The element
PQ,
Fig. 53a.

lindrical coordinates is the

Fig.

536,

volume in cyvolume bounded by two


of of
radii
r,

cylindrical
r

surfaces
Az,

two horizontal planes z, through the 2-axis making angles


Ar,

z
^,

-\-

and two planes


witli

A^

OX.

The

base of
plane.

PQ

is

equal to the polar element

MN

in the xy~

Its altitude

PR

is

Az.

Hence
dz.

dv

rdd dr

(53)

Art. 63

Cttjxdrical Coordixates

117

center of gravity,

This value of dv can be used in the formulas for volume, moment of inertia, etc. In problems con-

Fig. 536.

Fig. 53c.

lected with

cylinders,

cones,

and

spheres,

the resulting

itegrations are usually

much

easier in cylindrical than in

jtangular coordinates.

118

Triple Integration

Chap. 9

Example 1. Find the moment of inertia of a cylinder about a diameter of its base. Let the moment of inertia be taken about the x-axis, The square of the distance from the element PQ Fig. 53c.
to the X-axis
is
i^a

^2

_|_ 22

^2 sin2

4- z\

The moment

of inertia is therefore

R^dv=

Jo

Jo Jo

{r^smH-\-z^)rdddzdr

IT (3a2+4/i2).
The first integration is a summation for elements in the wedge RS, the second a summation for wedges in the slice OMN, the third a summation for all such slices. Ex. 2. Find the volume bounded by the xy-plane, the cylinder x^ -\- y^ = ax, and the sphere x^ -{- y^ -\- z^ = c?.
z

Fig. 53d.

and sphere
required
is

In cylindrical coordinates, the equations of the cylinder The volume are r = a cos B and r^ -\- z^ = a^.
therefore
v v

P2

r a cose
I

f*^ai>-f

Jo Jo

Jo

rd9drdz= ^a^Zir -^).

Art. 64

Sphekical Coordinates

119

54.

Spherical Coordinates.

The

spherical coordinates

of the point
<i>.

(Fig. 54a) are r


it

= OP and the two angles 6

and

From
a;

the diagram

is

easily seen that

i/

= = =

r sin
r sin

cos
sin
(j>.

6, Q,

r cos
r

The

locus

const,

is

sphere with center at 0; 6 = const, is the plane through OZ

making the angle


<f>

with

OX;
Fig. 54a.

const,

is

the cone gener-

ated

by

lines

through
of

The element

volume

is

making the angle ^ with OZ. the volume PQRS bounded

Fig. 545.

by the spheres r,r


</>,

-\-

Ar, the planes 6,9


Ar, A^,

+ A0.

When

+ Ad, and the cones and A0 are very small this is

120

Triple Integration

Chap. 9

approximately a rectangular parallelepiped.

Since

OP =

and

POR =

A<^,

PR =
Also
to
its

r A</).

OM = OP sin
projection

<^

and the arc

PS

is

approximately equal

MN, whence PS = MN =
Consequently

rsm(j> Ad,

approximately.

Av

= PR'PS'PQ =
When

r"

sin

(/>

A^ A0 Ar,

approximately.

the increments are taken

smaller

and

smaller, the result

becomes more and more accurate.


r^

Therefore
dv

sin (j>ddd<j) dr. in

(54)

Spherical coordinates

work best

problems connected
role.

with spheres.

They

are also very useful in problems where

the distance from a fixed point plays an important

Fig. 54c.

Example. If the density of a solid hemisphere varies as the distance from the center, find its center of gravity. Take the center of the sphere as origin and let the 2-axis

be perpendicular to the plane face of the hemisphere. By symmetry it is evident that x and y are zero. The density

Art. 55

Attraction
kr,

121

is

= =

where

A;

is

constant.

Also z

r cos

<p.

Hence

fzdrn^f_krzdv

rr

r2

Pa
r*

cos

<t>

sin <l>dd

d<t)

dr

-5"/2

na
r^

Jr2T
/0

sin

<t>

dd

d<t>

dr

t/0

EXERCISES
y* 2^ = 4 and y* = 3 z. the paraboloid x* 2. A right cone is scooped out of a right cylinder of the same height and base. Find the distance of the center of gravity of the remainder from the vertex.
1.

Find the volume bounded by the sphere a?

3.

Find the volume bounded by the surface

e (^H-i*) and the

xy-plane.

Find the moment of inertia of a cone about a diameter of its base. Find the volvune of the cylinder i* + i/^ = 2 ax intercepted between the paraboloid x^ + y^ = 2az and the xy-plane. 6. Find the center of gravity of the volume common to a sphere of radius a and a cone of vertical angle 2 a, the vertex of the cone being at
4.
5.

the center of the sphere.


surface of radius a

Find the center of gravity of the volume boimded by a spherical and two planes passing through its center and including an angle of 60.
7.

8.

The vertex
a.

of

a cone of vertical angle If

is

on the surface of a

sphere of radius

find the moment sphere about this axis.

is a diameter of the sphere, of inertia of the volume common to the cone and

the axis of the cone

55.

Attraction.

Two
r,

particles of

masses mi, mz, sepa-

rated

by a distance

attract each other with a force


kmiiiv.

122

Triple Integration

Chap. 9

where
tance,

fc is a constant depending on the units of mass, disand force used. A similar law expresses the attraction or repulsion between electric charges. To find the attraction due to a continuous mass, resolve Each of these attracts with a force given it into elements. by the above law. Since the forces do not all act in the same direction we cannot ob-

tain

the

total

attraction

by
^^- ^^"

merely adding the magnitudes of the forces due to the sevforces

eral elements. The must be added geometrically. For this purpose we calculate the sum of the components along each coordinate axis. The force having these sums

as components

is

the resultant attraction.

If dm is the mass of an element at P, r its distance from 0, and 6 the angle between OX and OP, the attraction between is this element and a unit particle at
,

dm _
Its

dm

This force acts along OP.

component along

OX

is

cos 6

dm
is

The component along

OX
=

of the total attraction

then

'*k

cos 6

dm
involve single, double,

The

calculation of this integral

may

or triple integration, depending on the form of the attracting

mass.

Example
length 2
c
I,

Find the attraction of a uniform wire of and mass on a particle of unit mass at distance
1.

along the perpendicular at the center of the wire.

Take the

origin at the unit particle

dicular to the wire.

Since particles

and the a:-axis perpenbelow OX attract down-

Art. 66

Attraction
just as

123

ward

vertical

much as those above OX attract upward, the component of the total attraction is zero. The component along OX is, therefore, the total attraction. The mass of the length dy of the wire is

Mdy
21

Hence
^cos 6 dy X = kM 21 r-

For simplicity

of integration
6,

it is

better to use 6 as variable.

Then

tan

dy

c sec^ 6 dd,

and

Fig. 556.

X~
where a
is

cos

c sec2 d

dd

kM
cl
I

21 J-

& sec^ Q
In terms of

sma,

the angle

XOA

this is

X=

kM

Ex. 2. Find the attraction of a homogeneous cylinder of mass upon a particle of unit mass on the axis at distance c from the end of the cyUnder. By symmetry it is clear that the total attraction will act along the axis of the cyUnder. Take the origin at the attracting particle and let the y-ends be the axis of the cyhnder.

124

Triple Integration

Chap. 9

Divide the cylinder into rings generated by rotating the elements dx dy about the y-axis. The volume of such a
ring
is

2 irx dx dy

and

its

mass

is

dm =

57

'2-Kxdxdy

2M dy. = zj-xdx

all points of this ring are at the same distance from O and the joining Unes make the same angle 6 with OY, the vertical component of attraction is

Since

fcosOJm _

r"

rydm _ ~ J H ~
,

Mk
a^h

A+*
Jc

xydydx

^
aril

Jo (r^+y2)f

Ih

+ V^T^ -

Va'-\-(c-hh)q

Art.

56

Attraction

125

EXERCISES
and length I on Find the attraction of a imiform wire of mass a particle of unit mass situated in the line of the wire at distance c from
1.

its

end.
2.

semicircle of radius a
3.

bent in the form of a Find the attraction of a wire of mass on a unit particle at its center. and radius a on a Find the attraction of a flat disk of mass

unit particle at the distance c in the perpendicular at the center of the


disk.
4.

Find the attraction of a homogeneoxis cone upon a unit particle


its

situated at
6.

vertex.
if

Show

that,

a sphere

is

concentrated at

its center, its

attraction

upon an outside

particle will not


of

6. Find the attraction one comer.

be changed. a homogeneous cube upon a particle at

CHAPTER X
DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS
56.

Definitions.

differential

equation

is

an equation

containing differentials or derivatives.


(x^

Thus
0,

+ y^) dx -\-2xydy =

^^_dy^ 2
dx"^

dx

are differential equations.

A solution of a differential equation is an equation connecting the variables such that the derivatives or differentials
calculated from that equation satisfy the differential equation. Thus y = x^ above; for when a;^
satisfied.

2 xisa solution of the second equation 2 is substituted for y the equation is


a;

A differential equation containing only a single independent


variable,

and so containing only total derivatives, is called an ordinary differential equation. An equation containing
partial derivatives
is

called a partial differential equation.

We

shall consider only ordinary differential equations in this

book.

The
57.

order of a differential equation


it.

is

the order of the

highest derivative occurring in

Illustrations of Differential Equations.

Whenever
known,

an equation connecting derivatives or

differentials is

the equation connecting the variables can be determined by solving the differential equation. A number of simple cases

were treated in Chapter I. The fundamental problem of integral calculus


the function

is

to find

= jf{x)dx,
126

Arts?

Illustrations of Differential EkjUATioNS


is

127

when / (x)

given.

This

is

equivalent to solving the differdx.

ential equation

dy

= f (x)
is

Often the slope of a curve

known

as a function of x and y.

The equation

of the curve can be

found by solving the

differential equation.

particle

In mechanical problems the velocity or acceleration of a may be known in terms of the distance s the particle

has

moved and the time


ds

t.

dt='^
The
position s can

df

a.

be determined as a function of the time by

solving the differential equation.

In physical or chemical problems the rates of change of


the variables

may

and the time.

be known as functions of the variables, The values of those variables at any time can

be found by solving the differential equations. Example. Find the curve in which the cable of a suspension
bridge hangs.

Let the bridge be the x-axis and


the center of the cable.

let

the

i/-axis

pass through

The

portion of the cable

AP

is

in

128

Differential Equations

Chap. 10
fl"

equilibrium under three forces, a horizontal tension

a tension

FT

in the direction of the cable at P,

at A, and the

weight of the portion of the bridge between A and P. The weight of the cable, being very small in comparison with that
of the bridge,
is

neglected.

The weight

of the part of the bridge


x.

between

and

is

proportional to

Let

it

be Kx.

Since the vertical com-

ponents of force must be in equilibrium

r sin
Similarly,

Kx.
of horizontal

from the equilibrium

components,

we have
Tcos<l>

= H.
this,

Dividing the former equation by


tan

we

get

<f>

y^x.
1

But

tan

<j)

-^

Hence

dx

H
is

'

The

solution of this equation

The

curve

58.

is therefore a parabola. Constants of Integration.

Solutions.

To solve the equation

Particular and General

we

integrate once

and so obtain an equation with one

arbi-

trary constant,

= jf(x)dx

c.

Art. 58

Constants of Integration

129

To

solve the equation

we

integrate twice.

The

result

jf{x)dx^+ CiX

Cj

contains two arbitrary constants.

Similarly, the integral of

the equation

contains n arbitrary constants.

These
indicated

illustrations belong to a special type.


is,

The

rule

however, general.

The complete, or

general,

solution of a differential equation of the nth order in two variables contains

n arbitrary
all of

constants.

If particular values are


is still

assigned to any or
solution.

these constants, the result


is

Such a solution

called a particular solution.

result

In most problems leading to differential equations the desired is a particular solution. To find this we

usually find the general solution and then determine the constants from some extra information contained in the statement of the problem.

Example L Show that


aJf-f_y2_ 2cx
is

the general solution of the differential equation

y^-x^-2xy^ =
Differentiating x^
-\-

0.

y-

2cx

0,

we

get

whence
dy dx

130

Differential Equations
it

Chap. 10

Substituting this value in the differential equation,


yi

becomes
2cx

x^

2xy -^ =

y~

x^
=
Q
\s,

2x{c

x)

if -]-x^

it

0.

x^ -{- y^ 2 ex one constant and the

Hence

a solution. equation

Since
is

contains
first,

differential

one of the

order, it

is

the general solution.

Ex.
C2e^^ is

2.

Find the

differential

equation of which y
contains

Cie""

the general solution.

Since the given equation


differential equation is

two constants, the

one of the second order.

We

there-

fore differentiate twice

and so obtain

d'y dx"

C\e-'

+4

cae^*.

EUminating

Cl,

we

get
d:'y

dx"

dy _ dx

2c2e2^,

dy dx

y=
dx

de"'.

Hence

diy_dy^^/dy_\
dx^

\dx

or

+ 2y=0. p^-3^ axax


This
C2fi^'

is

an equation

of the second order having y

Cie" -\-

as solution.

It is the differential equation required.

EXERCISES
solution of the differential equation

In each of the following exercises, show that the equation given is a and state whether it is the general or a particular solution.

Art. 59

The Fikst Obder

ix
ix'

Two

Variables

131

2.^-yS=cx,
3^
4.
1/

06* sin X,

+ y')dx-2xydy = 0. g_2| + 2y = 0.

=ci+ctsin(x+c),
differential

^+

df

"^ -

Find the
tions
5.
is

equation of which each of the following equa*


7.

the general solution:

_ y-cix
y

cj

-'

y
i^

Ci

sin

^
9.

x*y

= ci+c4hxz

+ ci coe z. + cvr.
in

6.

cxe'.

+ Cixy + Cjy* = 0.
Order

59.

Differential Equations of the First

Two
first

Variables.

By

dv solving for -p an equation of the

order in two variables x and y can be reduced to the form

To

solve this equation

is

equivalent to finding the curves

with slope equal to f(x,y).

The

solution

contains one

Fig. 59.

arbitrarj' constant.

There is consequently an infinite number of such curves, usually one through each point of the
plane.

We
tion.

cannot always solve even this simple tj'pe of equaIn the follo\sing articles some cases will be discussed

132

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

which frequently occur and for which general methods of solution are known.
60.

Variables Separable.

differential

equation of

the form

Mdx + Ndy =
is

called separable

if

each of the coefficients


is

M and N

;on-

tains only one of the variables or

the product of a function

and a function of y. brought together in the


of X

By
first

division the x's

and dx can be

term, the y's and dy in the

second. The two terms can then be integrated separately and the sum of the integrals equated to a constant. Example 1. (I -^ x^) dy xy dx = 0. Dividing by (1 + x^) y, this becomes

dy
y

_ xdx ~ 1 +a;2'

whence
ln^
If c

= iln(l+a;2)+c.
VT+i",

=
so

In k, this is equivalent to

\ny

= lnVT+^+ln/c =
=
k

lnfc

and

Vl +

x^,

where k
Ex.

an arbitrary constant. Find the curve in which the area bounded by thej curve, coordinate axes, and a variable ordinate is proportions to the arc forming part of the boundary Let A be the area and s the length of arc. Then
is

2.

A =
dA _ yds
dx
or
dx'

ks.

Differentiating with respect to x,

''-v/'+dj

Art. 61

Exact Differential Equations

[13a

Solving for

dy_ Vy^ dx~ k


whence
dy
Vt/2

k^
'

dx
fc2

k'

The

solution of this
In

is

(2/

+ Vi/2 _
^-2

A-2)

=^ +
=
e*e*

c.

Therefore

+ V?/2

-+e
e*

Cie*

where

Ci is

a new constant.

Transposing y and squaring,

we

get
y'
k"

[cie^j

cie*2/

+ y^.

Hence,

finally,

k^

y
61.

= 2'

-^27.'

-I k.

Exact Differential Equations.

An equation

du

an

0,

obtained by equating to zero the total differential of a function u of X

and

y, is called

exact differential equation.


is

The

solution of such an equation

=
-\-

c.

The

condition that

M dx N dy be an exact
dy dx

differential

is (Diff. Cal.,

Art. 100)
(61)

This equation, therefore, expresses the condition that

M dx + N dy =
be an exact
differential equation.

134

Differential Equations
exact equation can often be solved
it is

Chap. 10

An
find

by

inspection.

To

merely necessary to obtain a function whose total differential is dx -\dy. If this cannot be found by inspection, it can be determined

from the

fact that

du

M dx -{-N dy

and so
dx

= M.
we
therefore get

By

integrating with y constant,

w = / Mdx-\-j{y).
Since y gration
is

may

constant in the integration, the constant of intebe a function of y. This function can be found
total
differential

by equating the
Since df

of

u to

M dx

-\-'N dy.

(y) gives terms containing y only, / (y) can usually be found hy integrating the terms in dy that do not contain x.

In exceptional cases this may not give the correct result. The answer should, therefore, be tested by differentiation. Example 1. (2x y) dx (iy x) dy = 0. The equation is equivalent to

2xdx
It
is

+ 4:ydy

(ydx+xdy) =
and
x^
-\-

{x^

-\-

y"^

xy)

=0.

therefore exact

its

solution

is

2 y^

xy

c.

Ex.2.

(\iiy-2x)dx

+ {^-2'^dy=Q.

In this case
-r-

dy

=-^{\ny -2x) =-)


dy^
"^

'

dx

dx\y

y'

Art 62

Integrating Factors
is

135

These derivatives being equal, the equation


solution
is

exact.

Its

x]ny

3^

y' =

c.

The part x In y x^ is obtained by integrating (In 2/ 2 x) dx with y constant. The term y^ is the integral oi 2 y dy,
which
62.
is

the only term in

^yjdy that does not contain x.

Integrating Factors.
df/

If

M dx + N

is

not exact

it

multiplj-ing b}' a proper factor.

an equation of the form can be made exact by Such a multipher is called

an iiUegrating factor. For example, the equation

xdy
is

ydx =
by
-j* it

not exact.

But

if it is

multiplied

takes the form

xdy ydx
which
-5 or yoi
is

-0-^
xy

exact.

It also

becomes exact when multiplied by

xy

The
y dx

functions -;-;?
x^
y^

are

all

integrating factors

xdy

0.

While an equation of the form dx -\dy = always has integrating factors, there is no general method of finding them. Example 1. y (I -\- xy) dx x dy = 0. This equation can be written
y
Dividing by
y^,

dx xdy

-\-

xy^dx=

0.

ydx
Both terms
solution
is

y'

dii

+ X dx =

0.

of this equation

are exact differentials.

The

^ y

136

Differential Equations
2.
(i/2

Chap. 10

Ex.

+ 2 xy) dx +

{2x^

+ 3 xy) dy

0.

Tliis is equivalent to
y'^

dx

+ Z xy dy
y, it

-\-

2 xy dx \- 2 x^ dy

0.

Multiplying by

becomes
d
{xy^

y^dx

+ 3 xy^ dy + 2 xy^ dx + 2x^ydy =


xy^

+ xV)

0.

Hence

+ x^y^ =

c.

63.

Linear Equations.

differential

equation of the

form

% + Py = Q>
where
liJiear.

(63a)
called

and

are functions of x or constants,


is

is

The

linear equation

one of the

first

degree in one

of the variables (y in this case)

and

its derivative.

Any

functions of the other variable can occur. If the linear equation is written in the form (63a),
fPdx
e
is

an integrating factor; for when multiplied by this factor the equation becomes

The

left side is

the derivative of

Hence

y/^'^^ J/^'^Qdx
is

+c

(63b)

the solution.

Example

1.

^ + ^ ^ = ^*
i

Art.

64

Equations Reducible to Linear Form

137

In this case

P'^-f -dx = 2hix =


Henc3
fpdx
lnx

hix^.

The

integrating factor

is,

therefore, x^.

Multiplying by x*

and changing to

differentials, the

equation becomes

j^

dy

-\-

2 xy dx

a^ dx.

The

integral is

x^y

I x

c.

Ex.

2.
is

a+y')dx-ixy-\-y+y')dy =
an equation
of the first degree in

0.

This
ing

x and dx.

Divid-

by

(1

t/2)

dy^

it

becomes

dx

y _ di'TTy^'^-y-

is

here a function of y and

fpdy

vTT?
Multiplying by the integrating factor, the equation becomes

dx

xydy

ydy

whence

=
and
X
64.

vr+7 r-i-c +
c

= 1+

2/2 -I-

Vl

+?/2.

of the

Equations Reducible to Linear Form. form

An equation
(64)

^4-Pi/ =

Q2/,

138

Differential Equations

Chap. 10
linear

where P and Q are functions of x, can be made change of variable. Dividing by ?/", it becomes

by a

If

we take
new
variable, the equation takes the

as a

form

ndx + Pu =

du

Q,

which

is linear.

Examvle.

f^

+ lv =%^
-3

Division by y^ gives

.dy

dx

x^

x^

Let

y~^.

Then
dx
dx'

whence
-3

^
dx~
we

1
get

2dx'

Substituting these values,

2dx'^x'^
and
so

x''

dw_4 ^ _2
dx
This
is

x^

a linear equation with solution

w
or, since

t:;:2

3x2

+ ex*'
+ ^^'

y~^,

y2-3x2

Art. 65

HoMOGEXEOTJS Equations

139
(x, y)
if

65.

Homogeneous Equations.

function /

is

said to be a

homogeneous function

of the nth degree

fitx,ty) =t-f{x,y).

Thus Vx^
degree; for

-f-

y^ is

a homogeneous function of the

first

VxT^ =
It
tnfe
is

Vx2

+ y2. 7\
(

easily seen that a polynomial


is

whos^ terms are

all

of

nth degree

a homogeneous function of the nth degree.

The

differential

equation

Mdx+Ndy = is called homogeneous M and N are homogeneous functions


if

of

the same degree.

To
y

solve

a homogeneous equation

substitute

vx.

The new equation


Example
This
is
1.

will

be separable.
y

x-^

dy

= Vx^

+ y^.
first

a homogeneous equation of the

degree.

Sub-

stituting y

vx, it

becomes
vx

(v+^j-)whence

= Vx^+v^

.| = v/IT7.
This
is

a separable equation with solution

X
Replacing

civ

+ Vl-\-v^).

t;

by

-, transposing, squaring, etc., the equation

becomes
x2

2 q/

c*.

"140

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

Ex.2.

dy = ym\2x%-y dx

(i.

Solving for j-,

we

get

dy^ _ dx~

Vx^ + y^
y

or

ydy+xdx= Vx^ + y^ dx.


This

a homogeneous equation of t he much easier, however, to divide by Vx^


is

first

degree.

It is

y^

and integrate

at once.

The

result is

xdx-\-ydy

v x^ + y^
whence

^_^^^^

VxH-^ =
and
2/2

cztx

c2

2 ex.

Since c

may

be either positive or negative, the answer can be


y2

written

c2

+2

crc.

66.

Change

of Variable.

We
X

have solved the homo-

geneous equation by taking as new variable

It

may

by

taking some function w of

be possible to reduce any equation to a simpler form a; and y as a new variable or by

taking two functions u and v as new variables. Such funcIn other cases tions are often suggested by the equation.

they may be indicated by the problem in the solution of which the equation occurs.

Example,

(x

~ VY^

=" ^**

Art. 66

Change of Variable

14 J

Let

u.

Then
dy dx

du
dx

and the

differential equation

becomes

whence
2 u^

2 a^

w*

2<^" .

dx
solution is

The

variables are separable.

The
-\-

In =u +7^ 2 u a
=x
,

he

a,

X
a;

7/+?: In 2

y a ^ +o
1/

he,

or
2/

- In 2 X

y a ^ +a
2/

e.

EXERCISES
Solve the following differential equations:

L
2. 3.

4.
6.

x'dy -jfdx = 0. tan X sin* y dx + cos* x cot ydy = (i/ - x*y) dy = 0. x) dx (xy* (x*j/ -y)dy = 0. (xy* + x) dx

0.

+ +

(3x*

+ 2xy-y*)dx+(x-2xy-3t/*)di/ = 0.
y.

6.
7.

;c^-t/ =
xdx

12.

(2x2/-y)dx

+ xrfy = 0.

+ ydy = a(x + y)dy.


ay

13.

(i_a^)^+2xi/ = (l-x*).
tan

#v

dy
-f-

14.

9.

fc_

y x dx

a.

er'.

10.

= Jf?-2xv dx

3.

W.x|-3,+xV.O.
16.

11.

x*g-2xy =

3t,.

%+y =

xy.

142
17.
(x2

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

1)3 {x

dy

18.
19.

X dx
(a;2

-{-

+ (x^ + 3 xy VjnTi) dx + y) dy = 0.
0.
(2/3

0.

20.
21.

2/da;

22.
23.

2/e''

+ dx-2xydy = + + ?/)dy = 0. (x3 _ 3 x2y) dx + dx = {f + 2 xe^) dy.


i/2)
(a:

a;')

dy

0.

xye^

24.

{x

+ +y -

j/^j

1)

dx - x^e^ dy = 0. dx (2x + 2 y -

3)

dy

0.

25.

3y2^-y3 =

a;.

30.

The

differential equation for the

a capacity C connected

in series

charge 5 of a condenser having with a circuit of resistance R is

^dl
where
31.

+ c-^'
Find
v as

is

the electromotive force.

a function of

if

is

constant and g

when
in

0.

The

differential

equation for the current induced by an electro-

motive force ance R is

E sin at

circuit

having the inductance

L and

resist-

di

L-r,
dt

+ Ri = ^ sin at.

Solve for

Let

PT

(x,

y)

and determine the constants so that i = I when t = 0. be the tangent and PN the normal to a plane curve at (Fig. 66a). Determine the curve or curves in each of the
i

following cases'
32. 33.
34.

The subtangent TM = 3 and the curve passes through (2, 2). The subnormal MN = a and the curve passes through (0, 0). The intercept OT of the tangent on the a>axis is one-half the

abscissa
35. 36.
37.

OM.

The length PT of the tangent is a constant a. The length PN of the normal is a constant a. The perpendicular from to PT is a constant

o.

Art.

67

Certain Equations of the Second Ordeb

143

Using polar coordinates (Fig. 666), find the curve or curves in each
of the following cases:

Fig. 66a.
38.

Fig. 666.
(1,

The curve passes through


lA

0)

and makes with

OP

a constant

angle
39.

^
angles
i^

40.
41. 42.

The The The

and

d are equal.

distance from
projection of

O to the tangent is a constant a. OP on the tangent at P is a constant

a.

Find the curve passing through the origin in which the area bounded by the curve, x-axis, a fixed, and a variable ordinate is proportional to that ordinate.
43.

Find the curve in which the length of arc

is

proportional to the

angle between the tangents at its end. 44. Find the curve in which the length of arc
difference of the abscissas at its ends.
46.

is

proportional to the

Find the curve in which the length of any arc is proportional to it subtends at a fixed point. 46. Find the curve in which the length of arc is prop>ortional to the difference of the distances of its ends from a fixed point. 47. Oxj'gen flows through one tube into a liter flask filled with air while the mixture of oxygen and air escapes through another. If the action is so slow that the mixture in the flask may be considered uniform, what percentage of oxygen will the flask contain after 10 liters of gas have passed through? (Assume that air contains 21 per cent by volume
the angle
of oxygen.)

67.

Certain Equations of the Second Order.


of the

There

are

two forms

second order differential equation that

144

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

occur in mechanical problems so frequently that they deserve special attention.

These are

The

peculiarity of these equations


first,

ables (y in the

in the equation.
first

is that one of the varix in the second) does not appear directly They are both reduced to equations of the

order

by the

substitution

dy

This substitution reduces the

first

equation to the form

This

is

first

order equation whose solution has the form

p
or,

F{x,

ci),

smce p

dy
-f-^

This

is

again an equation of the

first

order.

Its solution is

the result required.

In case of an equation of the second type, write the second


derivative in the form

^ _ dp _dp
dx^

dx

dy

dy dx

dp
dy

The

differential equation

then becomes

p| = /(y,p).

Art. 67

Certain Equations of the Second Ordeb

145

Solve this for p and proceed as before.

Example

1.

(1

+ x^) g + 1 + [^J =
--^,

0.

Substituting p for

we

get

(l+x2)g +
This
is

14-p^

0.

a separable equation with solution


Ci

whence
dy

T^-

dx.

The

integral of this

is

By

a change of constants this becomes


2/

ex

+ (1+

c2)

In (c

x)

c'.

Substituting

dy dx

^_
^'

_ ^P
^dj/'

dx2

we

get

The

solution of this

is

y2p2

t/2 _|_ c^_

dv Replacing p by -^ and solving again, we get


i/2

c,

(a;

C2)2.

146

Differential Equations
3.

Chap. 10

Ex.

Under the action


k
is -^
,

of gravitation the acceleration of


is

a falhng body

where k

constant and r the distance

from the center

of the earth.

body to moon.
Let
Ti

fall

to the earth

Find the time required for the from a distance equal to that of the
r2

be the radius of the earth (about 4000 miles),

the

distance from the center of the earth to the

moon

(about

240,000 miles) and g the acceleration of gravity at the surface of the earth (about 32 feet per second). At the surface of
the earth r

ri

and
a
k = 2=
g.

The negative
the origin
(r

sign

is

used because the acceleration

0).

Hence k

gr-^

is toward and the general value

of the acceleration is

ar

r
solution of this equation is

where

v is

the velocity.

The

When

r2,

0.

Consequently,

C=-24
and

The time

of falling is therefore
^

=XV:2
This result
is

gri'

{1-2

dr
r)

116 hours.

and

Ti

and reducing

obtained by using the numerical values of g to miles per hour.

Art. 68

Constant Coefficiknts

147

68.
cients.

Linear Differential Equations with Constant CoeffiA differential equation of the form

d'^y

d"~^y

d"~^y

r/

/^o

where
tial

ai, ch,

an are constants,

is

called a linear differen-

equation with constant


is

coefficients.

For practical appUcaconvenient

tions this

the most important type of differential equation.


shall find it

In discussing these equations we


to represent the operation

by D.
da^

Then

^ = Dt, ^' dx
(DThis

^ = ^^, D^

etc etc.

Equation (68a) can be written

+ aiD"-i + a^D"-'- +
that
Z)
if

+ a,)y

= / (x).

(68b)

signifies

the operation

+ aiZ)"-i + aiD"-^ +
y,

+ a
1
Oi,

(68c)

is

performed on

the result will be /(x).

The operation
times,
as,

consists in differentiating y,

n times, n

1,

times, etc., multiplying the results

by

etc.,

and

adding.

With the
equation

differential

equation

is

associated an algebraic

r"

+ air"-i +

a^r''-'^

+ On

0.

If the roots of this auxiliary

equation are

ri, r^,

r,

the

polynomial (68c) can be factored in the form

(D
If

n) (D

r^)

(D

r,).

(68d)

we

operate on y with

a,

we

get

{D-a)y = ^-ay.

148
If

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

we

operate on this with

6,

we

get

^D

b)

'

(D

a)y

= {D - b)(^^-

ay^

The same

result is obtained

by operating on y with

iD-a){D-h) =D^- (a-i-b)D+ ab.


Similarly,
if

we

operate in succession with the factors of


result that

(68d),

we

get the

same

we should

get

by

operating-

directly with the product (68c).


69.

Equation with Right

Hand Member Zero.


To solve
(69a)

the equation

(D

+ aiZ)"-i + (hD^-^ +

+an)y =

factor the symbolic operator

and so reduce the equation to

the form

(D

ri)

(D

ra)

(D

Vn)

0.

The value y =

Cie^^^ is

a solution; for

(D

n)

Cie'"'^

Cirie""!^

riCie'"'^

=
(D-r).0 = 0.
Finally
(69b)

and the equation can be written


(D-r^)

(Z)-r)

{D-n)y=iD-r,)

Similarly, y

C2e'"'^

c^e^^,
026"'^

etc.,

are solutions.

y
is

cie^>^+

ce'""^

a solution; for the result of operating on y is the sum of the results of operating on Cie"^^, c^d^^, etc., each of which
is zero.

If the roots

Vi,

7*2,

are

all different,

(69b) contains
of (69a).
If,

n constants and so is the complete solution however, two roots ri and r^ are equal
CiC*'

C2e''^

(ci

Co) e*""

Art. 69

Equatiox

vrira

Right Hand Member Zero


Ci

149

contains only one abitrary constant


tains only n
xe"^^ is

arbitrary' constants.

C2 and (69b) conIn this case, however,

also a solution; for

{D and so

n) xe^^

Tixe^^

-\- e'*'

nxe^^

=
0.

e'**

(D
If

ri)2 xe*-!'

= (D rt
is

rO e^

then two roots

r^

and

are equal, the part of the solu

tion corresponding to these roots


(Ci

+ CiX)e^.
r2,
. .
.

More

generally,

if

roots n,

r^ are equal, the part


is

of the solution corresponding to


(ci

them

+ CoX + C3X2 +
Oi, Oo,
.
.

+ c^x'^^)e^^.

(69c)

If

the coefl5cients

On, are real,

imaginary roots

occur in pairs
ri

= a

+ V/3

1,

r2

=a-

/3

V^T.

The terms Cie*"'', C2e''^ are imaginary' but they can be replaced by two other terms that are real. Using these values of r^ and r2, we have

{D-T,){D-r^) = {I)-aY

+ ^.

By

performing the differentiations


[{D [(D

it

can easily be verified

that

ef^

a)2 a)2

+ +

/32] /32]

e^ sin

^x

e cos /3x

= =

0, 0.

Therefore
[ci

sin /3x

C2

cos

|3x]

(69d)

is

a solution.

therefore,

This function, in which a and /3 are real, can, be used as the part of the solution corresponding^

to two imaginary' roots r

= a

V
/3

1.

To

solve the differential equation

(D-

+ aiZ)-i + aj)--^ +

+ a) y = 0,

160
let ri, r2,
. . .

Differential Equations
,

Chao. 10

r be the roots of the auxiliary eqvxition


a^r""-^

r"

+ air"-i +
=

+ +

+ an +

0.

If these ^qvMion

roots are all real


is

and

different,

the solution of the

cie^>^

+
.

c^e''^

ce'"''^

// of the roots ri, part of the solution is


(ci

rz,

rm are equal, the corresponding

+ CiX +
1 is

C3x'^

'

'

+ CmX"^-^)

e'-'^

The part of

the solution corresponding to two

imaginary roots

= ado^ V

e^

[ci

sin

^x

Cz

cos ^x],

This

is

equivalent to

{D^-D-2)y =
The
roots of the auxiUary equation
r2

0.

=
is

a,re

and

2.

Hence the
y

solution

Cie~'

+ de^',
0.

Ex.2.

= + *|-5^ + 3s, f^ ^ dx^ dx^ dx

The

roots of the auxihary equation

are 1,1,

3.

The

part of the solution corresponding to the

two

roots equal to

1 is
(ci

+ c^x)

e".

Hence
2/

(ci

+ Gjx) e" + Cie~^'.

Art.

70

Right Hand Member a Function of x


(D2

151

Ex.Z.

+ 2D + 2)i/ =
-

0.

The

roots of the auxiliary equation are

izb v^ni.
(69d)
a:

Therefore a

1,

/3

=
e~'

1 in
[ci

and
Co

y
70.

sin

cos x].

Equation with Right Hand

Member a Function of x.

Let y

= uhe
(I>

the general solution of the equation

+ aiD"-i + a2D"-2 +
t;

+a) y

=
(70)

and

let

be any solution of the equation


-

(D"

+ axZ)-i + a^D--' +
y

an) y

= f (x).

Then

=u

+v

is

a solution of (70)

for the operation

D"
gives

+ ai2)-i + azD'^^ +

+ a

when performed on u
/
(x).

stants.

gives zero and when performed on v Furthermore, u -\- v contains n arbitrary' conHence it is the general solution of (70).
is

The part u
first

called the complementary function, v the

'particular integral.

To

solve the equation with right

solve an equation of the form (70), hand member zero and

then add to the result any solution of (70). A particular integral can often be found bj' inspection. If not, the general form of the integral can usually be deter-

mined by the following


1.

rules:

If

fix)

=
y

ax"

+ flix"-! + + a, assume = Ax" + Aix"-i + + A,.

But,

if

occurs

times as a root in the auxiliary equation,

assume
1/

= =

x [Ax"
ce",

+ Aix"-i +
y

+ A].

2.

If

(x)

assume

= Ae^.

152

Differential Equations
if

Chap. 10

But,

a occurs

times as a root of the auxiliary equation,

assume
y
3.

Ax"'e'".

If

(x)

a cos ^x -\-b sin /Sx, assume y

= A

cos ^x

-\-

B sin /Sx.
complementary function,

But,

if

cos

fix

and
y

sin fix occur in the

assume

= x[A =

cos

fix

-^

B sin fix].
fix,

4.

If

(x)

ae^ cos fix

y But,
if

Ae"^ cos

+ 6e"^ sin +
/3a; /3rr

assume
ySa;.

/3e^

sin

e"^ cos jSx

and

e"^ sin

occur in the complementary

function, assume

y
If

xe"^ [A cos fix

-\-

B sin

j8a;].

(x)

sum

of the corresponding expressions.

contains terms of different types, take for y the Substitute the value

of y in the differential equation

and determine the constants

so that the equation

is satisfied.

Example

1.

-^^

-\-

4y
is

2x

+ S.

particular solution

evidently

i{2x-{-3).
is

Hence the complete


y

solution

ci

cos 2 X

C2
1/

sin 2

a;

+ J (2 x + 3).

Ex.2.

(D2

+ 3 Z) + 2)
=A
-\-

+ e\
2-{-e'.
1

Substituting y

Be'',

we

get

2A
Hence
and
y

-^QBe' =
2,

2A =
=
<i'y
.

QB =

i e^

+ cie-' + C2e-2*.

Ex.3.

d'y

^2

Art.

71

Simultaneous Equations
roots of the auxihary equation are
0, 0,

153

The
is

1.

Since

twice a root,

we assume

x'{A3^

+ Bx-{-C)=Ax*-\-Bx^-\- Cx'.
=
x2.

Substituting this value,


12 Ax2

+ (24 A + 6 5) z + 6 B + 2 C

Consequently,
12.4

1,

24A+6B

0,

6B + 2C =
C =
l.

0,

whence

A=^\,
The
solution
is

B=-l
Ix^

y
71.

j\x^

+x~

-\-Ci

+C2PC -{ c^-'.

Simultaneous Equations.

We consider only linear

equations with constant coefficients containing one independent variable and as many dependent variables as equations.

but one of the dependent variables can be eliminated by a process analogous to that used in soh-ing linear algebraic equations. The one remaining dependent variable is the Its value can be found and solution of a linear equation. the other functions can then be determined by substituting
All
this value in the previous equations.

Example.

-z--\-2x

3y =

t,

Using

D for

-r.,

these equations can be written

{D-\-2)x-3y = {D-\-2)y-3x =
To ehminate
second by
3.
y,

t,

^'.
Z)

multipU' the
result is

first

equation by

+ 2 and the

The
(D

+ 2)2x-3(Z) + 2)i/=
32'.

1+2^,

3(D+2)i/-9x =

154

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

Adding, we get
[(D 4-2)2 -9]a:

= l+2
is

+ 3e2'.
Cae-^'.

The

solution of this equation

x=
y

-M-H + ye^'+Cie' +
first
<

Substituting this value in the

equation,

we

find

(^

+ 2) X

= -f -

if

+^

e^

'

cie'

C2e-".

EXERCISES
Solve the following equations:

2.

(,

+ i)g_(. + 2)|+x + 2 = 0.

d<2

S^"

rfx3

"dx^'^'^dx

12.

g+j,=0.

25.

g-a=!, =

e".

14.

^=V.

27.

g -,-..-

>..

-S-^| + ^''='>-

28.g-4|+3v = e.....

Art. 71

SufCTLTANEOTrs Equations

155

29.

^-9y = eco8x.

31.

^ + 4y =
e-*.

co82x.

33.

f+. =
.

ax
e.,

-y =
=
X

34.

g=x-2y +
*di-i + ^^
dx dy
,

dy
l,

-y + 2
=
cos<.

3^-

^"^''
dt

dx

2/

37.

Solve the equation

= ^+f^V do^^\dx]
and determine the constants so that y =
38.

and -^

when x =

0.

Solve
0.

j^ =

v^

under the hypothesis that y

and 3^

when X =
39.

When

a body sinks slowly in a Uquid,

its

acceleration

and

velocity approximately satisfy the equation

a
g and
A;

ko,

being constants.
if

Find the distance passed over as a function

of the time

the body starts from rest.

40. The acceleration and velocity of a body falling in the air approximately satisfy the equation a = g kv^, g and A; being constants. Find the distance traversed as a fimction of the time if the body falls

from

rest.

let faU.

weight supported by a spiral spring is lifted a distance b and given by the equation a = fc*s, fc being constant and s the displacement from the position of equiUbriima. Find s in terms of the time t. 42. Find the velocity with which a meteor strikes the earth, assimi41.
Its acceleration is

ing that it starts from rest at an indefinitely great distance and moves toward the earth with an acceleration inversely proportional to the square of its distance from the center. 43. A body falling in a hole through the center of the earth would have an acceleration toward the center proportional to its distance from the center. If the body starts from rest at the surface, find the time
reqxiired to fall through.

156

Differential Equations

Chap. 10

44. A chain 5 feet long starts with one foot of its length hanging over the edge of a smooth table. The acceleration of the chain will be proportional to the amount over the edge. Find the time required to
slide off.

45. A chain hangs over a smooth peg, 8 feet of its length being on one side and 10 on the other. Its acceleration will be proportional to the difference in length of the two sides. Find the time required to
slide off.

SUPPLEMENTARY EXERCISES
CHAPTER
xdx
II

cosxdx
18.

+ bi^' J{a + hx)*dx.


J
a a -\-hx

19.

/ cos X + sin X dx / Vtan' X + 2


dx

J p
4.

+ qx fxV2 -3i*dr.
(x

dx.

20.

/ X Vx -

21.

+ a)dx f J Vx + 2 ax + 6
/x1

22.

dx
23.

X*'
7.

dx. / dx / X X dx / Vl + X
sin*

cos*

cot

sin'

J*(i-l)(x-2x)'dr.

24.

dx

^ (2x-l)
8.

V4i*-4x

r. SI J sin ax
in ox
COS*

dx

25.

fxe-^dx.
/

ax

dx.

f^dx
6

26.

J
j

0.

/cos cos2x r-^T2..,


\

+ ce"'

sin2x su

dx.

27.

sec* xe**" * d!x.

1.

/sej sec^xtanxdx a + bsec*x dx secx


cot

28.

jah^dx.
e'

29.

xdx
30. 31.

dx_

/i

/ dx / cos X sin X
dx
sec X

sinx ax dx. cos ax


sin

e - e"
j

tanxlncoexdx.
dx
6**

32.

tan x

33.

/ + 2a6x + xdx / Vx2 _ 2x + 3


a*x*

sin'

dx ax COS* ax
167

(2x
34.
(i

+ 3)dx
Vx*

1)

-2x'


158

Supplementary Exercises

35.

r
^

Vf'^ 2X +3
Vax2

56.

fx3 J
-^

Va2

x^ dx.

x2

+ 6*
58. 69.

^^2

- x^

37.

{a?

- x')'^ dx.
^^

x^dx /^^r^^ IP dx
-^

38

39.

+ 6x JV3-2x-x^dx.
r(a3-x?)3dx.
fcosSxsm^xdx.

f J X Vax^

f (' ^^ - ^')*

60.

/^^^Je^ + in*dx.
J
e'^sinftxtte.

40.

61.

41.

62.

42.

r(l+cosx)^dx.
rtan2xsec6 2xda;.
jTcot^xdx.

63.

J^

d^-

43.

64.

Tx In

(ex

+ &)

da;.

44.

65.

Jll^^^da:
J
Cxcoi-^xdx.

45.

fi tan X ^r J +

rX
cot
1
1

66.

46.

/(secx+tanx)^dx,
tan X tan X
I

67.

j^^^0^^-^,
r
x"

47
._

,_

"-

dx

48.

rcos^xdx cos'xdx ^-,

^^
69.

J (r> + r xdx
I

1) (x*

2)

x^
-

+1
dx.

49.

/sin 2 X cos^ X dx.

70.

C ^--rJ (x 1)*

50.

JVI + cos2 X sin 2 X dx.


C
^

71,

fx^cosixdx.
2x^ + 3x f J (x-l)(x-2)(x4-3) f (3x-5)dx J X (x + 3)2
*

dx
X Va^x ^^

51.

+ 62

'^-

^2

f ^ x^ V^3-2
-^

70

"^-

(x

1)

Vx + 2
75.

^-^
^^^
(1
.

64.

Jx(ax
J Vax

+ 6)dx.

/jj^^*
f
'

65.

(^^M.dx. +6

76.

-2x2)

StIPPLEMENTART EXERCISES
84.

159

77.

faec^xtaxi^xdx.
sin

x2 - 3j + 2 fJ Vj^ _ 4 X + 3
,

dx.

78.

Sxcos 4xdx.

a-

CKrLUJl J y a +X
J(sinx

dx.

79.

j'sin2xcos2idx.

86.

- co8x)(ir.

80.

fsinxsinSxdx.
rco8 2xco6 3xdx.
(cotx

87 88 89
90.

^^
l)
cir.

r log (x + Vx^ J Vx2- 1


Jgec^^dx.
/.

+ cscx)^dx.

83.

l)c?x /(3x -===

/(x+)idx.

CHAPTER
91.

IV

Find the area bounded by the x-axis and the parabola y

x*

-4x + 5.
92.

93.

Find the area bounded by the curves y = 3?, y^ = x. Find the area bounded by the parabola y* = 2 x and the witch
1

y-

+
Find the area within a loop of the curve j/* = x= x*. Find the area of one of the sectors boimded by the hyperbola = 3 and the lines x = =fc 2y. Find the area bounded by the parabolas y' = 2 ax a-, ^ -\-

94.
95. X*

y*

96.

+
.

2ax =
97.

0.

Find the area within the loop

of the curve

3aw^
98.

+ wi

r,

o sin

(^

99.

100. 101.
102. 103. 104.
105.

Find the area bounded by the parabola x = a cos 2<t>, y = and the line x = a. Find the area inclosed by the curve x = a cos^ y = b sin* 4>. Find the area bounded by the curve x = asin^, cos* 0. Find the area of one loop of the curve r = a cos nd. Find the area of a loop of the cxu^'e r = a (1 2 cos 0). Find the area between the curves r = a (cos -{- 2), r = a.
<l>,

y=a

Find the total area inclosed by the cxu-ve r a sin \ 0. Find the area of the part of one loop of the curve 1^ = 0^ sin 3 &
r^

outside the curve

a sin 0.

100
106.

Supplementary Exercises

By
By

changing to polar coordinates find the area within one loop

of the curve
107.

(x^ ifY = a?xy. changing to polar coordinates find the area of one of the regions between the circle x"^ -\- y^ = la? and hyperbola x^ y* = a^. 108. Find the area of one of the regions bounded by d = sin r and the

line e

\.

ellipse about the tangent at one of its vertices. 110. Find the volume generated by revolving about the y-axis the area bounded by the curve y^ = 3? and the line x = 4. 111. Find the volume generated by rotating about the y-axis the area

109.

Find the volume generated by revolving an

between the x-axis and one arch of the cycloid x = o (<^ sin ^), y = o (1 cos<^). 112. Find the volume generated by rotating the area of the preceding problem about the tangent at the highest point of the cycloid. 113. Find the volume generated by revolving about the x-axia the part of the ellipse ^ xy -\- y^ = I'va. the first quadrant.
114.

Find the volume generated by revolving about

-^ the area

enclosed
115.
J/''

by the curve r" = (^ sin B. The ends of an ellipse move along the parabolas

z*

ox,

ax and its plane is perpendicular to the x-axis. Find the volume and x = c. swept out between x = 116. The ends of a helical spring lie in parallel planes at distance h
apart and the area of a cross section of the spring perpendicular to
axis
is

its

Find the volume of the spring. 117. The axes of two right circular cylinders of equal radius intersect at an angle a. Find the common volume. 118. A rectangle moves from a fixed point, one side varying as the <iistance from the point, and the other as the square of this distance. At the distance of 10 feet the rectangle becomes a square of side 4 ft. What is the volume then generated?
A.
119.

cylindrical bucket filled with oil


if

is

tipped until half the bot-

tom

is

exposed;

the radius

is

4 inches and the altitude 12 inches find

the amount of
120.

oil

poured out.

equal ellipses with semi-axes 5 and 6 inches have the same major axis and lie in perpendicular planes. A square moves with its center in the common axis and its diagonals chords of the ellipses.

Two

Find the volume generated. 121. Find the volume bounded by the paraboloid 12

x'^

-f y*

And

the plane

4.

StIPPLEMENTARY ElXERCISES

161

CHAPTER V
122.

Find the length


i

of the arc of the curve

=
5.

X Vx2

^ In (x

Vi*

l)

between i

and x

3.

123.

Find the arc of the curve 9

!/-

(2

1)'

cut off

by the

line

124.

Find the perimeter of the loop of the curve

9^ = i2y-l)(y-2r-.
125.
a>axis.

Find the length of the curve

x=P+t,

= t^

below the

126.

Find the length of an arch of the curve

z
127.

aV3(2</.

sin2</>),
a cos* 0,

=^ =

(1

co8 3<^).

Find the length of one quadrant of the curve


X

b sin* ^.

128.

Find the circumference of the


r

circle
fl.

=
of

2 sin

+ 3 cos
(I)

129.

Find the perimeter

one loop of the curve

Find the area of the surface generated by revolving the arc of the curve 9 y* = (2 x 1)* between x = and x = 2 about the y-axis. 131. Find the area of the surface generated by revolving one arch of the cycloid x = a {<f> sin <f>), y = a (1 cos (/>) about the tangent at
130.
its

highest point.
132.

t"

a^ sin

133.

Find the area of the surface generated by rotating the curve 2 about the x-axis. Find the area generated by revolving the loop of the curve
J/

9 X*

(2

1)

(i/

2)2

about the x-axis.

Find the volume generated by revolving the area within the ciu^e j/2 = X* (1 x^) about the y-axis. 135. The vertical angle of a cone is 90, its vertex is on a sphere of radius a, and its axis is tangent to the sphere. Find the area of the cone
131.

within the sphere.


136.

A cylinder with
a,

radius b intersects

and

is

tangent to a sphere of

radius

greater than

b.

Find the area

of the surface of the cylinder

within the sphere.


137.

cone and

Ls

plane passes through the center of the base of a right circular parallel to an element of the cone. Find the areas of the
it

two parts into which

cuts the lateral surface.

162

Supplementary Exercises

CHAPTER
138.

VI

vertical
139.

Find the pressure on a square of side 4 feet if one diagonal ia and has its upper end in the surface. Find the pressure on a segment of a parabola of base 2 b and
if

altitude h,
vertical.

the vertex

is

at the surface

and the

axis of the parabola is

140. Find the pressure on the parabolic segment of the preceding problem if the vertex is submerged and the base of the segment is in the

surface.

141.

diameter,
142.
oil.

Find the pressure on the ends of a cylindrical tank 4 feet in if the axis is horizontal and the tank is filled with water under
of 10 lbs. per square inch at the top of the tank.

a pressure
If

A barrel
the axis

3
is

ft.

in diameter

is filled

with equal parts of water and


oil

horizontal and the weight of


of the pressure in

half that of water,.

find the pressure on one end.


143.

Find the moment


Weights
of
1, 2,

Ex. 138 about the other


(0, 0),.

diagonal of the square.


144.

and 3 pounds are placed at the points

(2, 1), (4,

3).

Find
is

their center of gravity.

145.

to the middle point of the opposite side.


146.

formed by connecting one vertex of a rectangle Find its center of gravity. Find the center of gravity of a sector of a circle with radius a
trapezoid

and
yi

central angle 2 a.

147.

Find the center of gravity of the area within a loop of the curve

x^

x^.

148.
y^

Find the center of gravity

of the area

boimded by the curve

=^
149.
r^

and

its

asymptote x

2a.

Find the center of gravity of the area within one loop of the

curve

a^ sin 6.

Find the center of gravity of the area of the curve x = a sin' </, y = b sin' 4> above the x-axis. 151. Find the center of gravity of the arc of the curve 9 y^ = (2x l)3cutoff by thelinex = 5. 152. Find the center of gravity of the arc that forms the loop of the curve 9 2/2 = (2 X - 1) (x - 2)2.
150.

Find the center of gravity of the arc of the curve x = P 1, t below the x-axis. 154. Show that the center of gravity of a pyramid of constant density is on the line joining the vertex to the center of gravity of the base, J of the way from the vertex to the base.
153.
t?

StrPPLEMENTART EXERCISES
155.
156.

163

Find the center of gravity of the surface of a right circular cone. that the distance from the base to the center of gravity of the surface of an obhque cone is j of the altitude. Is it on the line

Show

joining the vertex to the center of the base?


157. Find the center of gravity of the soUd generated by rotating about the line x = i, the area above the 3>-axis bounded by the parabola y* = 4 X and the Une x = 4. 158. The arc of the curve x* + y* = a* above the x-axis is rotated about the j/-axis. Find the center of gravity of the volume and that

of the area generated.


159.

Assuming that the

specific gravity of sea

water at depth h in

miles

is

find the center of gravity of a section of the water with vertical sides
five miles deep.

160.

By

using Pappus's theorems, find the center of gravity of the


eUip>se

arc of a semicircle.
161.

The

is

rotated about a tangent inchned 45 to


162.

its axis.

Find the volume

generated.

The volume

of the ellipsoid

^+^+is

=1
a quadrant of the

^vabc.

Use

this to find the center of gravity of

elhpse -5
163.

+^

1.

Find the volume generated by revolving one loop of the curve


initial line.

a sin d about the

164.

semicircle of radius a rotates about its


line in

whUe the diameter sUdes along the

which

bounding diameter it hes. Find the

volume generated in one revolution. 165. The plane of a moving square is perpendicular to that of a fixed circle. One comer of the square is kept fixed at a point of the circle while the opposite comer moves around the circle. Find the volume
generated.
166.

by the

x-axis

Find the moment of inertia about the x-axis of the area bounded and the curve y = 4 x*.

167. Show that the moment of inertia of a plane area about an axis perpendicular to its plane at the origin is equal to the siun of its moments of inertia

about the coordinate axes.

Use

this to find the

moment

of

164

Supplementary Exercises

inertia of the ellipse ~5

+ rj

about the axis perpendicular to

its

plane at
168.

its

center.
of inertia of the surface of a right circular cone

Find the moment


its axis.

about
169.
is

The area bounded by the x-axis and the parabola ^^ = 4 ax xrevolved about the x-axis. Find the moment of inertia about the
volume thus generated.

X-axis of the
170.

a right circular cylinder a right cone with the same base and altitude is cut. Find the moment of inertia of the remaining volume about the axis of the cylinder. 171. A torus is generated by rotating a circle of radius a about an axis in its plane at distance h, greater than a, from the center. Find the momeat of inertia of the volume of the torus about its axis.
172. 173.

From

Find the moment

of inertia of the area of the tonos

about

its axis.

The

kinetic energy of a

moving mass
5 y-

is

dm,

where

v is

the velocity of the element of mass dm.

kinetic energy of a

homogeneous cylinder

of

mass

Show

that the

and radius a

rotating with angular velocity


174.

w about

its

axis

is \ Mw'^a'^.

Show that

the kinetic energy of a uniform sphere of mass


co

M and

radius a rotating with angular velocity


175.

When

^ Mu^a'. a gas expands without receiving or giving out heat, its


is

about a diameter

pressure and volume are connected


pv^

by the equation

where y and k are constant. Find the work done in expanding from the volume vi to the volume V2 176. The work done by an electric current of i amperes and E volts is iE joules per second. If
.

E
where
Eo, h,

Eo cos (Jit,

= h cos

{wt

+ a),

in one cycle. water is pumped from one vessel into another at a higher level, show that the work in foot poimds required is equal to the product of the total weight of water in pounds and the distance in feet its center

are constants, find the

work done

177.

When

of gravity

is

raised.

CHAPTER
178. 179.

VII

Find the volume of an ellipsoid by using the prismoidal formula. wedge is cut from a right circular cylinder by a plane which passes through the center of the base and makes with the base an angle a. Find the volume of the wedge by the prismoidal formula.

StrPPLEMENTABY ExERCISES

16&

180. Find approximately the volume of a barrel 30 inches long if its diameter at the ends is 20 inches and at the middle 24 inches. 181. The width of an irregular piece of land was measured at inter-

vals of 10 yards, the

measurements being

52, 56, 67, 49, 45, 53,


rule.

and 62

yards.

Find

its

area approximately

by using Simpson's

Find the values of the following int^rals approximately by Simpson's


rule:
i2.

f
t

Vj-5

dx.

53.

-ilnxdx.
X*

Jl
186.
187.

+ J*

Find approximately the length of an arch of the curve j/ = sin x. Find approximately the area bounded by the a!>-axis, the curve
,

=
X

and the ordinates x

0,

r.

CHAPTER
the limits:
188.

VIII

E.xpress the following quantities as double integrals

and determine

Area bounded by the parabola y


circle x-

x-

2 x

+ 3 and the line

2x. 189. Area bounded by the

+ y^ =
:

2 a- and the curve

y-

=:r:

190.

Moment

of inertia about the x-axis of the area within the circles

x*-fy*
191.
y*

5,

x'

+ y' 2x 'iy
its

0.

Moment

of inertia of the area within the loop of the curve

x^

x*

about the axis perpendicular to


x*

plane at the origin.


z

192.

Volume bounded by the xy-plane the paraboloid

= =

x-

-{-

if

and the cylinder


193.

+ y^
2x
-\-

4.

Volmne boimded by the xy-plane the paraboloid


z

x-

and the plane


194.

+ y^

2y.

cylinder x-

Center of gravity of the soUd bounded by the xz-plane, the -\- z- = o*, and the plane x \- y -{- z = \ a. 195. Volume generated by rotating about the x-axis one of the areas

circle x^ -\- y- = b a^ and the parabola y^ = A ax. In each of the following cases determine the region over which the integral is taken, interchange dx and dy, determine the new limi ts, and so find the value of the integral:

bounded by the

166

Supplementary Exercises

ix+y)dydx.

199.

Vx^

+ xy dydz.

Express the following quantities as double integrals using polar


coordinates:
200.
circle r

Area within the cardioid

(1

cos d)

and outside the


circle
r

| a.

201.

Center of gravity of the area within the

a and

outside the circle r


202.

2 a sin

9.

Moment

of inertia of the area cut


T

from the parabola

=
1

2a

COS 9

by

the line y

x,

about the

x-axis.

203.

Volume within the

cylinder r

x^

2/2

2=

= 2 a sin B and = 4 a-.


z

the sphere

204.
205.

Moment

of inertia of a sphere about a tangent line.

Volume bounded by the paraboloid

x- -{ y^

and the plane

= 2x
206.

+ 2y.
Find the area cut from the cone
x^

+ y^ = +

z"^

by the plane

x = 2z-Z.
207. 208.

Find the area cut from the plane by the cone in Ex. 206. Find the area of the surface z^ (x yY = a^ in the

first

octant.
209.
3/

0,

2/

Determine the area of the surface = X, X = 1.

z^

2 x cut out

by the planes

CHAPTER IX
Express the following quantities as triple integrals: 210. Volume of an octant of a sphere of radius o. 211. Moment of inertia of the volume in the first octant bounded by
the plane -

a 212. Center

- = +^+c

about the

x-axis.

of gravity of the region in the first octant

boimded by

xy and the cylinder x"^ ]- y^ = o^. 213. Moment of inertia about the z-axis of the volume boimded by the paraboloid z = x^ + y"^ and the plane z = 2 x + 3. 214. Volume bounded by the cone x"^ = y^ + 2z'^ and the plane
the paraboloid z

3z

j/

6.

Express the following quantities as


cylindrical,

triple integrals in rectangular,

and spherical coordinates, and evaluate one

of the integrals;

SuPPLEBfENTAKY ExERCISES
215.

167

Moment
its

of inertia of a right circular cylinder

about a

line

tangent to

base.

216. Moment of inertia of a segment cut from a sphere by a plane, about a diameter parallel to that plane. 217. Center of gravity of a right circular cone whose density varies as the distance from the center of the base. 218. Volume bounded by the xy-plane, the cylinder 3? -\- y- = 2 ax j/*. and the cone z^ = x* 219. Find the attraction of a uniform wire of length I and mass on a particle of unit mass at distance c from the wire in the perpendicular at one end. 220. Find the attraction of a right circular cylinder on a particle at the middle of its base. 221. Show that the attraction of a homogeneous shell bounded by two concentric spherical surfaces on a particle in the enclosed space

is

zero.

CHAPTER X
Solve the following differential equations:
222. 223. 224.

ydx
sin

{x-xy)dy =0.

X sin y dx

(2x2/-y2+6x)dx

+ cos x cos ydy = 0. + (3y*+x*-2xy)di/ = 0,

225.

x^+y = xh/.
:r^ ax

226. X

+y
-

cot X.

227. 228.
229. 230.

xdy
(1

+ e') dx = 0. + x*) dy + (xy + x) dx = 0.


\y
-\-

xdx
(sin

ydy = x dy
dy 2) dx x) dx
y)
-\-

-\-

(y cos

231.
232.

(e*

+
-

(xy*

+ (e* + + (y +

y dx. x x*) dx 2x) dy = 0. xy) dy = 0.

0.

233.

234.
235.
236.

(l+x2)^+xy = 2y. xdy ydx = Vi* + y2 dx.


(x

y)

dx

+ X dy = 0.
=0.

xdy
c*^-^'

-ydx = x^3^-ry^dx.
dy

237.
238. 239. 240.

+ (1 + e*) dx = 0. + 3y- l)dx + (4x + 6y-5)dy (3y + 3xy + x)dx = (x* + 2xy)dy. (1+ x) dj^ + (xy - x) dx = 0.
(2x

168
241.
{x'y

Supplementary Exercises

t/*)

dx

(x3

+ 2 xy^) dy = 0.

243.
244. 245. 246.

2^ +y + ax
ydx =
y
-1^

x2/

0.

(y^

x) dy.

t/2

cot X

cos x.
(x

(x2

y2) (dx

+ dy) =
1

r/^)

(dy

dx).

247

x-'^ 4-^ =

253.

f2-!^.e". dx^ dx

258.

j^

+ aV = sin ox.

260.

= e-*sin2x. ^-^-2y dx
dx'^

261.

j^

+9y =

2 cos 3 X

(e-

3 cos 2a;.

262.

g + 6^+5y =

l)^

Supplementary EIxercises
263.

169

^dxat

y "

xe''.

265.

= co6<. ^+2x = sm/, ^-2y at

in air

According to Newton's Law, the rate at which a substance cools proportional to the difference of the temperature of the substance and the temperature of air. If the temperature of air is 20 C. and the substance cook from 100 to 60 in 20 minutes, when will its temperature become 30? 268. A particle moves in a straight line from a distance a towards a point with an acceleration which at distance r from the point is k f^i. If the particle starts from rest, how long will be the time before it
267.
is

reaches the point?

undergoing transformation into another at a amount of the substance remaining untransformed. If that amount is 34.2 when t = 1 hour and 11.6 when t = 3 hours, determine the amount at the start, t = 0, and find how many hours will elapse before only one per cent will remain. 270. Determine the shape of a reflector so that all the rays of light coming from a fixed point will be reflected in the same direction. 271. Find the curve in which a chain hangs when its ends are supported at two points and it is allowed to hang under its own weight. (See the example solved in Art. 57.) 272. By Hooke's Law the amount an elastic string of natural length I stretches under a force F is JdF, k being constant. If the string is held vertical and allowed to elongate under its own weight w, show that the
269.

substance

is

rate proportional to the

elongation
273.

is

5 kwl.

Assuming that the resistance

of the air produces a negative

acceleration equal to k times the square of the velocity,


projectile fired

show that a

upward with a vdocity

vi

will return to its starting point

with the velocity

^-V' g + kvr'
g being the acceleration of gravity.
274. Assuming that the density pounds per square inch is
of sea water

imder a pressure of p

+ 0.000003 p.

170

SUPPLEMKNTART EXEKCISES

show that the surface of an ocean 5 miles deep is about 465 feet lower than it would be if water were incompressible. (A cubic foot of sea
water weighs about 64 pounds.) 275. Show that when a liquid rotating with constant velocity is in equilibrium, its surface is a paraboloid of revolution. 276. Find the path described by a particle moving in a plane, if its acceleration is directed toward a fixed point and is proportional to the distance from the point.

ANSWERS TO EXERCISES
Page 6

2.

|x3
|x'
i

+ l+C.

3.
4.

+ 2x* + C. v^(2I-3)+C.2 ox'

~6. a' X
8.

+ f a* x^ - I x' + C.

2x

+ 31nx + C.
23.
24.

9.

^^ + 4y + 41nj/ + C.
xiCAx^-^x^-e) +C.
In (x

10.
11. 12.

13.
14. 15. ^^-

+ 1) + C. - :r^ + C. x + V2X 27+1 + 1+C. i In (x^ + 2) + C.


1

- P) + C. X + 3 In (x - 2) + C.
i (a*

25.
.

5 In (2x^ "

+
1

1)

Vx^

+ C.
26.

~
(l
^

4 (2

X*

+ C.
1)

17.
18.

- 46(a+6xy +^- 1 (o^ - x*)' + C.


iln(a3
ln(x2

1]'
1

+ C.

+ x3)+C.

27.

" (_i)
^'^
-^^

(^n_^o)-i

+C
+(7.

20
21.

+ ax + 6)+C. 2 Vx + ax + 6 4- C. 1 in (1 - a^) + C. ^
Pages

28. 29.
30.

^"^

ix3-|ln(x3

+ 2)+C.

i.i:8_|a;5^ia^^C'^

12, 13
2.

1.

138.

|^ + 30<.
when

3.
t

=
4-

100 < ^ ff^ 3.1 sec, h = 215.3 ft.


Tis^ffT

= -

60.

It

reaches the highest point

sec.

171

172
5.

Answers to Exercises
X

(^

+
t

I,

t^

2.

tions of the path.

12x-22t/
6. 7.

+ 31

The =0.

rectangular equation

These are parametric equais x^ + 4 xy + 4 y^ _

About 53 mUes.
x
J/

10.

(-i -^)
= 6i/ 6y =
-12
About 4 per
t,

= jV3fi,y "-.^ = 4

^fi 4'

+ Vot.

11.

x3-3x2

+ 3x + 13.

8. 9.

y
X

= = =

2X
e*.

-^

x2

12.

f
14.

cent.

15.
t

xoe**, is

where x

is

the

number

at time

xo the

number

at time

0,

and k

constant.
19.

17. 18.

17 minutes.
11.4 minutes.

11.6 years.

Pages
1.

18, 19
6.

(1 cos 2

x+l sin 2 x) + C.

2.

f2x-3\
cos (nt

7.

3.
4.

-i
n

+ a) +C.

8.

9.

5.

-4csc^
2 (esc

+ C.
cot

10.

+ C. tan X + C. - ^ cot 2 X + C, CSC X + C J sec* X + C.


\ sin2 e

11.
12. 13.

1^

+C.

14.
15.
16.

17. 18. 19.

20.
21.
22.

1) + C. + sec 3 x) + C. tan X + X 2 In (sec x + tan x) + C. hi (1 + sin x) + C. e + cos2 + C. sin X + hi (esc x cot x) + C. ism'x + C. ltan*x + C. Itan^x + C. -icosx + C.

i sin (x I (tan 3 X

Hn(l +2tanx)
i
a
In (1
1

+ C.

23.
24.

-Jhi(l -sin2x)

+ C.

+ tan ax) + C
.
.

_.
25.

x V2 = sin-' C. +^
.

-=7-

V2

V3

Answers to Exebcisbs

173

27.
28.
29.

isec-i^ + C! itan-i2y + C. -^ In (x V7 + V7 1* + l) +C.


v7

^^
,

30.

|sec-'Y+C.

31.
32.

33. 34. 35.

V3 ^ 7= + ^- V3 In (2z + V4x^-3) + C. -3 VT^T^ - 2sm-i | + C.


1

V3

7=

m 2J +
2X

V:?T4 + 3ln (x +
'

Vi

+ 4) + C.

8
36.

5ln(4x2-5)+-^ln|^-=-^ + C. V5 2 X + V 5

V3x-9 -

-|= In (x

V3

+ V?"=^) + C.
46.

37.
38.

ein-.(^-^)+C.

-i.->^ + e.

39.
40. 41. 42.
._
Art

-V2-sinx + C'tan-i (sin x)+C.


sec-i (tan x) In (sec

47.

^ (e* i In (1

e"*-*)

+2x + C

48.
49. "0. 51^ 52.

+ C.

^^

In (e*

+ e^*) + C. + e"') + C.

n 2

4344.

45.

x + v'sec' x + 1). _ VT^-^e + C. 1, 2 + lnx ^ 4^2 ^n^ + ^- ^ Vcos^x-8inx + C. 1 _ X* 2 sin ^ + C.


/
,

_1
e "T C.

t^-, (^)
1

^ c. In f:^ + C.

e*
1

53
54

^^_, ^^^
(e*)

'

tan-i

^^ + C.

Page 20

^l*-i^ + 3.
3.

-l._, 2x-l,V9x*

-^ V3
1

In (3 X

+2+
1)

12x

+ 6) + C.
.
1

_,

(2x-

V5

^-

VB'^"

^ +^.

_,

(x-3)V6,_
3

5-

Vl"""

+ ^-

174
1

Answers to Exercises
6.

in^ + +
X

C.

7.

-ln(4x^-4a:-2)+
V3x2 I 3
1 In
6

In^^-^-p-^ +
[3
(a;

C.

8.

-6x + 1 + 4= In
Va
X
^

1)

VQx^ - 18x+3]

+ C.

9.

(3 x2 4- 2

10.

4=

V2

sec-i

tan-i ^^^ + C. + 2) + -^ V5 3 V5 ^^ .t^ + ^ln (2x + 1 + V4x'^ + 4x-l) + C. 2

V2

11.

- =J=+C. Vx2 +
2X 3

12.

Vx2

+ I In (2 X - 1 + +3+
Vl7/

V4x2

-4x-8) + C.

13.

JL,(iillii^Uc.
Vl7
V4e*

Page 26

+ 3 cos' X + C. x + ^ sin^ x + C. 3. f cos' x + f sin' x cos x { C. 4.-3 cos' X + 5 cos^ X + C. 5. I sin^ 1 X - f ^ X + I sin' I X + C. - ^ sinS 3 + C. sin 3 6. - f cos'0 + cos0 + C. 7. 8. sin X + 5 sin^ x + C. 9. cos X + In (esc x cot x) + C. - In cos + C 10. cos^ d I cos* 11. tan X + i tan' x + C. 12. - (cot y + i cot' + I cots y ^ cot^ y + i cot y) + C. 13. tan X X + - sec - + C. 14. 2 tan 15. |sec'|x + C. sec^ 2 X - i sec^ 2 x + i sec' 2x + C. 16. 17. I csc^ X In sin X + C. x + In cos x + C. 18. I sec* X f sec* x + | 19. - i cot X - i cot' x + C. 20. ^tan^x + lntanx + C. 21. |-^ sin (2 ax) + C.
1.

cos X

2.

sin

X sin X

I sin^

sin''

-Jy

(9

2/

_|.

C'.

tf

t'j

sec''

22.

+ j^sin(2ox) + C.

Answers to Exercises
23.

17a

24. 25. 26.

27.
28.

- tV sin' 2 X + C. + ismx + C. I sin 2 X + ^\ sin 4 z + -^^ sin' 2 x + C. tan x + sec x + tan ^ X + C. 2 f sin ^ - cos + C. I
xV^^X
t^ X
sV sin 4
a;

V2sin2x

C*.

29.

I I

Vx2 -oT-

|- In (x

+ ^3? - a") + C.
+ Vx* + a?) + C. + Vx* + a?) + C.

30.

Vx2 Vx2

+ d^ + |. In
+ a^ - ^' In
-^

(x
(x

31.

32.
a^

V x^
-

+C.
a-

33.

-In

+ V o2 X*
ax

+C.
.

34.

-:^I^Zi + C.
^
.

35.

Vo* -x*
36.

+C.
(x^!

(x2

+ a2) - I
a-x

+ a^)* + C.

37.

-^^7^ + C.
X

38.

\/x2-4x ^-^
-^

iln(x-2 + V'x*-4x+5) + +5 " + 2


'

C.

'

39.

^^

- ^^
32

V 2 - -.x - ^^^64 4x^ + ^


+

sin-^

^^

+^+ C ^^'

Page 30
1.

^ + 4x-2In(x31nx -ln(x

1)

121n(x-2) +C.

2.

1)

4-C.

j^(x_-i^(x+2)+c.
l

4.
5. 6.

f In (X

+ lnx- jgln(2x-l)-^ln(2x + l)+C. + 3) - i In (X + 1) - f In (X + 5) + C.


1)

^ln(2xX
-\

-31n(2x-3) +|ln(2x-5)
X
h C.

C.

h In
J>

376

Answers to Exercises
lln(x

8.

+ l)+|ln(x-l)-2^^j+C.

--Ur4^+'"l^)+10.

x-81n(x

l)

3(^

1)3

+g-

13-

2(4^ + ^x
1
,
. ,

^ln^^-Kan-iz +4 + C. X + 1 2 J + 1 ,2x-l C, 1, tan-i 15. 5 In ^: H 7= h 3 Vx2 - X + 1 Vs Va 16. i In (x3 + 1) + C. 2V3^^ 2x-l 1, X- 1 17 6(x + l) 4 x + l 9 \/3
14.
1
.

19.

"-=^ --^+lln -8
a^

Vx2

+ 2X + 4
D*

+
2

V3

tan-x^ + C.
V3
1
)

20.

3 (x

D*

+ In [(x 4-

1]

- ^^

(x tan-i ^

v3

+1 ^

^^^

21.

-1
5

A+1 i_l i_:,A+llnl5+c.


1-x^

22.
23. 24.

3|,(ax
2

+ 6)i-|A(a, + ,)i + C.

4x*

25.

2 - In (x + 3) - 2 tan-i V^T2 + C. + 21n (x* - l) + In (x* + l) - 2tan- x* + C. Hx + l)* + i(x-l) + C.

Vx +

Page 34
1
1.
2[

cos 2 X

+2

sin 2

+C

3,

x sin"! x

+ Vl - r* + C.

2.

|lnx-| + C.
X In (x

4.

^-|^tan-ix-|x + C.

6.

Va

+ 3?) -

Vo

+ x + C.

Answebs to Exercises
6.
7. 8.

177

Inxln(lnx)
^ x8ec-ix
X

9.

600
-Inx +
C.

VF^^ In X - 4 Vj - 1 + 4 taii-i Vx - 1 + C.
- I V^^n _
1

In (x 4.

V^^TT) +

C.

10.
11.

- (1 + e-') In (1 +6*) + C. (x - 2 X + 2) e* + C. - (x + 3x + 6x + 6)e^ + C.

12.

^^sm2x-^^^^^^^^^cos2x + C.
^

13.

Vx'-a^ - ^ In
Va*

(x

+ V^i:^) + C. + V^*T^) + C.

14.

+ x* +|ln

(x

15.

^(28in3x-3coe3x) +C.
lo
-^ (cob

16.

+ sin x) +

C'.

17. 18. 19.

-?(sin2x + 2cos2x) +C.


o

H9ec0tan0
5 cos

T^jj

+ ln(sec + tan0)] + C. cos 5 X + C.


Page 38

1-

f
2.829.

3.

-0.630.

2.

Pages
1.
1

45, 46
12.

V3.

2*
1

2.
3.

3'
13.

-20.
2.

2fc

4. 5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

14. 15.

0.5493.

3-

1.807.

+ 1. 4^2
1.786.

0.2877
0.

16.
17. 18.

0.4055. 0.2877.

\a.
2.

10.

19. 11. 00.

(l-ln2)

178

Answers to Exercises
Pages
1.

49, 50
13.

11.

27r

+ |, 67r-f
4-Y'r.

2.

|V3(4-V2).
i
9.248
irab.

14.

4V3
37ra2.
lira".

4.
5. 6.
7.

17. 18.

ia?.
51.

19.

Tr{

+ 2ab).

8.

20. 21.
22.

X V3.
3ira\
f 7ro6.

9.

A.

11.
12.

^aK
f.

Page 52
2.

>2.
4

9.

2a2(l+|V2).
167r3a2.

10.
3.

fa^Vs.

4.

(e"-

11.
1).

^'{i+Hf(.-i).
(lO
m'.

5 ^6.

^ 2
Itt.

13.

14.
15.

+ 9V3)g.

7. 8.

iira^.

|a2.

Pages
3.
.

56, 66
5.

iUirO'

^^'+4-4V
1x2.

47.

-6"'
is

6.

f xa'(l cos* a), where a the vertical angle of the cone 8. \^xa.
9.

the radius of the sphere and 2


13.

fxa'.
Jji^x^a^.

10-

Mxa. Vto^.
5ir^aK

14. 15^
16.

8xV3.
^gz
"16

11. 12.

^ira\
f a' tan a.

V2.

Page 69
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. ^

la".

l-'O+i)
ta^A.

ixo62. ^ira%.
.4A.

9.

j^

^
'^^

3
'

3 v'2

Answers to Exebcises
Page 63
2.
S.
4.

179

^(lOVlO-l).
ln(2

6.

6a

+ V3).

^8. 9.

"(^-ij*
8a.
2x2a.

5.

^ln2. f 2.003.

Page 64
3.
.

^^^^
a
Vs'

(e

1).

5. 6.

2a [V2
i^a.

+ In (l + ^l

7. 8.

8a.~
ixa.

Pages

66, 67

\
4.

V a^ -

6*

V^a^.

7.

V'o*-

''2^
6.

6==

+ ^;
Page 69

9.

8x[V2+ln(l +
4xa.

v^)].

V-a*.

10.

1.

fTo.

6. 7.

fxa'a -cos a).


2a/i(x-2).

2^4.

2a.

1^*-

5.

ixaKa + 26V3). |xoK2 V2 - l).


Pages

8.

xaVA

+ 4a^

iaA(9x-16).

71, 72
3.
4.

1.
2. 5.

45,000
33,750

ipofc*,

lbs. lbs.

i*A.
|u'6/j.

where a
IP.

is

the semi-axis in the surface and 6 the vertical


7.

semi-axLs.
6.

300,000

40 xw.

Pages 78-80
1.

i pd'b, where

is

the pressure per unit area, a the width, and 6


4.

the height of the door.


2.

^wa^b.

The

intersection

of

the

3.

^wbh*

{4:C

+ 3h).

medians.

180
5.

Answers to Exercises
(!a,0).
12.

= =

ia.
Itt

_
6.

x=
(a

_ 77, " y
Stt'

4a

46

13.

V2a.

a\

14.

At distance

7.

TT

from the

bounding diameter.
/

8.

P _
(5

256a\
3157rj
IT

1^16.

y-

4e(e^-l)

9.

^=8'
(^ a,

(^a, fa).
(0.399, 1.520).

10. 11. 19.

^ a)
16a'

17.
18.

ia.

On

20.
is

At distance
(iO).

the axis i of the distance from the base to the vertex. f a from the plane face of the hemisphere, where a

the radius,
21. 22. 23.
Its distance

from the plane face

is

^ of the radius.
he vertex, a being;

cos a) from the axis at distance f a (1 the radius and a the angle of the sector.
24. 25.
is

On

(|a,0).

The
ira

dista'nce of the center of gravity

from the base

of the cylinder

^j

tan a.
of the radius perpendicular to the plane face.

26.

At the middle

28.

x.:^^. v^ 15

Pages
2.

82, 83
6. 7. 8-

2 x^a^b.

J xa [3 hi (1

+ V2) 2sina).

V2).

3.
4. 5.

^(12V3-1).
7r(36x
"/Tra^.

7ra3(3a
'^''-

V6)V6.
a

10.

TTo' (4 sin

sin' a)

tan a, where a

is

the radius of the cylinder

and 2 a the

vertical angle of the cone.

Pages
1.

84, 85
is

2. 3.
4. 6. 6.

where b is the edge about which the rectangle T^ bh^, where b is the base and h the altitude. i b, where b is the base and h the altitude.
^ a%,

revolved-

^a*.

^^a*.
^ ira*.

Answers to Exercises
7. 8.

181

i Ma^h, where h

is

the altitude.

iMa\

9.

LO
:

where p

is

the density.
the mass and a the radius.

10. 12.

I 3/a*,

where

is

I TO*

Pages
k
2.

83, 83

(b

a)

2a
au; ft. lbs.,
,

3.

Vt
Vi

h
J

c In

where a is the radius of the earth a a H


,

in feet.

Vt

Vi

4.

25,133

ft. lbs.

5.

^ TTfiPa, where a

is

the radius of the shaft.


is

6.

2~T
-T
(

^^

>

where A
)

the altitude of the cylinder.


radii.

7.

~T

>

where a and b are the inner and outer


radii of the

8. t>.

irab'

7
r

kh

where a and b are the

ends and h the altitude

2xi
9.

10.

2i.
c

Pages
2. 7. 8. 9.

95, 96
11.
12. 13.

8.5.

4.27.

0.785392.
1.26.

0.9045.

4.38.

aX

* *

3L3
14. 1.91.

5L5"*"

10.

21.48.

Pages 102, 103


1.

In If.

7. 8.

f.

15. 16.

4.

2.

h^a\

^a\
X.

|a*.

3.

^.

9.

17.
18. 19.

16 hi 2
fa*.

--V

10. 11.
5.

13.

3x.
X.

|o*.

-1.
TO*

12. 13.

20.

(i -f).

6-

-^-

h
ia*.

21.

(Va, -2o)

14.

182

Answers to Exercises
Pages 107, 108
,

va*

ica^

2^

I^.
^

6. 7.

aM2 a -

sin 2 a).

i^aaMeTr-S).

8.

On

the bisector at the distance

o a
x

from the center.

9.

^xo*.
\T,a\
ilfa^,

11.
12.

aU4ir -If).

10.
15.
16.

3xa^
^^Trpa\

X5

M being the mass and a the radius of the base.


18,

ia3(3^_4).
l-a3.

i7.

jg

(8V2-9)4^.
lUo

Page 111
1.

3 Vii.

2. 3.

There are two areas between the planes each equal to 2

mofi.

Two
4.

areas are determined each equal to


7.
'

ira^

V2.

4. 5.

ixa2 V3.

^iva' (3
a?
(tt

Vs -

l).

8.
9.

2).

8 a'-

8anan-iiV2.

Page lie
1. \.

4.
6.

wahc.

2. 3.

A.
Its distance
is -/j TTO.

^^a^A.

from the base

7.

^.

Page 121
1^s^"--

4.

I^
60
fTra'.

(2/i2

2. 3. 6.

f A,
IT.

where A

is

the altitude.

+ 3a>.
cos a) from the

5.

On
If

the axis of the cone at the distance f o

(I

vertex.
7.

the two planes are

?,

the spherical coordinates of the

center of gravity are r


8.

T = T^a, 0=0, <^=k' 10 ^


9

Httos.

Answers to Exercises
Page 125

183

kM
2.
4.

kMc ri

~
|

2M.
xa-

cos a), where p is the density, A the altitude, and 2 a the vertical angle of the cone. 6. The components along the edge through the comer are each equal to
2 xArpA (1

2Mk fx

+ >/2l

Pages 130, 131


dx^
Q.

dx
y (x
j/

"
1)

d^

d3?

dx

X dy

+
0.

dx

0.
9.

4y

0.

7.

^+
tan' X
1^
1

ydx =xdy.

Pages 141-143
2.

cot*

3.

4.

+ = .,,,,, + - =
c (x2
x-(^
ys

= c. - 1).
c.

10.

u=cx*
u

x
-?
*.
.

11.

= = ^

cx*e

19 jg
14

L, _
^

,
(;,

5.
6.

7.
8.

+ x-^/-x^/*-y3=c. y^ =cx^{y^ + 1). x' + ^ = ce*"*.


x^

xy

c (y

1).

^
18.
19.

^h-a^'
+ xy + y*) +
-

hi (x

A V3

tan'i

+ c). .^ 16. = X + - + ?* 17. x< + 4y(x-l)*=c ^-^^ =


=y
(x'

^ 15. 7 1
1

_ ^) + c). csinx - a.
(i
,

xVs
25. 26.

c.

20.

21.
22.

X* y* = ex. y* + 2xy=c. x*-4xy + y* =

ys

= =

ce*

1.

|e*

c.

27.
28.
29.

+ ce"*.
^'^

4 = c - e-". y
f

y
y
y*

c =--
"^

23.
24.

e"

x
i

+ In X = + 2y + ln(x + y-2)
c.

= ^ X* + c, or = 2 ex + c*.
/
,

y
^

og.

=c.

30.

= Ec\\ -

f Re]
.

31.

=/e~l'

+ ^i-q^^^

/i!sina/-Lafcosa/-e"iM

184
32. 33. 35. 36. 37. 38. 39. 40. 41.
2/3

Answers to Exercises

2/2

= = =

6=^-2.

34.

cifi.

2 ax.

X
y2

o In

^
a

+
c)2

Va2

+ Vo" j/2

1/2

c.

+
= = =

(x

a2.

2/

= |e^ + |3e--.
e".

r r r

c sin 0.

a sec

(0

+ c).
a2

o0

= Vr2 =
e*.

o sec"! -

c.

42. 43. 44.

circle.

45. 46.
47.

A straight line. A circle with the fixed point


The
logarithmic spirals r

on

its

circumference or at

its center.

ce^o.

0.999964.

Pages 164^156
1.

2. 3. 4.

y y y y

= Ci In X I + C2. X + Cixe^ + C2. = cie'^ + C2e-*. = Ci sin ax -\- d cos ax.


a:2

6.

= ^ a^

In

(cie*<

g-""")

cj.

^-

J/

= l^'-2^1nx = 5^
ci
[e<=i*+<'2

+ c.

8.

+ e-i'^'^t)].

9.

10. 11.

12.
13. 14. 15.
1ft

= = y = = y = y = y =
y
2/
J/ 2/

c-ifi^'.

+ Cae"*. + cix) e'^. Ci cos X + C2 sin x. Ci + Cje"* + cse'*. cic^ + C2e~* + Cs cos x + C4 sin x.
Cie*^
(ci

e* [ci cos (x

V2)

4,

Ci

sin (x V2)].

16.

* ci = e-ir

cos

xVs 2

f-

Ci

sm

xVsl g

Answers to EIxercises
17. 18. 19.

186

y y
!/

20. 21. 22. 23.


24.

y y
J/

2/

= = = = = = = = =

+ cie-' + Cje"^ Cxer' ^. + cjx + Car*) e*. X + 3 + Ci cos X + cj sin X. cic^i + C2-^* -he'. - tt^ - xkcie^^ + c^e-^"^ - 5
ae'
(ci
-{-c'

25.

+ cos x). i X* Ci + ce*' + X. Cxe-' + (^-^* + ix-A + ^e''. cie" + cje"" + #- e".
ce* J (sin

.^

^
'

^
\

^
*/

y
J
'^

/K/^
^
(^Z

26.

r
e*
Ci

cos

a;V3 ^

cj

sin

xVsl ,
I
.

*^^
(2 sin 2

[X
Cx

y^

+ 3 cos 2 x).

v's

X V^~|
I

cos

cj

sin

x*

+ x* 6.

28. 29.

y y 30. y
31. 32.

33.

34.

35.

36.

37.

38. 39.

= cie* + ce'- ^e*sinx. = Ci(?' + Cj~" + jV ^' (6 sin X cos x). = Ci + Cjx + cjx^ + 046"^ + x^y (4 cos 4 X y = Ci cos 2 X + (ci + J x) sin 2 X. y = e-' (ci + cx + ^x*) + ie*. X = Ci cos <H-Cj8inf + |(e* e~*) y = Ci sin cj cos + 3 (e* e~'). y Cx cos + Cj sin 1, X = (ci + C2) cos + (cj Ci) sin 3. X = CiC* + C3~", y = Cie~' + 3 Cje~" + cos X = Cic' + C26~* + cj cos 4- C4 sin y = Cie' + CjC"' C3 cos C4 sin t. y = X. 2 y* = X + 2.
<

sin

4 x).

<

<

<

<

I.

< <

f,

= f<+|(e-*'-l).
2
j-

^=jk^l
41. 42. 43. 44.
s

6 cos {kt).

About 7 miles per second. About 42? minutes.


<

= V-ln

(5

+ ^^). + 4 V5).

45.

<

= -^

In (9

TABLE OF INTEGRALS
u" du

- n +
=
\

if

is

not

1.

2.

J u r
I

r^ = lnu.
-;;

du

3.

4-

J V? -\- a^ r du ^ = J w c^
I
-o

- tan a
\
,

u a

2a

^7-1^^

u u
\

a a

-\r

5.

e^

du

c".

6.

Ca'^du

In a

Integrals of Trigonometric Functions


7.
I

sin

udu = costt. udu = lu lsm2u =


w dw =
I
If

8.
I

sin^

I (u

sinu cos m).

9.

sin*

J sin 2

^^j

sin 4 u.

10.

j sin^

udu =

f'^u
sin u.

ls\n2u

:^g

sin'

2u

?? sin 4 u,

11.
J

costtdw
cos^
J

12.

du = M (iu =

+ +

-J-

sin 2

M =

5 (w

+ sin u cos u).

13.

cos*

i sin 2 M

-g^j

sin 4 u.

14.

cos^

udu ^^u

+ \sm2u ^g sin' 2 u +

^'j

sin

4 u.

15.

tan
cot

udu = In costt. udu =


In sin u.

16.

186

Table of Integrals

187

17.

Jsec

udu =
du

In (sec

+ tan u)

In tan

"I"

)*

18.
I

sec* u

tan

u.

19.

j.'sec'

udu =
u du

^ sec

M tan t*

+ i In (sec + tan u).


t*

20
21.
I

esc

In (esc

cot )

In tan

-x*

CSC*

udu = cotu.
udu =

22.

jcsc^

^cscucotu

+ |ln (esc u cot u).

u*

Integrals containing Va*


23.

JV^^^rV* du = I Va-tt
fu^ V^i^r;r du

+ ^ sin-i
a)

^
u*

24.

= 3 (2 u* ^/-z

Vo*
o

+ ^*
*

sin"!

25.

/Va- - u- du J =
u

Va*

;.

u*

+ a In
,

"^q'

26.

27.

du /u' .-

va-

-,

= -

u
:5
-^

/ ^*
a

"'

u-

+
,

a*

2 z

^""

u
'

n a

r
28.

du
v'a*

- V^s^T^
u

J u

u-

"

In

29.

/
fid'
/

du

V g-

30.

- u*)' du =
dh du

'^

(5 a*

2 u*) V^^^TII^

^
5

sin-

H
a

31.
(n(.0-

u*)*

a*

Va*

u*

Integrals containing Vu*


32.

a*

J*

ViiT^^i du =

Vu
(2

o*

I"

In (u

Vu^-a*).

33.

J*u*

Vt^^T^ du =

u-a*)

Vi^TT^ ~ ^ ^ ^^+ Vu-rf).

188

Table of Integrals

34

r Vu^ J u
J Vyi Vl/2 -'

g^

^ ViF^r^^ -

a sec"! -

35.

rt2 o2

36.

^-^l^^ = HV^73T2 + ^^in(t* + V^ir^^.


V M*

a_

'^

37.

r_^^_. = sec- H. a a
1

a2

dw

V ^2 _

q2

39.

J(m

'^^

a2)*du

=|(2u2-5a2) V2 _

^2

4.|*i

(u+ Vu^-a^).

40

S-,

Integrals containing V^*


41.

+ a* +
Vu^+a^).
(u

J V^^Srp^
Ji/2

'^^

Viii"4r^2

+^

In (u

42.

Vm2

+ a^ dtt = I (2 m2 4- a2) Vm2 + _ |'ln

V^iH^).

43.

r^^:Z^d. = V^I-F^ + aln^^^^+^^. u u


= ln(+V^lHr^2).

44.

fJL=
*'

V U^

-|-

^2

46.

/^
w Vm2
-[-

^l,^V^^ + a^-a
o2

du

48.

J(m*

+ 0^)3 du = |(2 u2+5 a^) v^To^ +^'ln U+


^^

^vH^^)'

49.

^
.

Table of Integrals

189

Other Integrals
60.

J \ ax

l\/?^|dx

+b

- V{ax

+ b)(j)x + q)
6)

^7^ 1n(Vp(qx + a Vap


(px

+ Va(px + g))
oVpx + 5

= ^ V (ax + b)
.

+ g) -

aVap

^-^^ tan-i :^-Pjg^ ^\

e" (a sin 6x b cos bx) r n* J 1. ^51. Je"sm6xdx^ ^-^


et

1.

-62.

fe-cosbxdx =

^"^ (^ ^in bx

+ a cos 6x)

190

Natural Logarithms
0-609

N
2.3026 9957 3.4012 6889 9120 4.0943 2485 3820 4998
6052
7005 7875 8675 9416 5.0106 0752 1358 1930 2470

1
0.0000

2
0.6931

3
1.0986

4
1.3863

6
1.7918

7
1.9459

8
2.0794
2.8904 3.3322 6376 8712 4.0604 2195 3567 4773 5850
6821

9
2.1972

1.6094
2.7081 3.2189 5553 8067 4.0073
1744 3175 4427 5539

2 3 4 5 6 7

8 9

2.3979 3.0445 4340 7136 9318 4.1109 2627 3944 5109


6151

2.4849 3.0910 4657 7377 9512 4.1271 2767 4067 5218 6250
7185 8040 8828 9558 5.0239 0876 1475 2040 2575 3083

2.5649 3.1355 4965 7612 9703 4.1431 2905 4188 5326


6347 7274 8122 8903 9628 5.0304 0938 1533 2095 2627 3132
3613 4072 4510 4931 5334 5722 6095 6454 6802

2.6391 3.1781 5264 7842 9890 4.1589 3041 4308 5433

2.7726 3.2581 5835 8286 4.0254


1897 3307 4543 5643

2.8332 3.2958 6109 8501 4.0431 2047 3438 4659 5747


6728
7622 8442 9200 9904 5.0562 1180 1761 2311 2832

2.9444 3.3673 6636 8918 4.0775 2341 3694 4886 5951


6913
7791 8598 9345 5 0039 0689 1299 1874 2417 2933

10
11 12 13

6444
7362 8203 8978 9698

6540
7449 8283 9053 9767 5.0434 1059 1648 2204 2730

6634 7536 8363 9127 9836 5.0499 1120 1705 2257 2781

14 15 16 17 18 19

7095 7958 8752 9488 5.0173 0814 1417 1985 2523

5.0370 0999
1.591

2149 2679
3181

7707 8520 9273 9972 5.0626 1240 1818 2364 2883 3375
3845 4293 4723 5134 5530 5910 6276 6630 6971
7301
7621

20
21

2983
3171 3936 4381 4806 5215 5607 5984 6348 6699

3033 3519 3982 4424 4848 5255 5645 6021 6384 6733
7071

3230 3706 4101 4596 5013 5413 5797 6168 6525 6870
7203

3279 3753 4205 4638 5053 5452 5835 6204 6560 6904
7236

3327 3799 4250 4681 5094 5491 5872 6240 6595 6937

3423
3891 4337 4765 5175 5568 5947 6312 6664 7004 7333 7652 7961 8260 8551 8833 9108 9375 9636 9890

22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29

3566 4027 4467 4889 5294 5683 6058 6419 6708


7104

3660 4116 4553 4972 5373 5759


6131 6490 6836

1'

30
31

7038

7137
7462 7777 8081 8377 8665 8944 9216 9480 9738

7170
7494 7807 8111 8406 8693 8972 9243 9506 9764

7268
7589 7900 8201 8493 8777 9054 9322 9584 9839

32 33 34 35 36

37 38 39

7366 7683 7991 8289 8579 8861 9135 9402 9661

7398 7714 8021 8319 8608 8889 9162 9428 9687

7430 7746
8051 8348 8636

8916 9189 9454 9713


9965

7526 7838 8141 8435 8721 8999 9269 9532 9789

7557 7869 8171 8464 8749 9026 9296 9558 9814

7930 8230 8522 8805 9081 9349 9610 9865


6.0113

40
41

9915
6,0162 0403 0638 0868 1092 1312 1527 1738
1944

9940 6.0186 0426 0661 0890 1115


1334 1549 1759 1964

9989

6.0014
0259 0497 0730 0958
1181 1399 1612 1821

6.0039
0283 0521 0753 0981 1203 1420 1633
1841

6.0064
0307 0544 0776 1003 1225 1442 1654 1862 2066

6.0088
0331 0568 0799 1026 1247 1463 1675 1883 2086

6.0137 0379 0615 0845 1070 1291 1506 1717 1924 2126 2324

42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

6.0210 0450 0684 0913


1137 1366 1570 1779 1985

6.0234 0474 0707 0936 1159 1377


1591 1800

0355 0591 0822 1048 1269 1485 1696


1903

2005

2025 2226

2046
2246

2106
2305

60

2146

2166
1

2186

2206

2265

2285

Natural Logarithms

191
60O-10O9

N
50
51

1
6.2146 2344 2538 2729 2916 3099 3279 3456 3630 3801
3969 4135 4297 4457 4615 4770 4922 5073 5221 5367
5511

2
6.2186
2383 2577 2766 2953 3135 3315 3491 3665 3835

4
6.2226
2422 2615 2804 2989 3172 3351 3526 3699 3869

5
6 2246

6
6.2265
2461 2653 2841 3026 3208 3386 3561 3733 3902

9
6 2324

6.2166
2364 2558 2748 2934 3117 3297 3474 3648 3818

6.2206
2403 2596 2785 2971 3154 3333 3509 3682 3852 4019

6 2285 6.23a5

52 53 54 55

56
57 58 59

2442 2634 2823 3008 3190 3368 3544 3716 3886 4052 4216 4378 4536 4693 446 4998 5147 5294 5439 5582 5723 5862 5999 6134 6267 6399 6529
66.57

2480 2672 2860 3044 3226 3404 3578 3750 3919


4085

2500
2691 2879 3063 3244 3421 3596 3767 3936

2519 2710 2897 3081 3261 3439 3613 3784 3953. 4118
4281 4441 4599 4754 4907 5053 5206 5352 5497

60
61

3986
4151 4313 4473

4003 4167 4329 4489 4616 4800 4953 5103


52.50

4036 4200 4362 4520 4677 4831 4983 5132 5280 5425 5568 5709 5*48 5985 6120 6254 6386 6516 6644 6771
6896

4069 4232 4394 4552 4708 4862 5013 5162 5309

4102 4265 4425 4583 4739 4892 5043 5191 5338 5482 5624
5765 5903 6039 6174 6307
fr438

62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69

4630 4785 4938 5088 5236


5381

5396 5539
5681 5820 5958 6093 6227 6359 6490 6619 6746 6871

4184 4345 4505 4661 4816 4968 5117 5265 5410


5554 5695 5834 5971 6107 6241 6373 6503 6631 6758 6884 7007 7130 7250 7370 7488 7604 7719 7833 7946 8057

M53
5596 5737 5876 6012 6147 6280 6412 6542 6670 6796
6921

4249 4409 4568 4723 4877 5028 5177 5323 5468 5610
5751 5889 6026 6161 6294 6425 6554 6682 6809

70
71

5525

5639

72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79

5653 5793 5930 6067 6201 6333 6464 6503 6720 6846 6970 7093 7214 7334 7452 7569 7685 7799 7912 8024 8134 8244 8352 8159 8565 8669 8773 8876 8977
9078

5667 5806 5944 6080 6214 6346 6477 6006 6733 6859
6983 7105 7226 7346 7464 75S1 7696 7811 7923 8035 8145 8255 8363 8469 8575 8680 8783 8886 8987 9088

6783 6908
7a32 7154 7274 7393 7511 7627 7742 7856 7968

6567 6695 6821

5779 5917 6053 6187 6320 6451 6580 6708 6834


6958
7081 7202 7322 7441 7558 7673 7788 7901 8013

80
81 82

6933
7056 7178 7298 7417 7534 7650 7765 7878 7991
8101 8211 8320 8427 8533 8638 8742 8845 8947 9048

6946 7069 7190 7310 7429 7546 7662 7776 7890 8002 8112

83 84 85 86 87 88 89

6995 7117 7238 7358 7476 7593 7708 7822 7935

7020 7142 7262 7382 7499 7616


7731 7845 7957

7044 7166 72S6 7405 7523 7639 7754 7867 7979

90
91 92 93 94

8046
8156 8265 8373 8180 8586 8690 8794 8896 8997 9098

8068 8178 8287 8395 8501 8607 8711 8814 8916 9017
9117

8079

8090 8200 8309 8416 8522 8628 8732 8835 8937 9037
9137

8123 8233 8341 8448 8554 8659 8763 8865 8967 9068
9167

95 96 97 98 99

8167 8276 8384 8491 8596


8701 8804 8906 9007

8189 8298 ^405 8512 8617 8721 8824 8926 9027


9127

8222 8330 8437 8544 8648 8752 8855 8957 9058


9157

100

9108

9147

INDEX
The numbers
refer to the pages.

Approximate methods, 90-96.


Area,

Integral, definite, 36.


definition of, 1.

by double integration, 97. bounded by a plane curve, 47-52.


derivative
of, 39.

double, 97.
indefinite, 36.
triple, 112.

of a surface of revolution, 65.

of

any

surface, 108.

Integrals, containing axc,

+ 6x

-f-

Attraction, 121.

19.

Center of gravity, 73-80.

containing (ax

+ &)

29.

Change

of variable, 44.

of rational fractions, 26-29.


of trigonometric functions,
23.

Constants of integration, 1, 128. Curves with a given slope, 7.


Cylindrical coordinates, 116.
Definite integrals, 36. properties of, 41.
Differential equations, 126-156.

21

relation of definite
40.

and indefinite,

Integrating factors, 135


Integration,
1.

by

substitution, 15-19.

exact, 133.

homogeneoas, 139.
linear, 136, 147.

constant of, 1. formulas of, 14. geometrical representation


36.

of,

of the second order, 143.

reducible to linear, 137.

in series, 94. of rational fractions, 23-29.

simultaneous, 153.
solutions of, 128.

with variables separable, 132.

Length

of a curve, 61, 63. Limits of integration, 36, 42.

Exact

differential equations, 133.

Linear differential equations, 136,


147.

Formulas

of integration, 14.
differential

Homogeneous
tions, 139.

equa-

Mechanical and physical applica>


tions, 70-89.

Moment,
Infinite limits, 42.

72.

of inertia, 83.

Infinite values of the inteerand, 43.

Motion
193

of

particle, 5.

194
Order

Index
of a differential equation,

Spherical coordinates, 119.

126.

Summation,

35.

double, 100.

Pappus's theorems, 80. Physical and mechanical applications, 70-89.

triple, 113.

Trigonometric functions, integrals


of,

Pressure, 70.

21-23.

Prismoidal formula, 90.

Trigonometric substitutions, 23.


Variables, separation of, 9, 132.

Polar coordinates, 50, 63, 103.


national fractions, integration
26-29.
of,

Volume, by double integration,


of a solid of revolution, 52. of

99.

Reduction formulas, 33.


Separation of the variables, Simpson's rule, 93.
9, 132.

a soUd with given area of section, 56.

Work,

85.

^<;q'^~V

WNOING SECT.

AUG 2 6

1971

QA
P5

Phillips, Henry Bayard Differential calculus

Applier'

Physic

PLEASE

DO NOT REMOVE
THIS

CARDS OR aiPS FROM


UNIVERSITY

POCKET

OF TORONTO

LIBRARY

Vous aimerez peut-être aussi